Patent Application
20220136012
Targeted editing of nucleic acid sequences, for example, the targeted cleavage or the targeted modification of genomic DNA is a highly promising approach for the study of gene function and also has the potential to provide new therapies for human genetic diseases. Currently available base editors include cytidine base editors (e.g., BE4) that convert target C⋅G base pairs to T⋅A and adenine base editors (e.g., ABE7.10) that convert A⋅T to G⋅C. There is a need in the art for improved base editors capable of inducing modifications within a target sequence with greater specificity and efficiency.
As described below, the present invention features nucleobase editors and multi-effector nucleobase editors having an improved editing profile with minimal off-target deamination, compositions comprising such editors, and methods of using the same to generate modifications in target nucleobase sequences.
In one aspect provided herein is a cytidine base editor comprising (i) a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and (ii) a cytidine deaminase, wherein the cytidine base editor has an increased ratio of in cis to in trans activity (in cis:in trans) as compared to a standard cytidine base editor.
In some embodiments, the standard cytidine base editor comprises (i) a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and (ii) an APOBEC cytidine deaminase. In some embodiments, the APOBEC cytidine deaminase of the standard cytidine base editor is a rat APOBEC-1 cytidine deaminase (rAPOBEC-1). In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain of the standard cytidine base editor is a Cas9 nickase. In some embodiments, the standard cytidine base editor comprises a uracil glycosylase inhibitor (UGI) domain. In some embodiments, the standard cytidine base editor is a BE3 or BE4. In some embodiments, the increased ratio of in cis to in trans activity is increased by at least 2, 2.5, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60 fold or more. In some embodiments, the cytidine base editor has at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 100%, 105%, 110%, 115%, 120%, or more in cis activity as compared to the standard cytidine base editor.
In some embodiments, the cytidine base editor has at least 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, or more fold less in trans activity as compared to the standard cytidine base editor.
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase is selected from the group consisting of APOBEC1, APOBEC2, APOBEC3A, APOBEC3B, APOBEC3C, APOBEC3D, APOBEC3E, APOBEC3F, APOBEC3G, APOBEC3H, APOBEC4, Activation-induced (cytidine) deaminase (AID), hAPOBEC1, rAPOBEC1, ppAPOBEC1, AmAPOBEC1 (BEM3.31), ocAPOBEC1, SsAPOBEC2 (BEM3.39), hAPOBEC3A, maAPOBEC1, mdAPOBEC1, cytidine deaminase 1 (CDA1), hA3A, RrA3F (BEM3.14), PmCDA1, AID (Activation-induced cytidine deaminase; AICDA), hAID, and FENRY. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase is APOBEC1. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase is (a) an APOBEC-1 from Mesocricetus auratus (MaAPOBEC-1), Pongo pygmaeus (PpAPOBEC-1), Oryctolagus cuniculus (OcAPOBEC-1), Monodelphis domestica (MdAPOBEC-1), or Alligator mississippiensis (AmAPOBEC-1), (b) an APOBEC-2 from Pongo pygmaeus (PpAPOBEC-2), Bos taurus (BtAPOBEC-2), or Sus scrofa (SsAPOBEC-2), (c) an APOBEC-4 from Macaca fascicularis (MfAPOBEC-4), (d) an AID from Canis lupus familaris (C1AID) or Bos Taurus (BtAID), (e) a yeast cytosine deaminase (yCD) from Saccharomyces cerevisiae, (f) an APOBEC-3F from Rhinopithecus roxellana (RrA3F), or (g) a cytidine deaminase having an amino acid sequence that is at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical to any one of (a)-(f).
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase is an APOBEC-1 from Mesocricetus auratus (MaAPOBEC-1), Pongo pygmaeus (PpAPOBEC-1), Oryctolagus cuniculus (OcAPOBEC-1), Monodelphis domestica (MdAPOBEC-1), or a cytidine deaminase having an amino acid sequence that is at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical thereto. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase is rAPOBEC1. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase is hAPOBEC3A. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase is ppAPOBEC1. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase is an APOBEC-2 derived from Pongo pygmaeus (PpAPOBEC-2), Bos taurus (BtAPOBEC-2), or Sus scrofa (SsAPOBEC-2), or a cytidine deaminase having an amino acid sequence that is at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical thereto. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase is an APOBEC-4 derived from Macaca fascicularis (MfAPOBEC-4), or a cytidine deaminase having an amino acid sequence that is at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical thereto. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase is an AID from Canis lupus familaris (C1AID), Bos Taurus (BtAID), or a cytidine deaminase having an amino acid sequence that is at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical thereto.
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase is a yeast cytosine deaminase (yCD) from Saccharomyces cerevisiae, or a cytidine deaminase having an amino acid sequence that is at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical thereto. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase is an APOBEC-3F from Rhinopithecus roxellana (RrA3F), or a cytidine deaminase having an amino acid sequence that is at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical thereto. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase is any one of the cytidine deaminases provided in Table 13, or a cytidine deaminase having an amino acid sequence that is at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical thereto. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase is APOBEC-3F from Rhinopithecus roxellana (RrA3F), APOBEC-1 from Alligator mississippiensis (AmAPOBEC-1), APOBEC-2 from Sus scrofa (SsAPOBEC-2), APOBEC-1 from Pongo pygmaeus (PpAPOBEC-1), or a cytidine deaminase having an amino acid sequence that is at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical thereto.
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises one or more alterations at positions R15X, R16X, H21X, R30X, R33X, K34X, R52X, K60X, R118X, H121X, H122X, R126X, R128X, R169X, R198X, T36X, H53X, V62X, L88X, W90X, Y120X or R132X as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1 or one or more corresponding alterations thereof, wherein X is any amino acid.
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises one or more alterations selected from the group consisting of R15A, R16A, H21A, R30A, R33A, K34A, R52A, K60A, R118A, H121A, H122A, H122L, R126A, R128A, R169A, R198A, T36A, H53A, V62A, L88A, W90F, W90A, Y120F, Y120A, H121R, H122R, R126E, W90Y, and R132E as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1 or one or more corresponding alterations thereof. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises a combination of alterations selected from the group consisting of: K34A+R33A, K34A+H122A, K34A+Y120F, K34A+R52A, K34A+H122A, K34A+H121A, W90A+R126E, W90Y+R126E, H121R+H122R, R126+R132E, W90Y+R132E, and W90Y+R126E+R132E as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1 or corresponding alterations thereof. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises an alteration at position Y120F and one or more alterations selected from the group consisting of R33A, W90F, K34A, R52A, H122A, and H121A as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1, or one or more corresponding alterations thereof. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises an alterations at position Y130X or R28X as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1 or a corresponding alteration thereof, wherein X is any amino acid.
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises an alterations at position Y130A or R28A as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1 or a corresponding alteration thereof. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises alterations at positions Y130A and R28A as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1 or corresponding alterations thereof. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises one or more alterations at positions H122X, K34X, R33X, W90X, or R128X as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1, or one or more corresponding alterations thereof, wherein X is any amino acid. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises one or more alterations selected from the group consisting of H122A, K34A, R33A, W90F, W90A, and R128A as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1, or one or more corresponding alterations thereof. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises a combination of alterations selected from the group consisting of: R33A+K34A, W90F+K34A, R33A+K34A+W90F, and R33A+K34A+H122A+W90F as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1 or corresponding alterations thereof.
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises an amino acid sequence that has at least 80% identity to amino acid sequence:
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises an amino acid sequence that has at least 80% identity to amino acid sequence:
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises an amino acid sequence that has at least 80% identity to amino acid sequence:
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises an amino acid sequence that has at least 80% identity to amino acid sequence:
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises a H122A alteration. In some embodiments, the cytidine base editor of any one of aspects above, further comprises at least one adenosine deaminase or catalytically active fragments thereof. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase is a TadA deaminase. In some embodiments, the TadA deaminase is a modified adenosine deaminase that does not occur in nature. In some embodiments, the cytidine base editor comprises two adenosine deaminases that are the same or different. In some embodiments, the two adenosine deaminases are capable of forming heterodimers or homodimers. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase domains are a wild-type TadA and TadA7.10.
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a deletion of the C terminus beginning at a residue selected from the group consisting of 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, and 157. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase is missing 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 6, 17, 18, 19, or 20 N-terminal amino acid residues relative to a full-length adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase is missing 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 6, 17, 18, 19, or 20 C-terminal amino acid residues relative to a full-length adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the at least one nucleobase editor domain further comprises an abasic nucleobase editor. In some embodiments, the cytidine base editor of any one of aspects above, further comprises one or more Nuclear Localization Signals (NLS). In some embodiments, the cytidine base editor comprises an N-terminal NLS and/or a C-terminal NLS. In some embodiments, the NLS is a bipartite NLS.
In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain is a Cas9. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain is a Staphylococcus aureus Cas9 (SaCas9), a Streptococcus pyogenes Cas9 (SpCas9), or variants thereof. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain comprises a nuclease dead Cas9 (dCas9), a Cas9 nickase (nCas9), or a nuclease active Cas9. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain comprises a catalytic domain capable of cleaving the reverse complement strand of the nucleic acid sequence. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain does not comprise a catalytic domain capable of cleaving the nucleic acid sequence. In some embodiments, the Cas9 is a dCas9. In some embodiments, the Cas9 is a Cas9 nickase (nCas9). In some embodiments, the nCas9 comprises amino acid substitution D10A or a corresponding amino acid substitution thereof.
In some embodiments, the cytidine base editor of any one of aspects above, further comprises one or more Uracil DNA glycosylase inhibitors (UGI). In some embodiments, the one or more UGI is derived from Bacillus subtilis bacteriophage PBS1 and inhibits human UDG activity. In some embodiments, the cytidine base editor comprises two Uracil DNA glycosylase inhibitors (UGI). In some embodiments, the cytidine base editor of any one of aspects above, further comprises one or more linkers.
Provided herein is a cell comprising the cytidine base editor of any one of aspects above. In some embodiments, the cell is a bacterial cell, plant cell, insect cell, or mammalian cell.
Provided herein is a molecular complex comprising the cytidine base editor of any one of aspects above and one or more of a guide RNA sequence, a tracrRNA sequence, or a target DNA sequence.
Provided herein is a method of editing a nucleobase of a nucleic acid sequence, the method comprising contacting the nucleic acid sequence with the cytidine base editor of any one of aspects above and converting a first nucleobase of the DNA sequence to a second nucleobase.
In some embodiments, the method further comprises contacting the nucleic acid sequence with a guide polynucleotide to effect the conversion. In some embodiments, the first nucleobase is cytosine and the second nucleobase is thymidine.
In one aspect, provided herein is a fusion protein comprising a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and at least one nucleobase editor domain comprising a cytidine deaminase, wherein the cytidine deaminase is (i) an APOBEC-1 from Mesocricetus auratus (MaAPOBEC-1), Pongo pygmaeus (PpAPOBEC-1), Oryctolagus cuniculus (OcAPOBEC-1), Monodelphis domestica (MdAPOBEC-1), or Alligator mississippiensis (AmAPOBEC-1), (ii) an APOBEC-2 from Pongo pygmaeus (PpAPOBEC-2), Bos taurus (BtAPOBEC-2), or Sus scrofa (SsAPOBEC-2), (iii) an APOBEC-4 from Macaca fascicularis (MfAPOBEC-4), (iv) an AID from Canis lupus familaris (ClAID) or Bos Taurus (BtAID), (v) a yeast cytosine deaminase (yCD) from Saccharomyces cerevisiae, (vi) an APOBEC-3F from Rhinopithecus roxellana (RrA3F), or (vii) a cytidine deaminase having an amino acid sequence that is at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical to any one of (i)-(viii).
In one aspect provided herein is a fusion protein comprising a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and at least one nucleobase editor domain comprising a cytidine deaminase, wherein the cytidine deaminase is an APOBEC-1 from Mesocricetus auratus (MaAPOBEC-1), Pongo pygmaeus (PpAPOBEC-1), Oryctolagus cuniculus (OcAPOBEC-1), Monodelphis domestica (MdAPOBEC-1), or a cytidine deaminase having an amino acid sequence that is at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical thereto.
In one aspect provided herein is a fusion protein comprising a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and at least one nucleobase editor domain comprising a cytidine deaminase, wherein the cytidine deaminase is an APOBEC-2 from Pongo pygmaeus (PpAPOBEC-2), Bos taurus (BtAPOBEC-2), or Sus scrofa (SsAPOBEC-2), or a cytidine deaminase having an amino acid sequence that is at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical thereto.
In one aspect provided herein is a fusion protein comprising a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and at least one nucleobase editor domain comprising a cytidine deaminase, wherein the cytidine deaminase is an APOBEC-4 from Macaca fascicularis (MfAPOBEC-4), or a cytidine deaminase having an amino acid sequence that is at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical thereto.
In one aspect provided herein is a fusion protein comprising a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and at least one nucleobase editor domain comprising a cytidine deaminase, wherein the cytidine deaminase is an AID from Canis lupus familaris (ClAID), Bos Taurus (BtAID), or a cytidine deaminase having an amino acid sequence that is at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical thereto.
In one aspect provided herein is a fusion protein comprising a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and at least one nucleobase editor domain comprising a cytidine deaminase, wherein the cytidine deaminase is a yeast cytosine deaminase (yCD) from Saccharomyces cerevisiae, or a cytidine deaminase having an amino acid sequence that is at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical thereto.
In one aspect provided herein is a fusion protein comprising a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and at least one nucleobase editor domain comprising a cytidine deaminase, wherein the cytidine deaminase is an APOBEC-3F from Rhinopithecus roxellana (RrA3F), or a cytidine deaminase having an amino acid sequence that is at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical thereto.
In one aspect provided herein is a fusion protein comprising a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and at least one nucleobase editor domain comprising a cytidine deaminase, wherein the cytidine deaminase is any one of the cytidine deaminases provided in Table 13, or a cytidine deaminase having an amino acid sequence that is at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical thereto.
In one aspect provided herein is a fusion protein comprising a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and at least one nucleobase editor domain comprising a cytidine deaminase, wherein the cytidine deaminase is APOBEC-3F from Rhinopithecus roxellana (RrA3F), APOBEC-1 from Alligator mississippiensis (AmAPOBEC-1), APOBEC-2 from Sus scrofa (SsAPOBEC-2), APOBEC-1 from Pongo pygmaeus (PpAPOBEC-1), or a cytidine deaminase having an amino acid sequence that is at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical thereto.
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises one or more alterations at positions R15X, R16X, H21X, R30X, R33X, K34X, R52X, K60X, R118X, H121X, H122X, R126X, R128X, R169X, R198X, T36X, H53X, V62X, L88X, W90X, Y120X or R132X as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1, or one or more corresponding alterations thereof, wherein X is any amino acid. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises one or more alterations selected from the group consisting of R15A, R16A, H21A, R30A, R33A, K34A, R52A, K60A, R118A, H121A, H122A, H122L, R126A, R128A, R169A, R198A, T36A, H53A, V62A, L88A, W90F, W90A, Y120F, Y120A, H121R, H122R, R126E, W90Y, and R132E as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1, or one or more corresponding alterations thereof. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises a combination of alterations selected from the group consisting of: K34A+R33A, K34A+H122A, K34A+Y120F, K34A+R52A, K34A+H122A, K34A+H121A, W90A+R126E, W90Y+R126E, H121R+H122R, R126+R132E, W90Y+R132E, and W90Y+R126E+R132E as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1 or corresponding alterations thereof. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises a combination of alterations selected from the group consisting of Y120F and one or more alterations selected from the group consisting of R33A, W90F, K34A, R52A, H122A, and H121A as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1, or one or more corresponding alterations thereof.
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises one or more alterations at positions Y130X or R28X as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1, or one or more corresponding alterations thereof, wherein X is any amino acid. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises one or more alterations selected from the group consisting of Y130A and R28A as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1, or one or more corresponding alterations thereof. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises alterations Y130A and R28A as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1 or corresponding alterations thereof. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises one or more alterations at positions H122X, K34X, R33X, W90X, or R128X as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1, or one or more corresponding alterations thereof, wherein X is any amino acid. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises one or more alterations selected from the group consisting of H122A, K34A, R33A, W90F, W90A, and R128A as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1, or one or more corresponding alterations thereof.
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises a combination of alterations selected from the group consisting of: R33A+K34A, W90F+K34A, R33A+K34A+W90F, and R33A+K34A+H122A+W90F as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1, or one or more corresponding alterations thereof. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises a H122A alteration as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1, or a corresponding alteration thereof. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase is rAPOBEC1 and comprises one or more alterations selected from the group consisting of R15A, R16A, H21A, R30A, R33A, K34A, R52A, K60A, R118A, H121A, H122A, H122L, R126A, R128A, R169A, R198A, T36A, H53A, V62A, L88A, W90F, W90A, Y120F, Y120A, H121R, H122R, R126E, W90Y, and R132E as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1 or one or more corresponding alterations thereof. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises a combination of alterations selected from the group consisting of: K34A+R33A, K34A+H122A, K34A+Y120F, K34A+R52A, K34A+H122A, K34A+H121A, W90A+R126E, W90Y+R126E, H121R+H122R, R126+R132E, W90Y+R132E, and W90Y+R126E+R132E as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1 or one or more corresponding alterations thereof.
In one aspect provided herein is a fusion protein comprising a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and at least one nucleobase editor domain comprising a cytidine deaminase selected from the group consisting of APOBEC2 family members, APOBEC3 family members, APOBEC4 family members, cytidine deaminase 1 family members (CDA1), A3A family members, RrA3F family members, PmCDA1 family members, and FENRY family members.
In some embodiments, the APOBEC3 family member is selected from the group consisting of APOBEC3A, APOBEC3B, APOBEC3C, APOBEC3D, APOBEC3E, APOBEC3F, APOBEC3G, and APOBEC3H. In some embodiments, the APOBEC2 family member is SsAPOBEC2.
Provided herein is a fusion protein comprising a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and at least one nucleobase editor domain comprising an APOBEC1 selected from the group consisting of ppAPOBEC1, AmAPOBEC1 (BEM3.31), ocAPOBEC1, SsAPOBEC2 (BEM3.39), hAPOBEC3A, maAPOBEC1, and mdAPOBEC1.
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises one or more alterations at positions R15X, R16X, H21X, R30X, R33X, K34X, R52X, K60X, R118X, H121X, H122X, R126X, R128X, R169X, R198X, T36X, H53X, V62X, L88X, W90X, Y120X or R132X as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1, or one or more corresponding alterations thereof, wherein X is any amino acid. In some embodiments, the one or more alterations are selected from the group consisting of R15A, R16A, H21A, R30A, R33A, K34A, R52A, K60A, R118A, H121A, H122A, H122L, R126A, R128A, R169A, R198A, T36A, H53A, V62A, L88A, W90F, W90A, Y120F, Y120A, H121R, H122R, R126E, W90Y, and R132E as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1, or one or more corresponding alterations thereof. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises a combination of alterations selected from the group consisting of: K34A+R33A, K34A+H122A, K34A+Y120F, K34A+R52A, K34A+H122A, K34A+H121A, W90A+R126E, W90Y+R126E, H121R+H122R, R126+R132E, W90Y+R132E, and W90Y+R126E+R132E as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1, or one or more corresponding alterations thereof. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises a combination of alterations selected from the group consisting of Y120F and one or more alterations selected from the group consisting of R33A, W90F, K34A, R52A, H122A, and H121A, as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1, or one or more corresponding alterations thereof.
In one aspect provided herein is a fusion protein comprising a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and at least one nucleobase editor domain comprising a cytidine deaminase, wherein the cytidine deaminase comprises one or more alterations at positions R15X, R16X, H21X, R30X, R33X, K34X, R52X, K60X, R118X, H121X, H122X, R126X, R128X, R169X, R198X, T36X, H53X, V62X, L88X, W90X, Y120X or R132X as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1, or one or more corresponding alterations thereof, wherein X is any amino acid.
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises one or more alterations selected from the group consisting of R15A, R16A, H21A, R30A, R33A, K34A, R52A, K60A, R118A, H121A, H122A, H122L, R126A, R128A, R169A, R198A, T36A, H53A, V62A, L88A, W90F, W90A, Y120F, Y120A, H121R, H122R, R126E, W90Y, and R132E as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1, or one or more corresponding alterations thereof. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises a combination of alterations selected from the group consisting of: K34A+R33A, K34A+H122A, K34A+Y120F, K34A+R52A, K34A+H122A, K34A+H121A, W90A+R126E, W90Y+R126E, H121R+H122R, R126+R132E, W90Y+R132E, and W90Y+R126E+R132E as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1, or one or more corresponding alterations thereof. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises an alteration at position Y120F and one or more alterations selected from the group consisting of R33A, W90F, K34A, R52A, H122A, and H121A as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1, or one or more corresponding alterations thereof.
In one aspect provided herein is a fusion protein comprising a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and at least one nucleobase editor domain comprising a cytidine deaminase, wherein the cytidine deaminase comprises one or more alterations at positions Y130X and R28X as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1, or one or more corresponding alterations thereof, wherein X is any amino acid.
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises one or more alterations selected from the group consisting of Y130A and R28A, as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1, or one or more corresponding alterations thereof. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises alterations Y130A and R28A.
In one aspect provided herein is a fusion protein comprising a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and at least one nucleobase editor domain comprising a cytidine deaminase, wherein the cytidine deaminase comprises one or more alterations at positions H122X, K34X, R33X, W90X, or R128X as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1 or one or more corresponding alterations thereof, wherein X is any amino acid.
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises one or more alterations selected from the group consisting of H122A, K34A, R33A, W90F, W90A, and R128A as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1 or one or more corresponding alterations thereof. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises a combination of alterations selected from the group consisting of: R33A+K34A, W90F+K34A, R33A+K34A+W90F, and R33A+K34A+H122A+W90F as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1, or one or more corresponding alterations thereof. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase is selected from the group consisting of APOBEC1, APOBEC2, APOBEC3A, APOBEC3B, APOBEC3C, APOBEC3D, APOBEC3E, APOBEC3F, APOBEC3G, APOBEC3H, APOBEC4, Activation-induced (cytidine) deaminase (AID), hAPOBEC1, rAPOBEC1, ppAPOBEC1, AmAPOBEC1 (BEM3.31), ocAPOBEC1, SsAPOBEC2 (BEM3.39), hAPOBEC3A, maAPOBEC1, mdAPOBEC1, cytidine deaminase 1 (CDA1), hA3A, RrA3F (BEM3.14), PmCDA1, AID
(Activation-induced cytidine deaminase; AICDA), hAID, and FENRY. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase is APOBEC1. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase is rAPOBEC1. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase is hAPOBEC3A. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase is ppAPOBEC1.
In one aspect provided herein is a fusion protein comprising a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and a cytidine deaminase, wherein the cytidine deaminase comprises an amino acid sequence that has at least 80% identity to amino acid sequence:
In one aspect provided herein is a fusion protein comprising a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and a cytidine deaminase, wherein the cytidine deaminase comprises an amino acid sequence that has at least 80% identity to amino acid sequence:
In one aspect provided herein is a fusion protein comprising a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and a cytidine deaminase, wherein the cytidine deaminase comprises an amino acid sequence that has at least 80% identity to amino acid sequence:
In one aspect provided herein is a fusion protein comprising a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and a cytidine deaminase, wherein the cytidine deaminase comprises an amino acid sequence that has at least 80% identity to amino acid sequence:
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises a H122A alteration.
In one aspect provided herein is a fusion protein comprising a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and a cytidine deaminase, wherein the cytidine deaminase is an APOBEC1 deaminase and comprises a H122A alteration.
In one aspect provided herein is a fusion protein comprising a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and a cytidine deaminase, wherein the cytidine deaminase is rAPOBEC1 and comprises one or more alterations selected from the group consisting of R15A, R16A, H21A, R30A, R33A, K34A, R52A, K60A, R118A, H121A, H122A, H122L, R126A, R128A, R169A, R198A, T36A, H53A, V62A, L88A, W90F, W90A, Y120F, Y120A, H121R, H122R, R126E, W90Y, and R132E. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises a combination of alterations selected from the group consisting of: K34A+R33A, K34A+H122A, K34A+Y120F, K34A+R52A, K34A+H122A, K34A+H121A, W90A+R126E, W90Y+R126E, H121R+H122R, R126+R132E, W90Y+R132E, and W90Y+R126E+R132E.
In one aspect provided herein is a fusion protein comprising a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and at least one nucleobase editor domain comprising an APOBEC1 selected from the group consisting of ppAPOBEC1, AmAPOBEC1 (BEM3.31), ocAPOBEC1, SsAPOBEC2 (BEM3.39), hAPOBEC3A, maAPOBEC1, and mdAPOBEC1.
In some embodiments, the APOBEC1 comprises one or more alterations at positions R15X, R16X, H21X, R30X, R33X, K34X, R52X, K60X, R118X, H121X, H122X, R126X, R128X, R169X, R198X, T36X, H53X, V62X, L88X, W90X, Y120X or R132X as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1 or one or more corresponding alterations thereof, wherein X is any amino acid.
In some embodiments, the one or more alterations are selected from the group consisting of R15A, R16A, H21A, R30A, R33A, K34A, R52A, K60A, R118A, H121A, H122A, H122L, R126A, R128A, R169A, R198A, T36A, H53A, V62A, L88A, W90F, W90A, Y120F, Y120A, H121R, H122R, R126E, W90Y, and R132E as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1, or one or more corresponding alterations thereof. In some embodiments, the APOBEC1 comprises a combination of alterations selected from the group consisting of: K34A+R33A, K34A+H122A, K34A+Y120F, K34A+R52A, K34A+H122A, K34A+H121A, W90A+R126E, W90Y+R126E, H121R+H122R, R126+R132E, W90Y+R132E, and W90Y+R126E+R132E as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1 or one or more corresponding alterations thereof. In some embodiments, the APOBEC1 comprises an alteration at Y120F and one or more alterations selected from the group consisting of R33A, W90F, K34A, R52A, H122A, and H121A as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1, or one or more corresponding alterations thereof.
In some embodiments, the fusion protein of any one of aspects above, further comprises at least one adenosine deaminase or catalytically active fragments thereof. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase is a TadA deaminase. In some embodiments, the TadA deaminase is a modified adenosine deaminase that does not occur in nature. In some embodiments, the fusion protein comprises two adenosine deaminases that are the same or different. In some embodiments, the two adenosine deaminases are capable of forming heterodimers or homodimers. In some embodiments, the two adenosine deaminase domains are a wild-type TadA and TadA7.10.
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a deletion of the C terminus beginning at a residue selected from the group consisting of 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, and 157. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase is missing 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 6, 17, 18, 19, or 20 N-terminal amino acid residues relative to a full-length adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase is missing 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 6, 17, 18, 19, or 20 C-terminal amino acid residues relative to a full-length adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the at least one nucleobase editor domain further comprises an abasic nucleobase editor.
In some embodiments, the fusion protein of any one of aspects above, further comprises one or more Nuclear Localization Signals (NLS). In some embodiments, the fusion protein comprises an N-terminal NLS and/or a C-terminal NLS. In some embodiments, the NLS is a bipartite NLS.
In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain is Cas9. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain is a Staphylococcus aureus Cas9 (SaCas9), a Streptococcus pyogenes Cas9 (SpCas9), or variants thereof. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain comprises a nuclease dead Cas9 (dCas9), a Cas9 nickase (nCas9), or a nuclease active Cas9. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain comprises a catalytic domain capable of cleaving the reverse complement strand of the nucleic acid sequence. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain does not comprise a catalytic domain capable of cleaving the nucleic acid sequence.
In some embodiments, the Cas9 is dCas9. In some embodiments, the Cas9 is a Cas9 nickase (nCas9). In some embodiments, the nCas9 comprises amino acid substitution D10A or a corresponding amino acid substitution thereof. In some embodiments, the fusion protein of any one of aspects above, further comprises one or more Uracil DNA glycosylase inhibitors (UGI). In some embodiments, the one or more UGI is derived from Bacillus subtilis bacteriophage PB S1 and inhibits human UDG activity. In some embodiments, the fusion protein comprises two Uracil DNA glycosylase inhibitors (UGI). In some embodiments, the fusion protein of any one of aspects above, further comprises one or more linkers. In some embodiments, the fusion protein deaminates a nucleobase in a target nucleotide sequence, and wherein the deamination has an increased ratio of in cis to in trans activity (in cis:in trans) as compared to a standard cytidine base editor.
In some embodiments, the standard cytidine base editor comprises (i) a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and (ii) an APOBEC cytidine deaminase.
In some embodiments, the APOBEC cytidine deaminase of the standard cytidine base editor is a rat APOBEC-1 cytidine deaminase (rAPOBEC-1). In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain of the standard cytidine base editor is a Cas9 nickase. In some embodiments, the standard cytidine base editor comprises a uracil glycosylase inhibitor (UGI) domain. In some embodiments, the standard cytidine base editor is a BE3 or BE4. In some embodiments, the increased ratio of in cis to in trans activity is increased by at least 2, 2.5, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60 fold or more. In some embodiments, the cytidine base editor has at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 100%, 105%, 110%, 115%, 120%, or more in cis activity as compared to the standard cytidine base editor. In some embodiments, the cytidine base editor has at least 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, or more fold less in trans activity as compared to the standard cytidine base editor.
In one aspect provided herein is a polynucleotide molecule encoding the fusion protein of any one of aspects above. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide is codon optimized.
Provided herein is an expression vector comprising a polynucleotide molecule described above. In some embodiments, the expression vector is a mammalian expression vector. In some embodiments, the vector is a viral vector selected from the group consisting of adeno-associated virus (AAV), retroviral vector, adenoviral vector, lentiviral vector, Sendai virus vector, and herpesvirus vector. In some embodiments, the vector comprises a promoter.
Provided herein is a cell comprising the polynucleotide described above or the vector described above. In some embodiments, the cell is a bacterial cell, plant cell, insect cell, a human cell, or mammalian cell.
Provided herein is a molecular complex comprising the fusion protein of any one of aspects above and one or more of a guide RNA sequence, a tracrRNA sequence, or a target DNA sequence.
Provided herein a kit comprising the fusion protein of any one of aspects above, the polynucleotide described above, the vector described above, or the molecular complex described above.
Provided herein is a method of editing a nucleobase of a nucleic acid sequence, the method comprising contacting a nucleic acid sequence with a base editor comprising: the fusion protein of any one of aspects above and converting a first nucleobase of the DNA sequence to a second nucleobase. In some embodiments, the first nucleobase is cytosine and the second nucleobase is thymidine.
Provided herein is a method of editing a nucleobase of a nucleic acid sequence, the method comprising contacting a nucleic acid sequence with a base editor comprising: the fusion protein of any one of aspects above and converting a first nucleobase of the DNA sequence to a second nucleobase. In some embodiments, the first nucleobase is cytosine and the second nucleobase is thymidine or the first nucleobase is adenine and the second nucleobase is guanine. In some embodiments, the method further comprises converting a third to a fourth nucleobase. In some embodiments, the third nucleobase is guanine and the fourth nucleobase is adenine or the third nucleobase is thymine and the fourth nucleobase is cytosine.
Provided herein is a method for optimized base editing, the method comprising: contacting a target nucleobase in a target nucleotide sequence with a cytidine base editor comprising (i) a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain and (ii) a cytidine deaminase, wherein the cytidine base editor deaminates the target nucleobase with lower spurious deamination in the target nucleotide sequence as compared to a canonical cytidine base editor comprising a rAPOBEC1. In some embodiments, the cytidine base editor deaminates the target nucleobase at higher efficiency as compared to the canonical cytidine base editor. In some embodiments, the canonical cytidine base editor further comprises a uracil glycosylase inhibitor (UGI) domain. In some embodiments, the canonical cytidine base editor is a BE3 or BE4. In some embodiments, the cytidine base editor generates at least 20%, 30%, 50%, 70%, or 90% lower spurious deamination as compared to the canonical cytidine base editor as measured by an in cis/in trans deamination assay. In some embodiments, the cytidine base editor has at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 100%, 105%, 110%, 115%, 120%, or more in cis activity as compared to the canonical cytidine base editor. In some embodiments, the cytidine base editor has at least 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, or more fold less in trans activity as compared to the canonical cytidine base editor. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase is (a) an APOBEC-1 from Mesocricetus auratus (MaAPOBEC-1), Pongo pygmaeus (PpAPOBEC-1), Oryctolagus cuniculus (OcAPOBEC-1), Monodelphis domestica (MdAPOBEC-1), or Alligator mississippiensis (AmAPOBEC-1), (b) an APOBEC-2 from Pongo pygmaeus (PpAPOBEC-2), Bos taurus (BtAPOBEC-2), or Sus scrofa (SsAPOBEC-2), (c) an APOBEC-4 from Macaca fascicularis (MfAPOBEC-4), (d) an AID from Canis lupus familaris (C1AID) or Bos Taurus (BtAID), (e) a yeast cytosine deaminase (yCD) from Saccharomyces cerevisiae, (f) an APOBEC-3F from Rhinopithecus roxellana (RrA3F), or (g) a cytidine deaminase having an amino acid sequence that is at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical to any one of (a)-(f).
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase is an AID from Canis lupus familaris (C1AID), Bos Taurus (BtAID), or a cytidine deaminase having an amino acid sequence that is at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical thereto. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase is an APOBEC-3F from Rhinopithecus roxellana (RrA3F), or a cytidine deaminase having an amino acid sequence that is at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical thereto.
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises an alteration selected from the group consisting of R15X, R16X, H21X, R30X, R33X, K34X, R52X, K60X, R118X, H121X, H122X, R126X, R128X, R169X, R198X, T36X, H53X, V62X, L88X, W90X, Y120X, and R132X as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1 or a corresponding alteration thereof, wherein X is any amino acid. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises an alteration selected from the group consisting of R15A, R16A, H21A, R30A, R33A, K34A, R52A, K60A, R118A, H121A, H122A, H122L, R126A, R128A, R169A, R198A, T36A, H53A, V62A, L88A, W90F, W90A, Y120F, Y120A, H121R, H122R, R126E, W90Y, and R132E as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1 or a corresponding alteration thereof.
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises a combination of alterations selected from the group consisting of: K34A+R33A, K34A+H122A, K34A+Y120F, K34A+R52A, K34A+H122A, K34A+H121A, W90A+R126E, W90Y+R126E, H121R+H122R, R126+R132E, W90Y+R132E, and W90Y+R126E+R132E as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1 or a corresponding combination of alterations thereof.
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises an alteration at position Y120F and one or more alterations selected from the group consisting of R33A, W90F, K34A, R52A, H122A, and H121A as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1, or one or more corresponding alterations thereof. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises an alterations at position Y130X or R28X as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1 or a corresponding alteration thereof, wherein X is any amino acid. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises an Y130A alteration or a R28A alteration as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1 or a corresponding alteration thereof. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises alterations Y130A and R28A as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1 or corresponding alterations thereof.
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises an alteration at positions H122X, K34X, R33X, W90X, and R128X as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1 or a corresponding alterations thereof, wherein X is any amino acid. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises an alteration selected from the group consisting of H122A, K34A, R33A, W90F, W90A, and R128A as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1, or a corresponding alteration thereof. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises a combination of alterations selected from the group consisting of: R33A+K34A, W90F+K34A, R33A+K34A+W90F, and R33A+K34A+H122A+W90F as numbered in SEQ ID NO: 1 or a corresponding combination of alterations thereof.
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises an amino acid sequence that has at least 80% identity to amino acid sequence:
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises an amino acid sequence that has at least 80% identity to amino acid sequence:
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises an amino acid sequence that has at least 80% identity to amino acid sequence:
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises an amino acid sequence that has at least 80% identity to amino acid sequence:
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises a H122A alteration. In some embodiments, the contacting is performed in a cell. In some embodiments, the cell is a human cell or a mammalian cell. In some embodiments, the contacting is in vivo or ex vivo.
In one aspect provided herein is a cytidine deaminase comprising an amino acid sequence that has at least 80% identity to an amino acid sequence selected from
The description and examples herein illustrate embodiments of the present disclosure in detail. It is to be understood that this disclosure is not limited to the particular embodiments described herein and as such can vary. Those of skill in the art will recognize that there are numerous variations and modifications of this disclosure, which are encompassed within its scope.
The practice of some embodiments disclosed herein employ, unless otherwise indicated, conventional techniques of immunology, biochemistry, chemistry, molecular biology, microbiology, cell biology, genomics and recombinant DNA, which are within the skill of the art. See for example Sambrook and Green, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 4th Edition (2012); the series Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (F. M. Ausubel, et al. eds.); the series Methods In Enzymology (Academic Press, Inc.), PCR 2: A Practical Approach (M. J. MacPherson, B. D. Hames and G. R. Taylor eds. (1995)), Harlow and Lane, eds. (1988) Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual, and Culture of Animal Cells: A Manual of Basic Technique and Specialized Applications, 6th Edition (R. I. Freshney, ed. (2010)).
The section headings used herein are for organizational purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting the subject matter described.
Although various features of the present disclosure can be described in the context of a single embodiment, the features can also be provided separately or in any suitable combination. Conversely, although the present disclosure can be described herein in the context of separate embodiments for clarity, the present disclosure can also be implemented in a single embodiment. The section headings used herein are for organizational purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting the subject matter described.
The features of the present disclosure are set forth with particularity in the appended claims. A better understanding of the features and advantages of the present will be obtained by reference to the following detailed description that sets forth illustrative embodiments, in which the principles of the disclosure are utilized, and in view of the accompanying drawings as described hereinbelow.
The following definitions supplement those in the art and are directed to the current application and are not to be imputed to any related or unrelated case, e.g., to any commonly owned patent or application. Although any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice for testing of the present disclosure, the preferred materials and methods are described herein. Accordingly, the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to be limiting.
Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the meaning commonly understood by a person skilled in the art to which this invention belongs. The following references provide one of skill with a general definition of many of the terms used in this invention: Singleton et al., Dictionary of Microbiology and Molecular Biology (2nd ed. 1994); The Cambridge Dictionary of Science and Technology (Walker ed., 1988); The Glossary of Genetics, 5th Ed., R. Rieger et al. (eds.), Springer Verlag (1991); and Hale & Marham, The Harper Collins Dictionary of Biology (1991).
In this application, the use of the singular includes the plural unless specifically stated otherwise. It must be noted that, as used in the specification, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” include plural references unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. In this application, the use of “or” means “and/or,” unless stated otherwise, and is understood to be inclusive. Furthermore, use of the term “including” as well as other forms, such as “include,” “includes,” and “included,” is not limiting.
As used in this specification and claim(s), the words “comprising” (and any form of comprising, such as “comprise” and “comprises”), “having” (and any form of having, such as “have” and “has”), “including” (and any form of including, such as “includes” and “include”) or “containing” (and any form of containing, such as “contains” and “contain”) are inclusive or open-ended and do not exclude additional, unrecited elements or method steps. It is contemplated that any embodiment discussed in this specification can be implemented with respect to any method or composition of the present disclosure, and vice versa. Furthermore, compositions of the present disclosure can be used to achieve methods of the present disclosure.
The term “about” or “approximately” means within an acceptable error range for the particular value as determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, which will depend in part on how the value is measured or determined, i.e., the limitations of the measurement system. For example, “about” can mean within 1 or more than 1 standard deviation, per the practice in the art. Alternatively, “about” can mean a range of up to 20%, up to 10%, up to 5%, or up to 1% of a given value. Alternatively, particularly with respect to biological systems or processes, the term can mean within an order of magnitude, such as within 5-fold or within 2-fold, of a value. Where particular values are described in the application and claims, unless otherwise stated the term “about” meaning within an acceptable error range for the particular value should be assumed.
Ranges provided herein are understood to be shorthand for all of the values within the range. For example, a range of 1 to 50 is understood to include any number, combination of numbers, or sub-range from the group consisting 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50.
Reference in the specification to “some embodiments,” “an embodiment,” “one embodiment” or “other embodiments” means that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic described in connection with the embodiments is included in at least some embodiments, but not necessarily all embodiments, of the present disclosures.
By “abasic base editor” is meant an agent capable of excising a nucleobase and inserting a DNA nucleobase (A, T, C, or G). Abasic base editors comprise a nucleic acid glycosylase polypeptide or fragment thereof. In one embodiment, the nucleic acid glycosylase is a mutant human uracil DNA glycosylase comprising an Asp at amino acid 204 (e.g., replacing an Asn at amino acid 204) in the following sequence, or corresponding position in a uracil DNA glycosylase, and having cytosine-DNA glycosylase activity, or active fragment thereof. In one embodiment, the nucleic acid glycosylase is a mutant human uracil DNA glycosylase comprising an Ala, Gly, Cys, or Ser at amino acid 147 (e.g., replacing a Tyr at amino acid 147) in the following sequence, or corresponding position in a uracil DNA glycosylase, and having thymine-DNA glycosylase activity, or an active fragment thereof. The sequence of exemplary human uracil-DNA glycosylase, isoform 1, follows:
The sequence of human uracil-DNA glycosylase, isoform 2, follows:
In other embodiments, the abasic editor is any one of the abasic editors described in PCT/JP2015/080958 and US20170321210, which are incorporated herein by reference. In particular embodiments, the abasic editor comprises a mutation at a position shown in the sequence above in bold with underlining or at a corresponding amino acid in any other abasic editor or uracil deglycosylase known in the art. In one embodiment, the abasic editor comprises a mutation at Y147, N204, L272, and/or R276, or corresponding position. In another embodiment, the abasic editor comprises a Y147A or Y147G mutation, or corresponding mutation. In another embodiment, the abasic editor comprises a N204D mutation, or corresponding mutation. In another embodiment, the abasic editor comprises a L272A mutation, or corresponding mutation. In another embodiment, the abasic editor comprises a R276E or R276C mutation, or corresponding mutation.
By “adenosine deaminase” is meant a polypeptide or fragment thereof capable of catalyzing the hydrolytic deamination of adenine or adenosine. In some embodiments, the deaminase or deaminase domain is an adenosine deaminase catalyzing the hydrolytic deamination of adenosine to inosine or deoxy adenosine to deoxyinosine. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase catalyzes the hydrolytic deamination of adenine or adenosine in deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA). The adenosine deaminases (e.g., engineered adenosine deaminases, evolved adenosine deaminases) provided herein may be from any organism, such as a bacterium.
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase is a TadA deaminase. In some embodiments, the TadA deaminase is TadA variant. In some embodiments, the TadA variant is a TadA*7.10. In some embodiments, the deaminase or deaminase domain is a variant of a naturally occurring deaminase from an organism, such as a human, chimpanzee, gorilla, monkey, cow, dog, rat, or mouse. In some embodiments, the deaminase or deaminase domain does not occur in nature. For example, in some embodiments, the deaminase or deaminase domain is at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75% at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, at least 99.1%, at least 99.2%, at least 99.3%, at least 99.4%, at least 99.5%, at least 99.6%, at least 99.7%, at least 99.8%, or at least 99.9% identical to a naturally occurring deaminase. For example, deaminase domains are described in International PCT Application Nos. PCT/2017/045381 (WO 2018/027078) and PCT/US2016/058344 (WO 2017/070632), each of which is incorporated herein by reference for its entirety. Also, see Komor, A. C., et al., “Programmable editing of a target base in genomic DNA without double-stranded DNA cleavage” Nature 533, 420-424 (2016); Gaudelli, N. M., et al., “Programmable base editing of A⋅T to G⋅C in genomic DNA without DNA cleavage” Nature 551, 464-471 (2017); Komor, A. C., et al., “Improved base excision repair inhibition and bacteriophage Mu Gam protein yields C:G-to-T:A base editors with higher efficiency and product purity” Science Advances 3:eaao4774 (2017)), and Rees, H. A., et al., “Base editing: precision chemistry on the genome and transcriptome of living cells.” Nat Rev Genet. 2018 December; 19(12):770-788. doi: 10.1038/s41576-018-0059-1, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an alteration in the following sequence:
In particular embodiments, an adenosine deaminase heterodimer comprises an TadA*7.10 domain and an adenosine deaminase domain selected from one of the following:
Staphylococcus aureus (S. aureus) TadA:
Bacillus subtilis (B. subtilis) TadA:
Salmonella typhimurium (S. typhimurium) TadA:
Shewanella putrefaciens (S. putrefaciens) TadA:
Haemophilus influenzae F3031 (H. influenzae) TadA:
Caulobacter crescentus (C. crescentus) TadA:
Geobacter sulfurreducens (G. sulfurreducens) TadA:
“Administering” is referred to herein as providing one or more compositions described herein to a patient or a subject. By way of example and without limitation, composition administration, e.g., injection, can be performed by intravenous (i.v.) injection, sub-cutaneous (s.c.) injection, intradermal (i.d.) injection, intraperitoneal (i.p.) injection, or intramuscular (i.m.) injection. One or more such routes can be employed. Parenteral administration can be, for example, by bolus injection or by gradual perfusion over time. In some embodiments, parenteral administration includes infusing or injecting intravascularly, intravenously, intramuscularly, intraarterially, intrathecally, intratumorally, intradermally, intraperitoneally, transtracheally, subcutaneously, subcuticularly, intraarticularly, subcapsularly, subarachnoidly and intrasternally. Alternatively, or concurrently, administration can be by an oral route.
By “agent” is meant any small molecule chemical compound, antibody, nucleic acid molecule, or polypeptide, or fragments thereof.
By “alteration” is meant a change (e.g. increase or decrease) in the structure, expression levels or activity of a gene or polypeptide as detected by standard art known methods such as those described herein. As used herein, an alteration includes a change in a polynucleotide or polypeptide sequence or a change in expression levels, such as a 10% change, a 25% change, a 40% change, a 50% change, or greater.
By “ameliorate” is meant decrease, suppress, attenuate, diminish, arrest, or stabilize the development or progression of a disease.
By “analog” is meant a molecule that is not identical, but has analogous functional or structural features. For example, a polynucleotide or polypeptide analog retains the biological activity of a corresponding naturally-occurring polynucleotide or polypeptide, while having certain modifications that enhance the analog's function relative to a naturally occurring polynucleotide or polypeptide. Such modifications could increase the analog's affinity for DNA, efficiency, specificity, protease or nuclease resistance, membrane permeability, and/or half-life, without altering, for example, ligand binding. An analog may include an unnatural nucleotide or amino acid.
By “base editor (BE)” or “nucleobase editor (NBE)” is meant an agent that binds a polynucleotide and has nucleobase modifying activity. In various embodiments, the base editor comprises a nucleobase modifying polypeptide (e.g., a deaminase) and a nucleic acid programmable nucleotide binding domain in conjunction with a guide polynucleotide (e.g., guide RNA). In various embodiments, the agent is a biomolecular complex comprising a protein domain having base editing activity, i.e., a domain capable of modifying a base (e.g., A, T, C, G, or U) within a nucleic acid molecule (e.g., DNA). In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain is fused or linked to one or more deaminase domains. In one embodiment, the agent is a fusion protein comprising one or more domains having base editing activity. In another embodiment, the protein domains having base editing activity are linked to the guide RNA (e.g., via an RNA binding motif on the guide RNA and an RNA binding domain fused to the deaminase). In some embodiments, the domains having base editing activity are capable of deaminating a base within a nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments, the base editor is capable of deaminating one or more bases within a DNA molecule. In some embodiments, the base editor is capable of deaminating a cytosine (C) or an adenosine (A) within DNA. In some embodiments, the base editor is capable of deaminating a cytosine (C) and an adenosine (A) within DNA. In some embodiments, the base editor is capable of deaminating a cytosine (C) within DNA. In some embodiments, the base editor is a cytidine base editor (CBE) (e.g., BE4). In some embodiments, the base editor is capable of deaminating an adenosine (A) within DNA. In some embodiments, the base editor is a standard base editor that comprises naturally occurring protein domains that have base editing activity and/or programmable DNA binding activity. For example, a standard cytidine base editor may contain a cytidine deaminase, e.g. an APOBEC cytidine deaminase or an AID deaminase. In some embodiments, the standard cytidine deaminase contains an APOBEC1 cytidine deaminase, e.g. a rAPOBEC1. In some embodiments, the standard cytidine base editor further comprises additional domains associated or linked to the cytidine deaminase, for example, one or more UGI domains may be linked or to the cytidine deaminase. In some embodiments, the base editor is an adenosine base editor (ABE) and a cytidine base editor (CBE).
In some embodiments, the base editor is a nuclease-inactive Cas9 (dCas9) fused to an adenosine deaminase and/or cytidine deaminase. In some embodiments, the Cas9 is a circular permutant Cas9 (e.g., spCas9 or saCas9). Circular permutant Cas9s are known in the art and described, for example, in Oakes et al., Cell 176, 254-267, 2019. In some embodiments, the base editor is fused to an inhibitor of base excision repair, for example, a UGI domain, or a dISN domain. In some embodiments, the fusion protein comprises a Cas9 nickase fused to one or more deaminases and an inhibitor of base excision repair, such as a UGI or dISN domain. In other embodiments the base editor is an abasic base editor.
In some embodiments, adenosine base editors are generated by cloning an adenosine deaminase variant into a scaffold that includes a circular permutant Cas9 (e.g., spCAS9 or saCAS9) and a bipartite nuclear localization sequence. Circular permutant Cas9s are known in the art and described, for example, in Oakes et al., Cell 176, 254-267, 2019. Exemplary circular permutants follow where the bold sequence indicates sequence derived from Cas9, the italics sequence denotes a linker sequence, and the underlined sequence denotes a bipartite nuclear localization sequence.
EIGKATAKYFFYSNIMNFFKTEITLANGEIRKRPLIETNGETGEIVWDKG
RDFATVRKVLSMPQVNIVKKTEVQTGGFSKESILPKRNSDKLIARKKDWD
PKKYGGFMQPTVAYSVLVVAKVEKGKSKKLKSVKELLGITIMERSSFEKN
PIDFLEAKGYKEVKKDLIIKLPKYSLFELENGRKRMLASAKFLQKGNELA
LPSKYVNFLYLASHYEKLKGSPEDNEQKQLFVEQHKHYLDEIIEQISEFS
KRVILADANLDKVLSAYNKHRDKPIREQAENIIHLFTLTNLGAPRAFKYF
DTTIARKEYRSTKEVLDATLIHQSITGLYETRIDLSQLGGD
GGSGGSGGS
GGSGGSGGSGGM
DKKYSIGLAIGTNSVGWAVITDEYKVPSKKFKVLGNTD
RHSIKKNLIGALLFDSGETAEATRLKRTARRRYTRRKNRICYLQEIFSNE
MAKVDDSFFHRLEESFLVEEDKKHERHPIFGNIVDEVAYHEKYPTIHLRK
KLVDSTDKADLRLIYLALAHMIKFRGHFLIEGDLNPDNSDVDKLFIQLVQ
TYNQLFEENPINASGVDAKAILSARLSKSRRLENLIAQLPGEKKNGLFGN
LIALSLGLTPNFKSNFDLAEDAKLQLSKDTYDDDLDNLLAQIGDQYADLF
LAAKNLSDAILLSDILRVNTEITKAPLSASMIKRYDEHHQDLTLLKALVR
QQLPEKYKEIFFDQSKNGYAGYIDGGASQEEFYKFIKPILEKMDGTEELL
VKLNREDLLRKQRTFDNGSIPHQIHLGELHAILRRQEDFYPFLKDNREKI
EKILTFRIPYYVGPLARGNSRFAWMTRKSEETITPWNFEEVVDKGASAQS
FIERMTNFDKNLPNEKVLPKHSLLYEYFTVYNELTKVKYVTEGMRKPAFL
SGEQKKAIVDLLFKTNRKVTVKQLKEDYFKKIECFDSVEISGVEDRFNAS
LGTYHDLLKIIKDKDFLDNEENEDILEDIVLTLTLFEDREMIEERLKTYA
HLFDDKVMKQLKRRRYTGWGRLSRKLINGIRDKQSGKTILDFLKSDGFAN
RNFMQLIHDDSLTFKEDIQKAQVSGQGDSLHEHIANLAGSPAIKKGILQT
VKVVDELVKVMGRHKPENIVIEMARENQTTQKGQKNSRERMKRIEEGIKE
LGSQILKEHPVENTQLQNEKLYLYYLQNGRDMYVDQELDINRLSDYDVDH
IVPQSFLKDDSIDNKVLTRSDKNRGKSDNVPSEEVVKKMKNYWRQLLNAK
LITQRKFDNLTKAERGGLSELDKAGFIKRQLVETRQITKHVAQILDSRMN
TKYDENDKLIREVKVITLKSKLVSDFRKDFQFYKVREINNYHHAHDAYLN
AVVGTALIKKYPKLESEFVYGDYKVYDVRKMIAKSEQ
EGADKRTADGSEF
ESPKKKRKV*
In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain is a CRISPR associated (e.g., Cas or Cpf1) enzyme. In some embodiments, the base editor is a catalytically dead Cas9 (dCas9) fused to one or more deaminase domains. In some embodiments, the base editor is a Cas9 nickase (nCas9) fused to one or more deaminase domains. In some embodiments, the base editor is fused to an inhibitor of base excision repair (BER). In some embodiments, the inhibitor of base excision repair is a uracil DNA glycosylase inhibitor (UGI). In some embodiments, the inhibitor of base excision repair is an inosine base excision repair inhibitor.
Details of base editors are described in International PCT Application Nos. PCT/2017/045381 (WO 2018/027078) and PCT/US2016/058344 (WO 2017/070632), each of which is incorporated herein by reference for its entirety. Also see Komor, A. C., et al., “Programmable editing of a target base in genomic DNA without double-stranded DNA cleavage” Nature 533, 420-424 (2016); Gaudelli, N. M., et al., “Programmable base editing of A⋅T to G⋅C in genomic DNA without DNA cleavage” Nature 551, 464-471 (2017); Komor, A. C., et al., “Improved base excision repair inhibition and bacteriophage Mu Gam protein yields C:G-to-T:A base editors with higher efficiency and product purity” Science Advances 3:eaao4774 (2017), and Rees, H. A., et al., “Base editing: precision chemistry on the genome and transcriptome of living cells.” Nat Rev Genet. 2018 December; 19(12):770-788. doi: 10.1038/s41576-018-0059-1, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
By way of example, the adenine base editor (ABE) as used in the base editing compositions, systems and methods described herein has the nucleic acid sequence (8877 base pairs), (Addgene, Watertown, Mass.; Gaudelli N M, et al., Nature. 2017 Nov. 23; 551(7681):464-471. doi: 10.1038/nature24644; Koblan L W, et al., Nat Biotechnol. 2018 October; 36(9):843-846. doi: 10.1038/nbt.4172.) as provided below. Polynucleotide sequences having at least 95% or greater identity to the ABE nucleic acid sequence are also encompassed.
By way of example, a cytidine base editor (CBE) as used in the base editing compositions, systems and methods described herein has the following nucleic acid sequence (8877 base pairs), (Addgene, Watertown, Mass.; Komor A C, et al., 2017, Sci Adv., 30; 3(8):eaao4774. doi: 10.1126/sciadv.aao4774) as provided below. Polynucleotide sequences having at least 95% or greater identity to the BE4 nucleic acid sequence are also encompassed.
In some embodiments, the cytidine base editor is BE4 having a nucleic acid sequence selected from one of the following:
Original BE4 Nucleic Acid Sequence:
BE4 Codon Optimization 1 Nucleic Acid Sequence:
BE4 Codon Optimization 2 Nucleic Acid Sequence:
By “base editing activity” is meant acting to chemically alter a base within a polynucleotide. In one embodiment, a first base is converted to a second base. In one embodiment, the base editing activity is cytidine deaminase activity, e.g., converting target C⋅G to T⋅A. In another embodiment, the base editing activity is adenosine or adenine deaminase activity, e.g., converting A⋅T to G⋅C. In another embodiment, the base editing activity is cytidine deaminase activity, e.g., converting target C⋅G to T⋅A, and adenosine or adenine deaminase activity, e.g., converting A⋅T to G⋅C.
The term “base editor system” refers to a system for editing a nucleobase of a target nucleotide sequence. In various embodiments, the base editor system comprises (1) a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain (e.g. Cas9); (2) one or more deaminase domains (e.g. an adenosine deaminase and/or a cytidine deaminase) for deaminating said nucleobase; and (3) one or more guide polynucleotide (e.g., guide RNA). In some embodiments, the base editor (BE) system comprises (1) a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain (e.g. Cas9), an adenosine deaminase domain and a cytidine deaminase domain for deaminating nucleobases in the target nucleotide sequence; and (2) one or more guide polynucleotides (e.g., guide RNA) in conjunction with the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain is a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain. In some embodiments, the base editor is a cytidine base editor (CBE). In some embodiments, the base editor system is BE4. In some embodiments, the base editor is an adenine or adenosine base editor (ABE In some embodiments, the base editor is an adenine or adenosine base editor (ABE) and a cytidine base editor (CBE). In some embodiments, the base editor is an abasic editor.
In some embodiments, a base editor system may comprise more than one base editing component. For example, a base editor system may include one or more deaminases (e.g., adenosine deaminase, cytidine deaminase). In some embodiments, a single guide polynucleotide may be utilized to target different deaminases to a target nucleic acid sequence. In some embodiments, a single pair of guide polynucleotides may be utilized to target different deaminases to a target nucleic acid sequence.
The deaminase domain and the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding component of a base editor system may be associated with each other covalently or non-covalently, or any combination of associations and interactions thereof. For example, in some embodiments, one or more deaminase domains can be targeted to a target nucleotide sequence by a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain. In some embodiments, a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain can be fused or linked to one or more deaminase domains. In some embodiments, a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain can target one or more deaminase domains to a target nucleotide sequence by non-covalently interacting with or associating with the deaminase domain. For example, in some embodiments, the deaminase domain can comprise an additional heterologous portion or domain that is capable of interacting with, associating with, or capable of forming a complex with an additional heterologous portion or domain that is part of a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to, interacting with, associating with, or forming a complex with a polypeptide. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to, interacting with, associating with, or forming a complex with a polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to a guide polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to a polypeptide linker. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to a polynucleotide linker. The additional heterologous portion may be a protein domain. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be a K Homology (KH) domain, a MS2 coat protein domain, a PP7 coat protein domain, a SfMu Com coat protein domain, a sterile alpha motif, a telomerase Ku binding motif and Ku protein, a telomerase Sm7 binding motif and Sm7 protein, or a RNA recognition motif.
A base editor system may further comprise a guide polynucleotide component. It should be appreciated that components of the base editor system may be associated with each other via covalent bonds, noncovalent interactions, or any combination of associations and interactions thereof. In some embodiments, one or more deaminase domains can be targeted to a target nucleotide sequence by a guide polynucleotide. For example, in some embodiments, the deaminase domain can comprise an additional heterologous portion or domain (e.g., polynucleotide binding domain such as an RNA or DNA binding protein) that is capable of interacting with, associating with, or capable of forming a complex with a portion or segment (e.g., a polynucleotide motif) of a guide polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion or domain (e.g., polynucleotide binding domain such as an RNA or DNA binding protein) can be fused or linked to the deaminase domain. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to, interacting with, associating with, or forming a complex with a polypeptide. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to, interacting with, associating with, or forming a complex with a polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to a guide polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to a polypeptide linker. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to a polynucleotide linker. The additional heterologous portion may be a protein domain. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be a K Homology (KH) domain, a MS2 coat protein domain, a PP7 coat protein domain, a SfMu Com coat protein domain, a sterile alpha motif, a telomerase Ku binding motif and Ku protein, a telomerase Sm7 binding motif and Sm7 protein, or a RNA recognition motif.
In some embodiments, a base editor system can further comprise an inhibitor of base excision repair (BER) component. It should be appreciated that components of the base editor system may be associated with each other via covalent bonds, noncovalent interactions, or any combination of associations and interactions thereof. The inhibitor of BER component may comprise a BER inhibitor. In some embodiments, the inhibitor of BER can be a uracil DNA glycosylase inhibitor (UGI). In some embodiments, the inhibitor of BER can be an inosine BER inhibitor. In some embodiments, the inhibitor of BER can be targeted to the target nucleotide sequence by the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain. In some embodiments, a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain can be fused or linked to an inhibitor of BER. In some embodiments, a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain can be fused or linked to one or more deaminase domains and an inhibitor of BER. In some embodiments, a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain can target an inhibitor of BER to a target nucleotide sequence by non-covalently interacting with or associating with the inhibitor of BER. For example, in some embodiments, the inhibitor of BER component can comprise an additional heterologous portion or domain that is capable of interacting with, associating with, or capable of forming a complex with an additional heterologous portion or domain that is part of a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain.
In some embodiments, the inhibitor of BER can be targeted to the target nucleotide sequence by the guide polynucleotide. For example, in some embodiments, the inhibitor of BER can comprise an additional heterologous portion or domain (e.g., polynucleotide binding domain such as an RNA or DNA binding protein) that is capable of interacting with, associating with, or capable of forming a complex with a portion or segment (e.g., a polynucleotide motif) of a guide polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion or domain of the guide polynucleotide (e.g., polynucleotide binding domain such as an RNA or DNA binding protein) can be fused or linked to the inhibitor of BER. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to, interacting with, associating with, or forming a complex with a polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to a guide polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to a polypeptide linker. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to a polynucleotide linker. The additional heterologous portion may be a protein domain. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be a K Homology (KH) domain, a MS2 coat protein domain, a PP7 coat protein domain, a SfMu Com coat protein domain, a sterile alpha motif, a telomerase Ku binding motif and Ku protein, a telomerase Sm7 binding motif and Sm7 protein, or a RNA recognition motif.
The term “Cas9” or “Cas9 domain” refers to an RNA guided nuclease comprising a Cas9 protein, or a fragment thereof (e.g., a protein comprising an active, inactive, or partially active DNA cleavage domain of Cas9, and/or the gRNA binding domain of Cas9). A Cas9 nuclease is also referred to sometimes as a Casn1 nuclease or a CRISPR (clustered regularly interspaced short palindromic repeat) associated nuclease. CRISPR is an adaptive immune system that provides protection against mobile genetic elements (viruses, transposable elements and conjugative plasmids). CRISPR clusters contain spacers, sequences complementary to antecedent mobile elements, and target invading nucleic acids. CRISPR clusters are transcribed and processed into CRISPR RNA (crRNA). In type II CRISPR systems correct processing of pre-crRNA requires a trans-encoded small RNA (tracrRNA), endogenous ribonuclease 3 (rnc) and a Cas9 protein. The tracrRNA serves as a guide for ribonuclease 3-aided processing of pre-crRNA. Subsequently, Cas9/crRNA/tracrRNA endonucleolytically cleaves linear or circular dsDNA target complementary to the spacer. The target strand not complementary to crRNA is first cut endonucleolytically, then trimmed 3′-5′ exonucleolytically. In nature, DNA-binding and cleavage typically requires protein and both RNAs. However, single guide RNAs (“sgRNA,” or simply “gNRA”) can be engineered so as to incorporate aspects of both the crRNA and tracrRNA into a single RNA species. See, e.g., Jinek M., et al., Science 337:816-821(2012), the entire contents of which is hereby incorporated by reference. Cas9 recognizes a short motif in the CRISPR repeat sequences (the PAM or protospacer adjacent motif) to help distinguish self versus non-self. Cas9 nuclease sequences and structures are well known to those of skill in the art (see, e.g., “Complete genome sequence of an M1 strain of Streptococcus pyogenes.” Ferretti et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 98:4658-4663(2001); “CRISPR RNA maturation by trans-encoded small RNA and host factor RNase III.” Deltcheva E., et al., Nature 471:602-607(2011); and “A programmable dual-RNA-guided DNA endonuclease in adaptive bacterial immunity.” Jinek M., et al., Science 337:816-821(2012), the entire contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference). Cas9 orthologs have been described in various species, including, but not limited to, S. pyogenes and S. thermophilus. Additional suitable Cas9 nucleases and sequences will be apparent to those of skill in the art based on this disclosure, and such Cas9 nucleases and sequences include Cas9 sequences from the organisms and loci disclosed in Chylinski, Rhun, and Charpentier, “The tracrRNA and Cas9 families of type II CRISPR-Cas immunity systems” (2013) RNA Biology 10:5, 726-737; the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
An exemplary Cas9, is Streptococcus pyogenes Cas9 (spCas9), the amino acid sequence of which is provided below:
DELVKVMGHKPENIVIEMARENQTTQKGQKNSRERMKRIEEGIKELGSQILKEHPVENTQLQ
NEKLYLYYLQNGRDMYVDQELDINRLSDYDVDHIVPQSFIKDDSIDNKVLTRSDKNRGKSDN
VPSEEVVKKMKNYWRQLLNAKLITQRKFDNLTKAERGGLSELDKAGFIKRQLVETRQITKHV
AQILDSRMNTKYDENDKLIREVKVITLKSKLVSDFRKDFQFYKVREINNYHHAHDAYLNAVV
GTALIKKYPKLESEFVYGDYKVYDVRKMIAKSEQEIGKATAKYFFYSNIMNFFKTEITLANG
EIRKRPLIETNGETGEIVWDKGRDFATVRKVLSMPQVNIVKKTEVQTGGFSKESILPKRNSD
A nuclease-inactivated Cas9 protein may interchangeably be referred to as a “dCas9” protein (for nuclease-“dead” Cas9) or catalytically inactive Cas9. Methods for generating a Cas9 protein (or a fragment thereof) having an inactive DNA cleavage domain are known (See, e.g., Jinek et al., Science. 337:816-821(2012); Qi et al., “Repurposing CRISPR as an RNA-Guided Platform for Sequence-Specific Control of Gene Expression” (2013) Cell. 28; 152(5):1173-83, the entire contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference). For example, the DNA cleavage domain of Cas9 is known to include two subdomains, the HNH nuclease subdomain and the RuvC1 subdomain. The HNH subdomain cleaves the strand complementary to the gRNA, whereas the RuvC1 subdomain cleaves the non-complementary strand. Mutations within these subdomains can silence the nuclease activity of Cas9. For example, the mutations D10A and H840A completely inactivate the nuclease activity of S. pyogenes Cas9 (Jinek et al., Science. 337:816-821(2012); Qi et al., Cell. 28; 152(5):1173-83 (2013)). In some embodiments, a Cas9 nuclease has an inactive (e.g., an inactivated) DNA cleavage domain, that is, the Cas9 is a nickase, referred to as an “nCas9” protein (for “nickase” Cas9). In some embodiments, proteins comprising fragments of Cas9 are provided. For example, in some embodiments, a protein comprises one of two Cas9 domains: (1) the gRNA binding domain of Cas9; or (2) the DNA cleavage domain of Cas9. In some embodiments, proteins comprising Cas9 or fragments thereof are referred to as “Cas9 variants.” A Cas9 variant shares homology to Cas9, or a fragment thereof. For example, a Cas9 variant is at least about 70% identical, at least about 80% identical, at least about 90% identical, at least about 95% identical, at least about 96% identical, at least about 97% identical, at least about 98% identical, at least about 99% identical, at least about 99.5% identical, or at least about 99.9% identical to wild-type Cas9. In some embodiments, the Cas9 variant may have 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 21, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50 or more amino acid changes compared to wild-type Cas9. In some embodiments, the Cas9 variant comprises a fragment of Cas9 (e.g., a gRNA binding domain or a DNA-cleavage domain), such that the fragment is at least about 70% identical, at least about 80% identical, at least about 90% identical, at least about 95% identical, at least about 96% identical, at least about 97% identical, at least about 98% identical, at least about 99% identical, at least about 99.5% identical, or at least about 99.9% identical to the corresponding fragment of wild-type Cas9. In some embodiments, the fragment is at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% identical, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5% of the amino acid length of a corresponding wild-type Cas9.
In some embodiments, the fragment is at least 100 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, the fragment is at least 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, 1000, 1050, 1100, 1150, 1200, 1250, or at least 1300 amino acids in length.
In some embodiments, wild-type Cas9 corresponds to Cas9 from Streptococcus pyogenes (NCBI Reference Sequence: NC_017053.1, nucleotide and amino acid sequences as follows).
DELVKVMGHKPENIVIEMARENQTTQKGQKNSRERMKRIEEGIKELGSQILKEHPVENTQLQ
NEKLYLYYLQNGRDMYVDQELDINRLSDYDVDHIVPQSFIKDDSIDNKVLTRSDKNRGKSDN
VPSEEVVKKMKNYWRQLLNAKLITQRKFDNLTKAERGGLSELDKAGFIKRQLVETRQITKHV
AQILDSRMNTKYDENDKLIREVKVITLKSKLVSDFRKDFQFYKVREINNYHHAHDAYLNAVV
GTALIKKYPKLESEFVYGDYKVYDVRKMIAKSEQEIGKATAKYFFYSNIMNFFKTEITLANG
EIRKRPLIETNGETGEIVWDKGRDFATVRKVLSMPQVNIVKKTEVQTGGFSKESILPKRNSD
In some embodiments, wild-type Cas9 corresponds to, or comprises the following nucleotide and/or amino acid sequences:
DELVKVMGRHKPENIVIEMARENQTTQKGQKNSRERMKRIEEGIKELGSQILKEHPVENTQL
QNEKLYLYYLQNGRDMYVDQELDINRLSDYDVDHIVPQSFLKDDSIDNKVLTRSDKNRGKSD
NVPSEEVVKKMKNYWRQLLNAKLITQRKFDNLTKAERGGLSELDKAGFIKRQLVETRQITKH
VAQILDSRMNTKYDENDKLIREVKVITLKSKLVSDFRKDFQFYKVREINNYHHAHDAYLNAV
VGTALIKKYPKLESEFVYGDYKVYDVRKMIAKSEQEIGKATAKYFFYSNIMNFFKTEITLAN
GEIRKRPLIETNGETGEIVWDKGRDFATVRKVLSMPQVNIVKKTEVQTGGFSKESILPKRNS
In some embodiments, wild-type Cas9 corresponds to Cas9 from Streptococcus pyogenes (NCBI Reference Sequence: NC_002737.2 (nucleotide sequence as follows); and Uniprot Reference Sequence: Q99ZW2 (amino acid sequence as follows).
DELVKVMGRHKPENIVIEMARENQTTQKGQKNSRERMKRIEEGIKELGSQILKEHPVENTQL
QNEKLYLYYLQNGRDMYVDQELDINRLSDYDVDHIVPQSFLKDDSIDNKVLTRSDKNRGKSD
NVPSEEVVKKMKNYWRQLLNAKLITQRKFDNLTKAERGGLSELDKAGFIKRQLVETRQITKH
VAQILDSRMNTKYDENDKLIREVKVITLKSKLVSDFRKDFQFYKVREINNYHHAHDAYLNAV
VGTALIKKYPKLESEFVYGDYKVYDVRKMIAKSEQEIGKATAKYFFYSNIMNFFKTEITLAN
GEIRKRPLIETNGETGEIVWDKGRDFATVRKVLSMPQVNIVKKTEVQTGGFSKESILPKRNS
In some embodiments, Cas9 refers to Cas9 from: Corynebacterium ulcerans (NCBI Refs: NC_015683.1, NC_017317.1); Corynebacterium diphtheria (NCBI Refs: NC_016782.1, NC_016786.1); Spiroplasma syrphidicola (NCBI Ref: NC_021284.1); Prevotella intermedia (NCBI Ref: NC_017861.1); Spiroplasma taiwanense (NCBI Ref: NC_021846.1); Streptococcus iniae (NCBI Ref: NC_021314.1); Belliella baltica (NCBI Ref: NC_018010.1); Psychroflexus torquis I (NCBI Ref: NC_018721.1); Streptococcus thermophilus (NCBI Ref: YP 820832.1), Listeria innocua (NCBI Ref: NP 472073.1), Campylobacter jejuni (NCBI Ref: YP 002344900.1) or Neisseria meningitidis (NCBI Ref: YP_002342100.1) or to a Cas9 from any other organism.
In some embodiments, dCas9 corresponds to, or comprises in part or in whole, a Cas9 amino acid sequence having one or more mutations that inactivate the Cas9 nuclease activity. For example, in some embodiments, a dCas9 domain comprises D10A and an H840A mutation or corresponding mutations in another Cas9. In some embodiments, the dCas9 comprises the amino acid sequence of dCas9 (D10A and H840A):
DELVKVMGRHKPENIVIEMARENQTTQKGQKNSRERMKRIEEGIKELGSQILKEHPVENTQL
QNEKLYLYYLQNGRDMYVDQELDINRLSDYDVDAIVPQSFLKDDSIDNKVLTRSDKNRGKSD
NVPSEEVVKKMKNYWRQLLNAKLITQRKFDNLTKAERGGLSELDKAGFIKRQLVETRQITKH
VAQILDSRMNTKYDENDKLIREVKVITLKSKLVSDFRKDFQFYKVREINNYHHAHDAYLNAV
VGTALIKKYPKLESEFVYGDYKVYDVRKMIAKSEQEIGKATAKYFFYSNIMNFFKTEITLAN
GEIRKRPLIETNGETGEIVWDKGRDFATVRKVLSMPQVNIVKKTEVQTGGFSKESILPKRNS
In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain comprises a D10A mutation, while the residue at position 840 remains a histidine in the amino acid sequence provided above, or at corresponding positions in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein.
In other embodiments, dCas9 variants having mutations other than D10A and H840A are provided, which, e.g., result in nuclease inactivated Cas9 (dCas9). Such mutations, by way of example, include other amino acid substitutions at D10 and H840, or other substitutions within the nuclease domains of Cas9 (e.g., substitutions in the HNH nuclease subdomain and/or the RuvC1 subdomain). In some embodiments, variants or homologues of dCas9 are provided which are at least about 70% identical, at least about 80% identical, at least about 90% identical, at least about 95% identical, at least about 98% identical, at least about 99% identical, at least about 99.5% identical, or at least about 99.9% identical. In some embodiments, variants of dCas9 are provided having amino acid sequences which are shorter, or longer, by about 5 amino acids, by about 10 amino acids, by about 15 amino acids, by about 20 amino acids, by about 25 amino acids, by about 30 amino acids, by about 40 amino acids, by about 50 amino acids, by about 75 amino acids, by about 100 amino acids or more.
In some embodiments, Cas9 fusion proteins as provided herein comprise the full-length amino acid sequence of a Cas9 protein, e.g., one of the Cas9 sequences provided herein. In other embodiments, however, fusion proteins as provided herein do not comprise a full-length Cas9 sequence, but only one or more fragments thereof. Exemplary amino acid sequences of suitable Cas9 domains and Cas9 fragments are provided herein, and additional suitable sequences of Cas9 domains and fragments will be apparent to those of skill in the art.
It should be appreciated that additional Cas9 proteins (e.g., a nuclease dead Cas9 (dCas9), a Cas9 nickase (nCas9), or a nuclease active Cas9), including variants and homologs thereof, are within the scope of this disclosure. Exemplary Cas9 proteins include, without limitation, those provided below. In some embodiments, the Cas9 protein is a nuclease dead Cas9 (dCas9). In some embodiments, the Cas9 protein is a Cas9 nickase (nCas9). In some embodiments, the Cas9 protein is a nuclease active Cas9.
Exemplary Catalytically Inactive Cas9 (dCas9):
Exemplary Catalytically Cas9 Nickase (nCas9):
In some embodiments, Cas9 refers to a Cas9 from archaea (e.g. nanoarchaea), which constitute a domain and kingdom of single-celled prokaryotic microbes. In some embodiments, Cas9 refers to CasX or CasY, which have been described in, for example, Burstein et al., “New CRISPR-Cas systems from uncultivated microbes.” Cell Res. 2017 Feb. 21. doi: 10.1038/cr.2017.21, the entire contents of which is hereby incorporated by reference. Using genome-resolved metagenomics, a number of CRISPR-Cas systems were identified, including the first reported Cas9 in the archaeal domain of life. This divergent Cas9 protein was found in little-studied nanoarchaea as part of an active CRISPR-Cas system. In bacteria, two previously unknown systems were discovered, CRISPR-CasX and CRISPR-CasY, which are among the most compact systems yet discovered. In some embodiments, Cas9 refers to CasX, or a variant of CasX. In some embodiments, Cas9 refers to a CasY, or a variant of CasY. It should be appreciated that other RNA-guided DNA binding proteins may be used as a nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein (napDNAbp), and are within the scope of this disclosure.
In particular embodiments, napDNAbps useful in the methods of the invention include circular permutants, which are known in the art and described, for example, by Oakes et al., Cell 176, 254-267, 2019. An exemplary circular permutant follows where the bold sequence indicates sequence derived from Cas9, the italics sequence denotes a linker sequence, and the underlined sequence denotes a bipartite nuclear localization sequence, CP5 (with MSP “NGC=Pam Variant with mutations Regular Cas9 likes NGG” PID=Protein Interacting Domain and “D10A” nickase):
EIGKATAKYFFYSNIMNFFKTEITLANGEIRKRPLIETNGETGEIVWDKG
RDFATVRKVLSMPQVNIVKKTEVQTGGFSKESILPKRNSDKLIARKKDWD
PKKYGGFMQPTVAYSVLVVAKVEKGKSKKLKSVKELLGITIMERSSFEKN
PIDFLEAKGYKEVKKDLIIKLPKYSLFELENGRKRMLASAKFLQKGNELA
LPSKYVNFLYLASHYEKLKGSPEDNEQKQLFVEQHKHYLDEIIEQISEFS
KRVILADANLDKVLSAYNKHRDKPIREQAENIIHLFTLTNLGAPRAFKYF
DTTIARKEYRSTKEVLDATLIHQSITGLYETRIDLSQLGGD
GGSGGSGGS
GGSGGSGGSGGM
DKKYSIGLAIGTNSVGWAVITDEYKVPSKKFKVLGNTD
RHSIKKNLIGALLFDSGETAEATRLKRTARRRYTRRKNRICYLQEIFSNE
MAKVDDSFFHRLEESFLVEEDKKHERHPIFGNIVDEVAYHEKYPTIYHLR
KKLVDSTDKADLRLIYLALAHMIKFRGHFLIEGDLNPDNSDVDKLFIQLV
QTYNQLFEENPINASGVDAKAILSARLSKSRRLENLIAQLPGEKKNGLFG
NLIALSLGLTPNFKSNFDLAEDAKLQLSKDTYDDDLDNLLAQIGDQYADL
FLAAKNLSDAILLSDILRVNTEITKAPLSASMIKRYDEHHQDLTLLKALV
RQQLPEKYKEIFFDQSKNGYAGYIDGGASQEEFYKFIKPILEKMDGTEEL
LVKLNREDLLRKQRTFDNGSIPHQIHLGELHAILRRQEDFYPFLKDNREK
IEKILTFRIPYYVGPLARGNSRFAWMTRKSEETITPWNFEEVVDKGASAQ
SFIERMTNFDKNLPNEKVLPKHSLLYEYFTVYNELTKVKYVTEGMRKPAF
LSGEQKKAIVDLLFKTNRKVTVKQLKEDYFKKIECFDSVEISGVEDRFNA
SLGTYHDLLKIIKDKDFLDNEENEDILEDIVLTLTLFEDREMIEERLKTY
AHLFDDKVMKQLKRRRYTGWGRLSRKLINGIRDKQSGKTILDFLKSDGFA
NRNFMQLIHDDSLTFKEDIQKAQVSGQGDSLHEHIANLAGSPAIKKGILQ
TVKVVDELVKVMGRHKPENIVIEMARENQTTQKGQKNSRERMKRIEEGIK
ELGSQILKEHPVENTQLQNEKLYLYYLQNGRDMYVDQELDINRLSDYDVD
HIVPQSFLKDDSIDNKVLTRSDKNRGKSDNVPSEEVVKKMKNYWRQLLNA
KLITQRKFDNLTKAERGGLSELDKAGFIKRQLVETRQITKHVAQILDSRM
NTKYDENDKLIREVKVITLKSKLVSDFRKDFQFYKVREINNYHHAHDAYL
NAVVGTALIKKYPKLESEFVYGDYKVYDVRKMIAKSEQ
EGADKRTADGSE
FESPKKKRKV
*
Non-limiting examples of a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain which can be incorporated into a base editor include a CRISPR protein-derived domain, a restriction nuclease, a meganuclease, TAL nuclease (TALEN), and a zinc finger nuclease (ZFN).
In some embodiments, the nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein (napDNAbp) of any of the fusion proteins provided herein may be a CasX or CasY protein. In some embodiments, the napDNAbp is a CasX protein. In some embodiments, the napDNAbp is a CasY protein. In some embodiments, the napDNAbp comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at ease 99.5% identical to a naturally-occurring CasX or CasY protein. In some embodiments, the napDNAbp is a naturally-occurring CasX or CasY protein. In some embodiments, the napDNAbp comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at ease 99.5% identical to any CasX or CasY protein described herein. It should be appreciated that Cas12b/C2c1, CasX and CasY from other bacterial species may also be used in accordance with the present disclosure.
islandicus (strain HVE10/4) GN = SiH_0402 PE = 4 5V = 1
islandicus (strain REY15A) GN = SiRe_0771 PE = 4 SV = 1
The term “conservative amino acid substitution” or “conservative mutation” refers to the replacement of one amino acid by another amino acid with a common property. A functional way to define common properties between individual amino acids is to analyze the normalized frequencies of amino acid changes between corresponding proteins of homologous organisms (Schulz, G. E. and Schirmer, R. H., Principles of Protein Structure, Springer-Verlag, New York (1979)). According to such analyses, groups of amino acids can be defined where amino acids within a group exchange preferentially with each other, and therefore resemble each other most in their impact on the overall protein structure (Schulz, G. E. and Schirmer, R. H., supra). Non-limiting examples of conservative mutations include amino acid substitutions of amino acids, for example, lysine for arginine and vice versa such that a positive charge can be maintained; glutamic acid for aspartic acid and vice versa such that a negative charge can be maintained; serine for threonine such that a free —OH can be maintained; and glutamine for asparagine such that a free —NH2 can be maintained.
The term “coding sequence” or “protein coding sequence” as used interchangeably herein refers to a segment of a polynucleotide that codes for a protein. The region or sequence is bounded nearer the 5′ end by a start codon and nearer the 3′ end with a stop codon. Coding sequences can also be referred to as open reading frames.
By “cytidine deaminase” is meant a polypeptide or fragment thereof capable of catalyzing a deamination reaction that converts an amino group to a carbonyl group. In one embodiment, the cytidine deaminase converts cytosine to uracil or 5-methylcytosine to thymine. The cytidine deaminase (e.g., engineered cytidine deaminase, evolved cytidine deaminase) provided herein can be from any organism, such as a bacterium.
In some embodiments, a cytidine deaminase of a base editor can comprise all or a portion of an apolipoprotein B mRNA editing complex (APOBEC) family deaminase. APOBEC is a family of evolutionarily conserved cytidine deaminases. Members of this family are C-to-U editing enzymes. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase includes, without limitation: APOBEC family members, including but not limited to: APOBEC1, APOBEC2, APOBEC3A, APOBEC3B, APOBEC3C, APOBEC3D (“APOBEC3E” now refers to this), APOBEC3F, APOBEC3G, APOBEC3H, APOBEC4, Activation-induced (cytidine) deaminase (AID), hAPOBEC1, which is derived from Homo sapiens, rAPOBEC1, which is derived from Rattus norvegicus, ppAPOBEC1, which is derived from Pongo pygmaeus, AmAPOBEC1 (BEM3.31), derived from Alligator mississippiensis, ocAPOBEC1, which is derived from Oryctolagus cuniculus, SsAPOBEC2 (BEM3.39), which is derived from Sus scrofa, hAPOBEC3A, which is derived from Homo sapiens, maAPOBEC1, which is derived from Mesocricetus auratus, mdAPOBEC1, which is derived from Monodelphis domestica; cytidine deaminase 1 (CDA1), hA3A, which is APOBEC3A derived from Homo sapiens, RrA3F (BEM3.14), which is APOBEC3F derived from Rhinopithecus roxellana; PmCDA1, which is derived from Petromyzon marinus (Petromyzon marinus cytosine deaminase 1, “PmCDA1”); AID (Activation-induced cytidine deaminase; AICDA), which is derived from a mammal (e.g., human, swine, bovine, horse, monkey etc.); hAID, which is derived from Homo sapiens; and FENRY.
The term “deaminase” or “deaminase domain,” as used herein, refers to a protein or enzyme that catalyzes a deamination reaction. In some embodiments, the deaminase or deaminase domain is a cytidine deaminase, catalyzing the hydrolytic deamination of cytidine or deoxycytidine to uridine or deoxyuridine, respectively. In some embodiments, the deaminase or deaminase domain is a cytosine deaminase, catalyzing the hydrolytic deamination of cytosine to uracil. In some embodiments, the deaminase is an adenosine deaminase, which catalyzes the hydrolytic deamination of adenine to hypoxanthine. In some embodiments, the deaminase is an adenosine deaminase, which catalyzes the hydrolytic deamination of adenosine or adenine (A) to inosine (I). In some embodiments, the deaminase or deaminase domain is an adenosine deaminase catalyzing the hydrolytic deamination of adenosine or deoxyadenosine to inosine or deoxyinosine, respectively. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase catalyzes the hydrolytic deamination of adenosine in deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA). The deaminases (e.g., engineered deaminases, evolved deaminases) provided herein can be from any organism, such as a bacterium. In some embodiments, the deaminase is from a bacterium, such as Escherichia coli, Staphylococcus aureus, Salmonella typhimurium, Shewanella putrefaciens, Haemophilus influenzae, or Caulobacter crescentus.
“Detect” refers to identifying the presence, absence or amount of the analyte to be detected. In one embodiment, a sequence alteration in a polynucleotide or polypeptide is detected. In another embodiment, the presence of indels is detected.
By “detectable label” is meant a composition that when linked to a molecule of interest renders the latter detectable, via spectroscopic, photochemical, biochemical, immunochemical, or chemical means. For example, useful labels include radioactive isotopes, magnetic beads, metallic beads, colloidal particles, fluorescent dyes, electron-dense reagents, enzymes (for example, as commonly used in an enzyme linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA)), biotin, digoxigenin, or haptens.
By “disease” is meant any condition or disorder that damages or interferes with the normal function of a cell, tissue, or organ.
The term “effective amount,” as used herein, refers to an amount of a biologically active agent that is sufficient to elicit a desired biological response. The effective amount of an active agent(s) used to practice the present invention for therapeutic treatment of a disease varies depending upon the manner of administration, the age, body weight, and general health of the subject. Ultimately, the attending physician or veterinarian will decide the appropriate amount and dosage regimen. Such amount is referred to as an “effective” amount. In one embodiment, an effective amount is the amount of a base editor of the invention (e.g., a fusion protein comprising a programmable DNA binding protein, a nucleobase editor and gRNA) sufficient to introduce an alteration in a gene of interest in a cell (e.g., a cell in vitro or in vivo). In some embodiments, an effective amount of a fusion protein provided herein, e.g., of a multi-effector nucleobase editor comprising a nCas9 domain and one or more deaminase domains (e.g., adenosine deaminase, cytidine deaminase) may refer to the amount of the fusion protein that is sufficient to induce editing of a target site specifically bound and edited by the multi-effector nucleobase editors. In one embodiment, an effective amount is the amount of a base editor required to achieve a therapeutic effect (e.g., to reduce or control a disease or a symptom or condition thereof). Such therapeutic effect need not be sufficient to alter a gene of interest in all cells of a subject, tissue or organ, but only to alter a gene of interest in about 1%, 5%, 10%, 25%, 50%, 75% or more of the cells present in a subject, tissue or organ.
In some embodiments, an effective amount of a fusion protein provided herein, e.g., of a nucleobase editor comprising a nCas9 domain and one or more deaminase domains (e.g., adenosine deaminase, cytidine deaminase) refers to the amount of the fusion protein that is sufficient to induce editing of a target site specifically bound and edited by the nucleobase editors described herein. As will be appreciated by the skilled artisan, the effective amount of an agent, e.g., a fusion protein, a nuclease, a hybrid protein, a protein dimer, a complex of a protein (or protein dimer) and a polynucleotide, or a polynucleotide, may vary depending on various factors as, for example, on the desired biological response, e.g., on the specific allele, genome, or target site to be edited, on the cell or tissue being targeted, and/or on the agent being used.
By “fragment” is meant a portion of a polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule. This portion contains, at least about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90% of the entire length of the reference nucleic acid molecule or polypeptide. A fragment may contain 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, or 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, or 1000 nucleotides or amino acids.
By “guide RNA” or “gRNA” is meant a polynucleotide which can be specific for a target sequence and can form a complex with a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain protein (e.g., Cas9 or Cpf1). In an embodiment, the guide polynucleotide is a guide RNA (gRNA). gRNAs can exist as a complex of two or more RNAs, or as a single RNA molecule. gRNAs that exist as a single RNA molecule may be referred to as single-guide RNAs (sgRNAs), though “gRNA” is used interchangeably to refer to guide RNAs that exist as either single molecules or as a complex of two or more molecules. Typically, gRNAs that exist as single RNA species comprise two domains: (1) a domain that shares homology to a target nucleic acid (e.g., and directs binding of a Cas9 complex to the target); and (2) a domain that binds a Cas9 protein. In some embodiments, domain (2) corresponds to a sequence known as a tracrRNA, and comprises a stem-loop structure. For example, in some embodiments, domain (2) is identical or homologous to a tracrRNA as provided in Jinek et al., Science 337:816-821(2012), the entire contents of which is incorporated herein by reference. Other examples of gRNAs (e.g., those including domain 2) can be found in U.S. Provisional Patent Application, U.S. Ser. No. 61/874,682, filed Sep. 6, 2013, entitled “Switchable Cas9 Nucleases and Uses Thereof,” and U.S. Provisional Patent Application, U.S. Ser. No. 61/874,746, filed Sep. 6, 2013, entitled “Delivery System For Functional Nucleases,” the entire contents of each are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. In some embodiments, a gRNA comprises two or more of domains (1) and (2), and may be referred to as an “extended gRNA.” An extended gRNA will bind two or more Cas9 proteins and bind a target nucleic acid at two or more distinct regions, as described herein. The gRNA comprises a nucleotide sequence that complements a target site, which mediates binding of the nuclease/RNA complex to said target site, providing the sequence specificity of the nuclease:RNA complex.
“Hybridization” means hydrogen bonding, which may be Watson-Crick, Hoogsteen or reversed Hoogsteen hydrogen bonding, between complementary nucleobases. For example, adenine and thymine are complementary nucleobases that pair through the formation of hydrogen bonds.
The term “inhibitor of base repair” or “IBR” refers to a protein that is capable in inhibiting the activity of a nucleic acid repair enzyme, for example a base excision repair (BER) enzyme. In some embodiments, the IBR is an inhibitor of inosine base excision repair. Exemplary inhibitors of base repair include inhibitors of APE1, Endo III, Endo IV, Endo V, Endo VIII, Fpg, hOGG1, hNEIL1, T7 Endo1, T4PDG, UDG, hSMUG1, and hAAG. In some embodiments, the IBR is an inhibitor of Endo V or hAAG. In some embodiments, the IBR is a catalytically inactive EndoV or a catalytically inactive hAAG. In some embodiments, the base repair inhibitor is an inhibitor of Endo V or hAAG. In some embodiments, the base repair inhibitor is a catalytically inactive EndoV or a catalytically inactive hAAG.
In some embodiments, the base repair inhibitor is uracil glycosylase inhibitor (UGI). UGI refers to a protein that is capable of inhibiting a uracil-DNA glycosylase base-excision repair enzyme. In some embodiments, a UGI domain comprises a wild-type UGI or a fragment of a wild-type UGI. In some embodiments, the UGI proteins provided herein include fragments of UGI and proteins homologous to a UGI or a UGI fragment. In some embodiments, the base repair inhibitor is an inhibitor of inosine base excision repair. In some embodiments, the base repair inhibitor is a “catalytically inactive inosine specific nuclease” or “dead inosine specific nuclease. Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, catalytically inactive inosine glycosylases (e.g., alkyl adenine glycosylase (AAG)) can bind inosine, but cannot create an abasic site or remove the inosine, thereby sterically blocking the newly formed inosine moiety from DNA damage/repair mechanisms. In some embodiments, the catalytically inactive inosine specific nuclease can be capable of binding an inosine in a nucleic acid but does not cleave the nucleic acid. Non-limiting exemplary catalytically inactive inosine specific nucleases include catalytically inactive alkyl adenosine glycosylase (AAG nuclease), for example, from a human, and catalytically inactive endonuclease V (EndoV nuclease), for example, from E. coli. In some embodiments, the catalytically inactive AAG nuclease comprises an E125Q mutation or a corresponding mutation in another AAG nuclease.
By “increases” is meant a positive alteration of at least 10%, 25%, 50%, 75%, or 100%.
An “intein” is a fragment of a protein that is able to excise itself and join the remaining fragments (the exteins) with a peptide bond in a process known as protein splicing. Inteins are also referred to as “protein introns.” The process of an intein excising itself and joining the remaining portions of the protein is herein termed “protein splicing” or “intein-mediated protein splicing.” In some embodiments, an intein of a precursor protein (an intein containing protein prior to intein-mediated protein splicing) comes from two genes. Such intein is referred to herein as a split intein (e.g., split intein-N and split intein-C). For example, in cyanobacteria, DnaE, the catalytic subunit a of DNA polymerase III, is encoded by two separate genes, dnaE-n and dnaE-c. The intein encoded by the dnaE-n gene may be herein referred as “intein-N.” The intein encoded by the dnaE-c gene may be herein referred as “intein-C.”
Other intein systems may also be used. For example, a synthetic intein based on the dnaE intein, the Cfa-N (e.g., split intein-N) and Cfa-C (e.g., split intein-C) intein pair, has been described (e.g., in Stevens et al., J Am Chem Soc. 2016 Feb. 24; 138(7):2162-5, incorporated herein by reference). Non-limiting examples of intein pairs that may be used in accordance with the present disclosure include: Cfa DnaE intein, Ssp GyrB intein, Ssp DnaX intein, Ter DnaE3 intein, Ter ThyX intein, Rma DnaB intein and Cne Prp8 intein (e.g., as described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,394,604, incorporated herein by reference.
Exemplary nucleotide and amino acid sequences of inteins are provided.
Intein-N and intein-C may be fused to the N-terminal portion of the split Cas9 and the C-terminal portion of the split Cas9, respectively, for the joining of the N-terminal portion of the split Cas9 and the C-terminal portion of the split Cas9. For example, in some embodiments, an intein-N is fused to the C-terminus of the N-terminal portion of the split Cas9, i.e., to form a structure of N-[N-terminal portion of the split Cas9]-[intein-N]-C. In some embodiments, an intein-C is fused to the N-terminus of the C-terminal portion of the split Cas9, i.e., to form a structure of N-[intein-C]-[C-terminal portion of the split Cas9]-C. The mechanism of intein-mediated protein splicing for joining the proteins the inteins are fused to (e.g., split Cas9) is known in the art, e.g., as described in Shah et al., Chem Sci. 2014; 5(1):446-461, incorporated herein by reference. Methods for designing and using inteins are known in the art and described, for example by WO2014004336, WO2017132580, US20150344549, and US20180127780, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
The terms “isolated,” “purified,” or “biologically pure” refer to material that is free to varying degrees from components which normally accompany it as found in its native state. “Isolate” denotes a degree of separation from original source or surroundings. “Purify” denotes a degree of separation that is higher than isolation. A “purified” or “biologically pure” protein is sufficiently free of other materials such that any impurities do not materially affect the biological properties of the protein or cause other adverse consequences. That is, a nucleic acid or peptide of this invention is purified if it is substantially free of cellular material, viral material, or culture medium when produced by recombinant DNA techniques, or chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized. Purity and homogeneity are typically determined using analytical chemistry techniques, for example, polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis or high-performance liquid chromatography. The term “purified” can denote that a nucleic acid or protein gives rise to essentially one band in an electrophoretic gel. For a protein that can be subjected to modifications, for example, phosphorylation or glycosylation, different modifications may give rise to different isolated proteins, which can be separately purified.
By “isolated polynucleotide” is meant a nucleic acid (e.g., a DNA) that is free of the genes which, in the naturally-occurring genome of the organism from which the nucleic acid molecule of the invention is derived, flank the gene. The term therefore includes, for example, a recombinant DNA that is incorporated into a vector; into an autonomously replicating plasmid or virus; or into the genomic DNA of a prokaryote or eukaryote; or that exists as a separate molecule (for example, a cDNA or a genomic or cDNA fragment produced by PCR or restriction endonuclease digestion) independent of other sequences. In addition, the term includes an RNA molecule that is transcribed from a DNA molecule, as well as a recombinant DNA that is part of a hybrid gene encoding additional polypeptide sequence.
By an “isolated polypeptide” is meant a polypeptide of the invention that has been separated from components that naturally accompany it. Typically, the polypeptide is isolated when it is at least 60%, by weight, free from the proteins and naturally-occurring organic molecules with which it is naturally associated. Preferably, the preparation is at least 75%, more preferably at least 90%, and most preferably at least 99%, by weight, a polypeptide of the invention. An isolated polypeptide of the invention may be obtained, for example, by extraction from a natural source, by expression of a recombinant nucleic acid encoding such a polypeptide; or by chemically synthesizing the protein. Purity can be measured by any appropriate method, for example, column chromatography, polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, or by HPLC analysis.
The term “linker,” as used herein, can refer to a covalent linker (e.g., covalent bond), a non-covalent linker, a chemical group, or a molecule linking two molecules or moieties, e.g., two components of a protein complex or a ribonucleocomplex, or two domains of a fusion protein, such as, for example, a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain (e.g., dCas9) and one or more deaminase domains (e.g., an adenosine deaminase and/or a cytidine deaminase). A linker can join different components of, or different portions of components of, a base editor system. For example, in some embodiments, a linker can join a guide polynucleotide binding domain of a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain and a catalytic domain of a deaminase. In some embodiments, a linker can join a CRISPR polypeptide and a deaminase. In some embodiments, a linker can join a Cas9 and a deaminase. In some embodiments, a linker can join a dCas9 and a deaminase. In some embodiments, a linker can join a nCas9 and a deaminase. In some embodiments, a linker can join a guide polynucleotide and a deaminase. In some embodiments, a linker can join a deaminating component and a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding component of a base editor system. In some embodiments, a linker can join a RNA-binding portion of a deaminating component and a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding component of a base editor system. In some embodiments, a linker can join a RNA-binding portion of a deaminating component and a RNA-binding portion of a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding component of a base editor system. A linker can be positioned between, or flanked by, two groups, molecules, or other moieties and connected to each one via a covalent bond or non-covalent interaction, thus connecting the two. In some embodiments, the linker can be an organic molecule, group, polymer, or chemical moiety. In some embodiments, the linker can be a polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the linker can be a DNA linker. In some embodiments, the linker can be a RNA linker. In some embodiments, a linker can comprise an aptamer capable of binding to a ligand. In some embodiments, the ligand may be carbohydrate, a peptide, a protein, or a nucleic acid. In some embodiments, the linker may comprise an aptamer may be derived from a riboswitch. The riboswitch from which the aptamer is derived may be selected from a theophylline riboswitch, a thiamine pyrophosphate (TPP) riboswitch, an adenosine cobalamin (AdoCb1) riboswitch, an S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) riboswitch, an SAH riboswitch, a flavin mononucleotide (FMN) riboswitch, a tetrahydrofolate riboswitch, a lysine riboswitch, a glycine riboswitch, a purine riboswitch, a GlmS riboswitch, or a pre-queosinel (PreQ1) riboswitch. In some embodiments, a linker may comprise an aptamer bound to a polypeptide or a protein domain, such as a polypeptide ligand. In some embodiments, the polypeptide ligand may be a K Homology (KH) domain, a MS2 coat protein domain, a PP7 coat protein domain, a SfMu Com coat protein domain, a sterile alpha motif, a telomerase Ku binding motif and Ku protein, a telomerase Sm7 binding motif and Sm7 protein, or a RNA recognition motif. In some embodiments, the polypeptide ligand may be a portion of a base editor system component. For example, a nucleobase editing component may comprise one or more deaminase domains and a RNA recognition motif.
In some embodiments, the linker can be an amino acid or a plurality of amino acids (e.g., a peptide or protein). In some embodiments, the linker can be about 5-100 amino acids in length, for example, about 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 20-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-60, 60-70, 70-80, 80-90, or 90-100 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, the linker can be about 100-150, 150-200, 200-250, 250-300, 300-350, 350-400, 400-450, or 450-500 amino acids in length. Longer or shorter linkers can be also contemplated.
In some embodiments, a linker joins a gRNA binding domain of an RNA-programmable nuclease, including a Cas9 nuclease domain, and the catalytic domain of a nucleic-acid editing protein (e.g., cytidine and/or adenosine deaminase). In some embodiments, a linker joins a dCas9 and a nucleic-acid editing protein. For example, the linker is positioned between, or flanked by, two groups, molecules, or other moieties and connected to each one via a covalent bond, thus connecting the two. In some embodiments, the linker is an amino acid or a plurality of amino acids (e.g., a peptide or protein). In some embodiments, the linker is an organic molecule, group, polymer, or chemical moiety. In some embodiments, the linker is 5-200 amino acids in length, for example, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 35, 45, 50, 55, 60, 60, 65, 70, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 90, 95, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 175, 180, 190, or 200 amino acids in length. Longer or shorter linkers are also contemplated.
In some embodiments, the domains of the nucleobase editor (e.g., multi-effector nucleobase editor) are fused via a linker that comprises the amino acid sequence of SGGSSGSETPGTSESATPESSGGS, SGGSSGGSSGSETPGTSESATPESSGGSSGGS, or GGSGGSPGSPAGSPTSTEEGTSESATPESGPGTSTEPSEGSAPGSPAGSPTSTEEGTSTE PSEGSAPGTSTEPSEGSAPGTSESATPESGPGSEPATSGGSGGS. In some embodiments, domains of the nucleobase editor (e.g., multi-effector nucleobase editor) are fused via a linker comprising the amino acid sequence SGSETPGTSESATPES, which may also be referred to as the XTEN linker. In some embodiments, a linker comprises the amino acid sequence SGGS. In some embodiments, a linker comprises (SGGS)n, (GGGS)n, (GGGGS)n, (G)n, (EAAAK)n, (GGS)n, SGSETPGTSESATPES, or (XP)n motif, or a combination of any of these, wherein n is independently an integer between 1 and 30, and wherein X is any amino acid. In some embodiments, n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15.
In some embodiments, the linker is 24 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, the linker comprises the amino acid sequence SGGSSGGSSGSETPGTSESATPES. In some embodiments, the linker is 40 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, the linker comprises the amino acid sequence SGGSSGGSSGSETPGTSESATPESSGGSSGGSSGGSSGGS. In some embodiments, the linker is 64 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, the linker comprises the amino acid sequence SGGSSGGSSGSETPGTSESATPESSGGSSGGSSGGSSGGSSGSETPGTSESATPESSGGS SGGS. In some embodiments, the linker is 92 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, the linker comprises the amino acid sequence
By “marker” is meant any protein or polynucleotide having an alteration in expression level or activity that is associated with a disease or disorder.
The term “mutation,” as used herein, refers to a substitution of a residue within a sequence, e.g., a nucleic acid or amino acid sequence, with another residue, or a deletion or insertion of one or more residues within a sequence. Mutations are typically described herein by identifying the original residue followed by the position of the residue within the sequence and by the identity of the newly substituted residue. Various methods for making the amino acid substitutions (mutations) provided herein are well known in the art, and are provided by, for example, Green and Sambrook, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (4th ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (2012)). In some embodiments, the presently disclosed base editors can efficiently generate an “intended mutation,” such as a point mutation, in a nucleic acid (e.g., a nucleic acid within a genome of a subject) without generating a significant number of unintended mutations, such as unintended point mutations. In some embodiments, an intended mutation is a mutation that is generated by a specific base editor (e.g., cytidine base editor and/or adenosine base editor) bound to a guide polynucleotide (e.g., gRNA), specifically designed to generate the intended mutation.
In general, mutations made or identified in a sequence (e.g., an amino acid sequence as described herein) are numbered in relation to a reference (or wild-type) sequence, i.e., a sequence that does not contain the mutations. The skilled practitioner in the art would readily understand how to determine the position of mutations in amino acid and nucleic acid sequences relative to a reference sequence.
The term “non-conservative mutations” involve amino acid substitutions between different groups, for example, lysine for tryptophan, or phenylalanine for serine, etc. In this case, it is preferable for the non-conservative amino acid substitution to not interfere with, or inhibit the biological activity of, the functional variant. The non-conservative amino acid substitution can enhance the biological activity of the functional variant, such that the biological activity of the functional variant is increased as compared to the wild-type protein.
The term “nuclear localization sequence,” “nuclear localization signal,” or “NLS” refers to an amino acid sequence that promotes import of a protein into the cell nucleus. Nuclear localization sequences are known in the art and described, for example, in Plank et al., International PCT application, PCT/EP2000/011690, filed Nov. 23, 2000, published as WO/2001/038547 on May 31, 2001, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference for their disclosure of exemplary nuclear localization sequences. In other embodiments, the NLS is an optimized NLS described, for example, by Koblan et al., Nature Biotech. 2018 doi:10.1038/nbt.4172. In some embodiments, an NLS comprises the amino acid sequence KRTADGSEFESPKKKRKV, KRPAATKKAGQAKKKK, KKTELQTTNAENKTKKL, KRGINDRNFWRGENGRKTR, RKSGKIAAIVVKRPRK, PKKKRKV, or MDSLLMNRRKFLYQFKNVRWAKGRRETYLC.
The terms “nucleic acid” and “nucleic acid molecule,” as used herein, refer to a compound comprising a nucleobase and an acidic moiety, e.g., a nucleoside, a nucleotide, or a polymer of nucleotides. Typically, polymeric nucleic acids, e.g., nucleic acid molecules comprising three or more nucleotides are linear molecules, in which adjacent nucleotides are linked to each other via a phosphodiester linkage. In some embodiments, “nucleic acid” refers to individual nucleic acid residues (e.g. nucleotides and/or nucleosides). In some embodiments, “nucleic acid” refers to an oligonucleotide chain comprising three or more individual nucleotide residues. As used herein, the terms “oligonucleotide” and “polynucleotide” can be used interchangeably to refer to a polymer of nucleotides (e.g., a string of at least three nucleotides). In some embodiments, “nucleic acid” encompasses RNA as well as single and/or double-stranded DNA. Nucleic acids may be naturally occurring, for example, in the context of a genome, a transcript, an mRNA, tRNA, rRNA, siRNA, snRNA, a plasmid, cosmid, chromosome, chromatid, or other naturally occurring nucleic acid molecule. On the other hand, a nucleic acid molecule may be a non-naturally occurring molecule, e.g., a recombinant DNA or RNA, an artificial chromosome, an engineered genome, or fragment thereof, or a synthetic DNA, RNA, DNA/RNA hybrid, or including non-naturally occurring nucleotides or nucleosides. Furthermore, the terms “nucleic acid,” “DNA,” “RNA,” and/or similar terms include nucleic acid analogs, e.g., analogs having other than a phosphodiester backbone. Nucleic acids can be purified from natural sources, produced using recombinant expression systems and optionally purified, chemically synthesized, etc. Where appropriate, e.g., in the case of chemically synthesized molecules, nucleic acids can comprise nucleoside analogs such as analogs having chemically modified bases or sugars, and backbone modifications. A nucleic acid sequence is presented in the 5′ to 3′ direction unless otherwise indicated. In some embodiments, a nucleic acid is or comprises natural nucleosides (e.g. adenosine, thymidine, guanosine, cytidine, uridine, deoxyadenosine, deoxythymidine, deoxyguanosine, and deoxycytidine); nucleoside analogs (e.g., 2-aminoadenosine, 2-thiothymidine, inosine, pyrrolo-pyrimidine, 3-methyl adenosine, 5-methylcytidine, 2-aminoadenosine, C5-bromouridine, C5-fluorouridine, C5-iodouridine, C5-propynyl-uridine, C5-propynyl-cytidine, C5-methylcytidine, 2-aminoadenosine, 7-deazaadenosine, 7-deazaguanosine, 8-oxoadenosine, 8-oxoguanosine, 0(6)-methylguanine, and 2-thiocytidine); chemically modified bases; biologically modified bases (e.g., methylated bases); intercalated bases; modified sugars (2′—e.g., fluororibose, ribose, 2′-deoxyribose, arabinose, and hexose); and/or modified phosphate groups (e.g., phosphorothioates and 5′-N-phosphoramidite linkages).
The term “nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein” or “napDNAbp” may be used interchangeably with “polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain” to refer to a protein that associates with a nucleic acid (e.g., DNA or RNA), such as a guide nucleic acid or guide polynucleotide (e.g., gRNA), that guides the napDNAbp to a specific nucleic acid sequence. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain is a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain is a polynucleotide programmable RNA binding domain. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain is a Cas9 protein. A Cas9 protein can associate with a guide RNA that guides the Cas9 protein to a specific DNA sequence that is complementary to the guide RNA. In some embodiments, the napDNAbp is a Cas9 domain, for example a nuclease active Cas9, a Cas9 nickase (nCas9), or a nuclease inactive Cas9 (dCas9). Non-limiting examples of nucleic acid programmable DNA binding proteins include, Cas9 (e.g., dCas9 and nCas9), Cas12a/Cpf1, Cas12b/C2c1, Cas12c/C2c3, Cas12d/CasY, Cas12e/CasX, Cas12g, Cas12h, and Cas12i. Non-limiting examples of Cas enzymes include Cas1, Cas1B, Cas2, Cas3, Cas4, Cas5, Cas5d, Cas5t, Cas5h, Cas5a, Cash, Cas7, Cas8, Cas8a, Cas8b, Cas8c, Cas9 (also known as Csn1 or Csx12), Cas10, Cas10d, Cas12a/Cpf1, Cas12b/C2c1, Cas12c/C2c3, Cas12d/CasY, Cas12e/CasX, Cas12g, Cas12h, Cas12i, Csy1, Csy2, Csy3, Csy4, Cse1, Cse2, Cse3, Cse4, Cse5e, Csc1, Csc2, Csa5, Csn1, Csn2, Csm1, Csm2, Csm3, Csm4, Csm5, Csm6, Cmr1, Cmr3, Cmr4, Cmr5, Cmr6, Csb1, Csb2, Csb3, Csx17, Csx14, Csx10, Csx16, CsaX, Csx3, Csx1, Csx1S, Csx11, Csf1, Csf2, CsO, Csf4, Csd1, Csd2, Cst1, Cst2, Csh1, Csh2, Csa1, Csa2, Csa3, Csa4, Csa5, Type II Cas effector proteins, Type V Cas effector proteins, Type VI Cas effector proteins, CARF, DinG, homologues thereof, or modified or engineered versions thereof. Other nucleic acid programmable DNA binding proteins are also within the scope of this disclosure, although they may not be specifically listed in this disclosure. See, e.g., Makarova et al.
“Classification and Nomenclature of CRISPR-Cas Systems: Where from Here?” CRISPR J. 2018 October; 1:325-336. doi: 10.1089/crispr.2018.0033; Yan et al, “Functionally diverse type V CRISPR-Cas systems” Science. 2019 Jan. 4; 363(6422):88-91. doi: 10.1126/science.aav7271, the entire contents of each are hereby incorporated by reference.
The term “nucleobase,” “nitrogenous base,” or “base,” used interchangeably herein, refers to a nitrogen-containing biological compound that forms a nucleoside, which in turn is a component of a nucleotide. The ability of nucleobases to form base pairs and to stack one upon another leads directly to long-chain helical structures such as ribonucleic acid (RNA) and deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA). Five nucleobases—adenine (A), cytosine (C), guanine (G), thymine (T), and uracil (U)—are called primary or canonical. Adenine and guanine are derived from purine, and cytosine, uracil, and thymine are derived from pyrimidine. DNA and RNA can also contain other (non-primary) bases that are modified. Non-limiting exemplary modified nucleobases can include hypoxanthine, xanthine, 7-methylguanine, 5,6-dihydrouracil, 5-methylcytosine (m5C), and 5-hydromethylcytosine. Hypoxanthine and xanthine can be created through mutagen presence, both of them through deamination (replacement of the amine group with a carbonyl group). Hypoxanthine can be modified from adenine. Xanthine can be modified from guanine. Uracil can result from deamination of cytosine. A “nucleoside” consists of a nucleobase and a five carbon sugar (either ribose or deoxyribose). Examples of a nucleoside include adenosine, guanosine, uridine, cytidine, 5-methyluridine (m5U), deoxyadenosine, deoxyguanosine, thymidine, deoxyuridine, and deoxycytidine. Examples of a nucleoside with a modified nucleobase includes inosine (I), xanthosine (X), 7-methylguanosine (m7G), dihydrouridine (D), 5-methylcytidine (m5C), and pseudouridine (4′). A “nucleotide” consists of a nucleobase, a five carbon sugar (either ribose or deoxyribose), and at least one phosphate group.
The terms “nucleobase editing domain” or “nucleobase editing protein,” as used herein, refers to a protein or enzyme that can catalyze a nucleobase modification in RNA or DNA, such as cytosine (or cytidine) to uracil (or uridine) or thymine (or thymidine), and adenine (or adenosine) to hypoxanthine (or inosine) deaminations, as well as non-templated nucleotide additions and insertions. In some embodiments, the nucleobase editing domain is a deaminase domain (e.g., an adenine deaminase or an adenosine deaminase; or a cytidine deaminase or a cytosine deaminase). In some embodiments, the nucleobase editing domain is more than one deaminase domain (e.g., an adenine deaminase or an adenosine deaminase and a cytidine or a cytosine deaminase). In some embodiments, the nucleobase editing domain can be a naturally occurring nucleobase editing domain. In some embodiments, the nucleobase editing domain can be an engineered or evolved nucleobase editing domain from the naturally occurring nucleobase editing domain. The nucleobase editing domain can be from any organism, such as a bacterium, human, chimpanzee, gorilla, monkey, cow, dog, rat, or mouse.
As used herein, “obtaining” as in “obtaining an agent” includes synthesizing, purchasing, or otherwise acquiring the agent.
A “patient” or “subject” as used herein refers to a mammalian subject or individual diagnosed with, at risk of having or developing, or suspected of having or developing a disease or a disorder. In some embodiments, the term “patient” refers to a mammalian subject with a higher than average likelihood of developing a disease or a disorder. Exemplary patients can be humans, non-human primates, cats, dogs, pigs, cattle, cats, horses, camels, llamas, goats, sheep, rodents (e.g., mice, rabbits, rats, or guinea pigs) and other mammalians that can benefit from the therapies disclosed herein. Exemplary human patients can be male and/or female.
“Patient in need thereof” or “subject in need thereof” is referred to herein as a patient diagnosed with, at risk or having, predetermined to have, or suspected of having a disease or disorder.
The terms “pathogenic mutation,” “pathogenic variant,” “disease casing mutation,” “disease causing variant,” “deleterious mutation,” or “predisposing mutation” refers to a genetic alteration or mutation that increases an individual's susceptibility or predisposition to a certain disease or disorder. In some embodiments, the pathogenic mutation comprises at least one wild-type amino acid substituted by at least one pathogenic amino acid in a protein encoded by a gene.
The term “pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier” means a pharmaceutically-acceptable material, composition or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, manufacturing aid (e.g., lubricant, talc magnesium, calcium or zinc stearate, or steric acid), or solvent encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting the compound from one site (e.g., the delivery site) of the body, to another site (e.g., organ, tissue or portion of the body). A pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not injurious to the tissue of the subject (e.g., physiologically compatible, sterile, physiologic pH, etc.). The terms such as “excipient,” “carrier,” “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier,” “vehicle,” or the like are used interchangeably herein.
The term “pharmaceutical composition” means a composition formulated for pharmaceutical use.
The terms “protein,” “peptide,” “polypeptide,” and their grammatical equivalents are used interchangeably herein, and refer to a polymer of amino acid residues linked together by peptide (amide) bonds. The terms refer to a protein, peptide, or polypeptide of any size, structure, or function. Typically, a protein, peptide, or polypeptide will be at least three amino acids long. A protein, peptide, or polypeptide can refer to an individual protein or a collection of proteins. One or more of the amino acids in a protein, peptide, or polypeptide can be modified, for example, by the addition of a chemical entity such as a carbohydrate group, a hydroxyl group, a phosphate group, a farnesyl group, an isofarnesyl group, a fatty acid group, a linker for conjugation, functionalization, or other modifications, etc. A protein, peptide, or polypeptide can also be a single molecule or can be a multi-molecular complex. A protein, peptide, or polypeptide can be just a fragment of a naturally occurring protein or peptide. A protein, peptide, or polypeptide can be naturally occurring, recombinant, or synthetic, or any combination thereof. The term “fusion protein” as used herein refers to a hybrid polypeptide which comprises protein domains from at least two different proteins. One protein can be located at the amino-terminal (N-terminal) portion of the fusion protein or at the carboxy-terminal (C-terminal) protein thus forming an amino-terminal fusion protein or a carboxy-terminal fusion protein, respectively. A protein can comprise different domains, for example, a nucleic acid binding domain (e.g., the gRNA binding domain of Cas9 that directs the binding of the protein to a target site) and a nucleic acid cleavage domain, or a catalytic domain of a nucleic acid editing protein. In some embodiments, a protein comprises a proteinaceous part, e.g., an amino acid sequence constituting a nucleic acid binding domain, and an organic compound, e.g., a compound that can act as a nucleic acid cleavage agent. In some embodiments, a protein is in a complex with, or is in association with, a nucleic acid, e.g., RNA or DNA. Any of the proteins provided herein can be produced by any method known in the art. For example, the proteins provided herein can be produced via recombinant protein expression and purification, which is especially suited for fusion proteins comprising a peptide linker. Methods for recombinant protein expression and purification are well known, and include those described by Green and Sambrook, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (4th ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (2012)), the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
Polypeptides and proteins disclosed herein (including functional portions and functional variants thereof) can comprise synthetic amino acids in place of one or more naturally-occurring amino acids. Such synthetic amino acids are known in the art, and include, for example, aminocyclohexane carboxylic acid, norleucine, α-amino n-decanoic acid, homoserine, S-acetyl aminomethyl-cysteine, trans-3- and trans-4-hydroxyproline, 4-aminophenylalanine, 4-nitrophenylalanine, 4-chlorophenylalanine, 4-carboxyphenylalanine, β-phenyl serine β-hydroxyphenylalanine, phenylglycine, α-naphthylalanine, cyclohexylalanine, cyclohexylglycine, indoline-2-carboxylic acid, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid, aminomalonic acid, aminomalonic acid monoamide, N′-benzyl-N′-methyl-lysine, N′,N′-dibenzyl-lysine, 6-hydroxylysine, ornithine, α-aminocyclopentane carboxylic acid, α-aminocyclohexane carboxylic acid, α-aminocycloheptane carboxylic acid, α-(2-amino-2-norbornane)-carboxylic acid, α,γ-diaminobutyric acid, α,β-diaminopropionic acid, homophenylalanine, and α-tert-butylglycine. The polypeptides and proteins can be associated with post-translational modifications of one or more amino acids of the polypeptide constructs. Non-limiting examples of post-translational modifications include phosphorylation, acylation including acetylation and formylation, glycosylation (including N-linked and O-linked), amidation, hydroxylation, alkylation including methylation and ethylation, ubiquitylation, addition of pyrrolidone carboxylic acid, formation of disulfide bridges, sulfation, myristoylation, palmitoylation, isoprenylation, farnesylation, geranylation, glypiation, lipoylation and iodination.
The term “recombinant” as used herein in the context of proteins or nucleic acids refers to proteins or nucleic acids that do not occur in nature, but are the product of human engineering. For example, in some embodiments, a recombinant protein or nucleic acid molecule comprises an amino acid or nucleotide sequence that comprises at least one, at least two, at least three, at least four, at least five, at least six, or at least seven mutations as compared to any naturally occurring sequence.
By “reduces” is meant a negative alteration of at least 10%, 25%, 50%, 75%, or 100%.
By “reference” is meant a standard or control condition. In one embodiment, the reference is a wild-type or healthy cell. In other embodiments and without limitation, a reference is an untreated cell that is not subjected to a test condition, or is subjected to placebo or normal saline, medium, buffer, and/or a control vector that does not harbor a polynucleotide of interest.
A “reference sequence” is a defined sequence used as a basis for sequence comparison. A reference sequence may be a subset of or the entirety of a specified sequence; for example, a segment of a full-length cDNA or gene sequence, or the complete cDNA or gene sequence. For polypeptides, the length of the reference polypeptide sequence will generally be at least about 16 amino acids, at least about 20 amino acids, at least about 25 amino acids, about 35 amino acids, about 50 amino acids, or about 100 amino acids. For nucleic acids, the length of the reference nucleic acid sequence will generally be at least about 50 nucleotides, at least about 60 nucleotides, at least about 75 nucleotides, about 100 nucleotides or about 300 nucleotides or any integer thereabout or therebetween. In some embodiments, a reference sequence is a wild-type sequence of a protein of interest. In other embodiments, a reference sequence is a polynucleotide sequence encoding a wild-type protein.
The term “RNA-programmable nuclease,” and “RNA-guided nuclease” are used with (e.g., binds or associates with) one or more RNA(s) that is not a target for cleavage. In some embodiments, an RNA-programmable nuclease, when in a complex with an RNA, may be referred to as a nuclease:RNA complex. Typically, the bound RNA(s) is referred to as a guide RNA (gRNA).
In some embodiments, the RNA-programmable nuclease is the (CRISPR-associated system) Cas9 endonuclease, for example, Cas9 (Casn1) from Streptococcus pyogenes (see, e.g., “Complete genome sequence of an M1 strain of Streptococcus pyogenes.” Ferretti J. J., et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 98:4658-4663(2001); “CRISPR RNA maturation by trans-encoded small RNA and host factor RNase III.” Deltcheva E., et al., Nature 471:602-607(2011).
Because RNA-programmable nucleases (e.g., Cas9) use RNA:DNA hybridization to target DNA cleavage sites, these proteins are able to be targeted, in principle, to any sequence specified by the guide RNA. Methods of using RNA-programmable nucleases, such as Cas9, for site-specific cleavage (e.g., to modify a genome) are known in the art (see e.g., Cong, L. et al., Multiplex genome engineering using CRISPR/Cas systems. Science 339, 819-823 (2013); Mali, P. et al., RNA-guided human genome engineering via Cas9. Science 339, 823-826 (2013); Hwang, W. Y. et al., Efficient genome editing in zebrafish using a CRISPR-Cas system. Nature biotechnology 31, 227-229 (2013); Jinek, M. et ah, RNA-programmed genome editing in human cells. eLife 2, e00471 (2013); Dicarlo, J. E. et al., Genome engineering in Saccharomyces cerevisiae using CRISPR-Cas systems. Nucleic acids research (2013); Jiang, W. et al., RNA-guided editing of bacterial genomes using CRISPR-Cas systems. Nature biotechnology 31, 233-239 (2013); the entire contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference).
The term “single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP)” is a variation in a single nucleotide that occurs at a specific position in the genome, where each variation is present to some appreciable degree within a population (e.g., >1%). For example, at a specific base position in the human genome, the C nucleotide can appear in most individuals, but in a minority of individuals, the position is occupied by an A. This means that there is a SNP at this specific position, and the two possible nucleotide variations, C or A, are said to be alleles for this position. SNPs underlie differences in susceptibility to disease. The severity of illness and the way our body responds to treatments are also manifestations of genetic variations. SNPs can fall within coding regions of genes, non-coding regions of genes, or in the intergenic regions (regions between genes). In some embodiments, SNPs within a coding sequence do not necessarily change the amino acid sequence of the protein that is produced, due to degeneracy of the genetic code. SNPs in the coding region are of two types: synonymous and nonsynonymous SNPs. Synonymous SNPs do not affect the protein sequence, while nonsynonymous SNPs change the amino acid sequence of protein. The nonsynonymous SNPs are of two types: missense and nonsense. SNPs that are not in protein-coding regions can still affect gene splicing, transcription factor binding, messenger RNA degradation, or the sequence of noncoding RNA. Gene expression affected by this type of SNP is referred to as an eSNP (expression SNP) and can be upstream or downstream from the gene. A single nucleotide variant (SNV) is a variation in a single nucleotide without any limitations of frequency and can arise in somatic cells. A somatic single nucleotide variation can also be called a single-nucleotide alteration.
By “specifically binds” is meant a nucleic acid molecule, polypeptide, or complex thereof (e.g., a nucleic acid programmable DNA binding domain and guide nucleic acid), compound, or molecule that recognizes and binds a polypeptide and/or nucleic acid molecule of the invention, but which does not substantially recognize and bind other molecules in a sample, for example, a biological sample.
Nucleic acid molecules useful in the methods of the invention include any nucleic acid molecule that encodes a polypeptide of the invention or a fragment thereof. Such nucleic acid molecules need not be 100% identical with an endogenous nucleic acid sequence, but will typically exhibit substantial identity. Polynucleotides having “substantial identity” to an endogenous sequence are typically capable of hybridizing with at least one strand of a double-stranded nucleic acid molecule. Nucleic acid molecules useful in the methods of the invention include any nucleic acid molecule that encodes a polypeptide of the invention or a fragment thereof. Such nucleic acid molecules need not be 100% identical with an endogenous nucleic acid sequence, but will typically exhibit substantial identity. Polynucleotides having “substantial identity” to an endogenous sequence are typically capable of hybridizing with at least one strand of a double-stranded nucleic acid molecule. By “hybridize” is meant pair to form a double-stranded molecule between complementary polynucleotide sequences (e.g., a gene described herein), or portions thereof, under various conditions of stringency. (See, e.g., Wahl, G. M. and S. L. Berger (1987) Methods Enzymol. 152:399; Kimmel, A. R. (1987) Methods Enzymol. 152:507).
For example, stringent salt concentration will ordinarily be less than about 750 mM NaCl and 75 mM trisodium citrate, preferably less than about 500 mM NaCl and 50 mM trisodium citrate, and more preferably less than about 250 mM NaCl and 25 mM trisodium citrate. Low stringency hybridization can be obtained in the absence of organic solvent, e.g., formamide, while high stringency hybridization can be obtained in the presence of at least about 35% formamide, and more preferably at least about 50% formamide. Stringent temperature conditions will ordinarily include temperatures of at least about 30° C., more preferably of at least about 37° C., and most preferably of at least about 42° C. Varying additional parameters, such as hybridization time, the concentration of detergent, e.g., sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS), and the inclusion or exclusion of carrier DNA, are well known to those skilled in the art. Various levels of stringency are accomplished by combining these various conditions as needed. In a one: embodiment, hybridization will occur at 30° C. in 750 mM NaCl, 75 mM trisodium citrate, and 1% SDS. In another embodiment, hybridization will occur at 37° C. in 500 mM NaCl, 50 mM trisodium citrate, 1% SDS, 35% formamide, and 100 μg/ml denatured salmon sperm DNA (ssDNA). In another embodiment, hybridization will occur at 42° C. in 250 mM NaCl, 25 mM trisodium citrate, 1% SDS, 50% formamide, and 200 μg/ml ssDNA. Useful variations on these conditions will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art.
For most applications, washing steps that follow hybridization will also vary in stringency. Wash stringency conditions can be defined by salt concentration and by temperature. As above, wash stringency can be increased by decreasing salt concentration or by increasing temperature. For example, stringent salt concentration for the wash steps will preferably be less than about 30 mM NaCl and 3 mM trisodium citrate, and most preferably less than about 15 mM NaCl and 1.5 mM trisodium citrate. Stringent temperature conditions for the wash steps will ordinarily include a temperature of at least about 25° C., more preferably of at least about 42° C., and even more preferably of at least about 68° C. In an embodiment, wash steps will occur at 25° C. in 30 mM NaCl, 3 mM trisodium citrate, and 0.1% SDS. In a more preferred embodiment, wash steps will occur at 42 C in 15 mM NaCl, 1.5 mM trisodium citrate, and 0.1% SDS. In a more preferred embodiment, wash steps will occur at 68° C. in 15 mM NaCl, 1.5 mM trisodium citrate, and 0.1% SDS. Additional variations on these conditions will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art. Hybridization techniques are well known to those skilled in the art and are described, for example, in Benton and Davis (Science 196:180, 1977); Grunstein and Hogness (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA 72:3961, 1975); Ausubel et al. (Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Wiley Interscience, New York, 2001); Berger and Kimmel (Guide to Molecular Cloning Techniques, 1987, Academic Press, New York); and Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, New York.
By “split” is meant divided into two or more fragments.
A “split Cas9 protein” or “split Cas9” refers to a Cas9 protein that is provided as an N-terminal fragment and a C-terminal fragment encoded by two separate nucleotide sequences. The polypeptides corresponding to the N-terminal portion and the C-terminal portion of the Cas9 protein may be spliced to form a “reconstituted” Cas9 protein. In particular embodiments, the Cas9 protein is divided into two fragments within a disordered region of the protein, e.g., as described in Nishimasu et al., Cell, Volume 156, Issue 5, pp. 935-949, 2014, or as described in Jiang et al. (2016) Science 351: 867-871. PDB file: 5F9R, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. In some embodiments, the protein is divided into two fragments at any C, T, A, or S within a region of SpCas9 between about amino acids A292-G364, F445-K483, or E565-T637, or at corresponding positions in any other Cas9, Cas9 variant (e.g., nCas9, dCas9), or other napDNAbp. In some embodiments, protein is divided into two fragments at SpCas9 T310, T313, A456, 5469, or C574. In some embodiments, the process of dividing the protein into two fragments is referred to as “splitting” the protein.
In other embodiments, the N-terminal portion of the Cas9 protein comprises amino acids 1-573 or 1-637 S. pyogenes Cas9 wild-type (SpCas9) (NCBI Reference Sequence: NC_002737.2, Uniprot Reference Sequence: Q99ZW2) and the C-terminal portion of the Cas9 protein comprises a portion of amino acids 574-1368 or 638-1368 of SpCas9 wild-type.
The C-terminal portion of the split Cas9 can be joined with the N-terminal portion of the split Cas9 to form a complete Cas9 protein. In some embodiments, the C-terminal portion of the Cas9 protein starts from where the N-terminal portion of the Cas9 protein ends. As such, in some embodiments, the C-terminal portion of the split Cas9 comprises a portion of amino acids (551-651)-1368 of spCas9. “(551-651)-1368” means starting at an amino acid between amino acids 551-651 (inclusive) and ending at amino acid 1368. For example, the C-terminal portion of the split Cas9 may comprise a portion of any one of amino acid 551-1368, 552-1368, 553-1368, 554-1368, 555-1368, 556-1368, 557-1368, 558-1368, 559-1368, 560-1368, 561-1368, 562-1368, 563-1368, 564-1368, 565-1368, 566-1368, 567-1368, 568-1368, 569-1368, 570-1368, 571-1368, 572-1368, 573-1368, 574-1368, 575-1368, 576-1368, 577-1368, 578-1368, 579-1368, 580-1368, 581-1368, 582-1368, 583-1368, 584-1368, 585-1368, 586-1368, 587-1368, 588-1368, 589-1368, 590-1368, 591-1368, 592-1368, 593-1368, 594-1368, 595-1368, 596-1368, 597-1368, 598-1368, 599-1368, 600-1368, 601-1368, 602-1368, 603-1368, 604-1368, 605-1368, 606-1368, 607-1368, 608-1368, 609-1368, 610-1368, 611-1368, 612-1368, 613-1368, 614-1368, 615-1368, 616-1368, 617-1368, 618-1368, 619-1368, 620-1368, 621-1368, 622-1368, 623-1368, 624-1368, 625-1368, 626-1368, 627-1368, 628-1368, 629-1368, 630-1368, 631-1368, 632-1368, 633-1368, 634-1368, 635-1368, 636-1368, 637-1368, 638-1368, 639-1368, 640-1368, 641-1368, 642-1368, 643-1368, 644-1368, 645-1368, 646-1368, 647-1368, 648-1368, 649-1368, 650-1368, or 651-1368 of spCas9. In some embodiments, the C-terminal portion of the split Cas9 protein comprises a portion of amino acids 574-1368 or 638-1368 of SpCas9.
By “subject” is meant a mammal, including, but not limited to, a human or non-human mammal, such as a bovine, equine, canine, ovine, or feline. Subjects include livestock, domesticated animals raised to produce labor and to provide commodities, such as food, including without limitation, cattle, goats, chickens, horses, pigs, rabbits, and sheep.
By “substantially identical” is meant a polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule exhibiting at least 50% identity to a reference amino acid sequence (for example, any one of the amino acid sequences described herein) or nucleic acid sequence (for example, any one of the nucleic acid sequences described herein). In one embodiment, such a sequence is at least 60%, 80% or 85%, 90%, 95% or even 99% identical at the amino acid level or nucleic acid to the sequence used for comparison.
Sequence identity is typically measured using sequence analysis software (for example, Sequence Analysis Software Package of the Genetics Computer Group, University of Wisconsin Biotechnology Center, 1710 University Avenue, Madison, Wis. 53705, BLAST, BESTFIT, GAP, or PILEUP/PRETTYBOX programs). Such software matches identical or similar sequences by assigning degrees of homology to various substitutions, deletions, and/or other modifications. Conservative substitutions typically include substitutions within the following groups: glycine, alanine; valine, isoleucine, leucine; aspartic acid, glutamic acid, asparagine, glutamine; serine, threonine; lysine, arginine; and phenylalanine, tyrosine. In an exemplary approach to determining the degree of identity, a BLAST program may be used, with a probability score between e−3 and e−100 indicating a closely related sequence.
COBALT is used, for example, with the following parameters:
a) Matrix: BLOSUM62;
b) GAP OPEN: 10;
c) GAP EXTEND: 0.5;
d) OUTPUT FORMAT: pair;
e) END GAP PENALTY: false;
f) END GAP OPEN: 10; and
g) END GAP EXTEND: 0.5.
The term “target site” refers to a sequence within a nucleic acid molecule that is modified by a nucleobase editor. In one embodiment, the target site is deaminated by a deaminase or a fusion protein comprising a deaminase (e.g., cytidine or adenine deaminase).
As used herein, the terms “treat,” treating,” “treatment,” and the like refer to reducing or ameliorating a disorder and/or symptoms associated therewith or obtaining a desired pharmacologic and/or physiologic effect. It will be appreciated that, although not precluded, treating a disorder or condition does not require that the disorder, condition or symptoms associated therewith be completely eliminated. In some embodiments, the effect is therapeutic, i.e., without limitation, the effect partially or completely reduces, diminishes, abrogates, abates, alleviates, decreases the intensity of, or cures a disease and/or adverse symptom attributable to the disease. In some embodiments, the effect is preventative, i.e., the effect protects or prevents an occurrence or reoccurrence of a disease or condition. To this end, the presently disclosed methods comprise administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compositions as described herein.
By “uracil glycosylase inhibitor” or “UGI” is meant an agent that inhibits the uracil-excision repair system. In one embodiment, the agent is a protein or fragment thereof that binds a host uracil-DNA glycosylase and prevents removal of uracil residues from DNA. In an embodiment, a UGI is a protein, a fragment thereof, or a domain that is capable of inhibiting a uracil-DNA glycosylase base-excision repair enzyme. In some embodiments, a UGI domain comprises a wild-type UGI or a modified version thereof. In some embodiments, a UGI domain comprises a fragment of the exemplary amino acid sequence set forth below. In some embodiments, a UGI fragment comprises an amino acid sequence that comprises at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or 100% of the exemplary UGI sequence provided below. In some embodiments, a UGI comprises an amino acid sequence that is homologous to the exemplary UGI amino acid sequence or fragment thereof, as set forth below. In some embodiments, the UGI, or a portion thereof, is at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, at least 99.5%, at least 99.9%, or 100% identical to a wild-type UGI or a UGI sequence, or portion thereof, as set forth below. An exemplary UGI comprises an amino acid sequence as follows:
>sp1P147391UNGI_BPPB2 Uracil-DNA glycosylase inhibitor
The term “vector” refers to a means of introducing a nucleic acid sequence into a cell, resulting in a transformed cell. Vectors include plasmids, transposons, phages, viruses, liposomes, and episome. “Expression vectors” are nucleic acid sequences comprising the nucleotide sequence to be expressed in the recipient cell. Expression vectors may include additional nucleic acid sequences to promote and/or facilitate the expression of the of the introduced sequence such as start, stop, enhancer, promoter, and secretion sequences.
Any compositions or methods provided herein can be combined with one or more of any of the other compositions and methods provided herein.
DNA editing has emerged as a viable means to modify disease states by correcting pathogenic mutations at the genetic level. Until recently, all DNA editing platforms have functioned by inducing a DNA double strand break (DSB) at a specified genomic site and relying on endogenous DNA repair pathways to determine the product outcome in a semi-stochastic manner, resulting in complex populations of genetic products. Though precise, user-defined repair outcomes can be achieved through the homology directed repair (HDR) pathway, a number of challenges have prevented high efficiency repair using HDR in therapeutically-relevant cell types. In practice, this pathway is inefficient relative to the competing, error-prone non-homologous end joining pathway. Further, HDR is tightly restricted to the G1 and S phases of the cell cycle, preventing precise repair of DSBs in post-mitotic cells. As a result, it has proven difficult or impossible to alter genomic sequences in a user-defined, programmable manner with high efficiencies in these populations.
The invention provides nucleobase editors and multi-effector nucleobase editors having an improved editing profile with minimal off-target deamination, compositions comprising such editors, and methods of using the same to generate modifications in target nucleobase sequences.
Disclosed herein is a base editor or a nucleobase editor or multi-effector nucleobase editors for editing, modifying or altering a target nucleotide sequence of a polynucleotide. Described herein is a nucleobase editor or a base editor or multi-effector nucleobase editor comprising a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain (e.g., Cas9) and at least one nucleobase editing domain (e.g., adenosine deaminase and/or cytidine deaminase). A polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain (e.g., Cas9), when in conjunction with a bound guide polynucleotide (e.g., gRNA), can specifically bind to a target polynucleotide sequence (i.e., via complementary base pairing between bases of the bound guide nucleic acid and bases of the target polynucleotide sequence) and thereby localize the base editor to the target nucleic acid sequence desired to be edited.
It should be appreciated that polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domains can also include nucleic acid programmable proteins that bind RNA. For example, the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain can be associated with a nucleic acid that guides the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain to an RNA. Other nucleic acid programmable DNA binding proteins are also within the scope of this disclosure, though they are not specifically listed in this disclosure.
A polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain of a base editor can itself comprise one or more domains. For example, a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain can comprise one or more nuclease domains. In some embodiments, the nuclease domain of a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain can comprise an endonuclease or an exonuclease. Herein the term “exonuclease” refers to a protein or polypeptide capable of digesting a nucleic acid (e.g., RNA or DNA) from free ends, and the term “endonuclease” refers to a protein or polypeptide capable of catalyzing (e.g., cleaving) internal regions in a nucleic acid (e.g., DNA or RNA). In some embodiments, an endonuclease can cleave a single strand of a double-stranded nucleic acid. In some embodiments, an endonuclease can cleave both strands of a double-stranded nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain can be a deoxyribonuclease. In some embodiments a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain can be a ribonuclease.
In some embodiments, a nuclease domain of a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain can cut zero, one, or two strands of a target polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain can comprise a nickase domain. Herein the term “nickase” refers to a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain comprising a nuclease domain that is capable of cleaving only one strand of the two strands in a duplexed nucleic acid molecule (e.g., DNA). In some embodiments, a nickase can be derived from a fully catalytically active (e.g., natural) form of a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain by introducing one or more mutations into the active polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain. For example, where a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain comprises a nickase domain derived from Cas9, the Cas9-derived nickase domain can include a D10A mutation and a histidine at position 840. In such embodiments, the residue H840 retains catalytic activity and can thereby cleave a single strand of the nucleic acid duplex. In another example, a Cas9-derived nickase domain can comprise an H840A mutation, while the amino acid residue at position 10 remains a D. In some embodiments, a nickase can be derived from a fully catalytically active (e.g., natural) form of a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain by removing all or a portion of a nuclease domain that is not required for the nickase activity. For example, where a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain comprises a nickase domain derived from Cas9, the Cas9-derived nickase domain can comprise a deletion of all or a portion of the RuvC domain or the HNH domain.
The amino acid sequence of an exemplary catalytically active Cas9 is as follows:
A base editor comprising a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain comprising a nickase domain is thus able to generate a single-strand DNA break (nick) at a specific polynucleotide target sequence (e.g., determined by the complementary sequence of a bound guide nucleic acid). In some embodiments, the strand of a nucleic acid duplex target polynucleotide sequence that is cleaved by a base editor comprising a nickase domain (e.g., Cas9-derived nickase domain) is the strand that is not edited by the base editor (i.e., the strand that is cleaved by the base editor is opposite to a strand comprising a base to be edited). In other embodiments, a base editor comprising a nickase domain (e.g., Cas9-derived nickase domain) can cleave the strand of a DNA molecule which is being targeted for editing. In such embodiments, the non-targeted strand is not cleaved.
Also provided herein are base editors comprising a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain which is catalytically dead (i.e., incapable of cleaving a target polynucleotide sequence). Herein the terms “catalytically dead” and “nuclease dead” are used interchangeably to refer to a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain which has one or more mutations and/or deletions resulting in its inability to cleave a strand of a nucleic acid. In some embodiments, a catalytically dead polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain base editor can lack nuclease activity as a result of specific point mutations in one or more nuclease domains. For example, in the case of a base editor comprising a Cas9 domain, the Cas9 can comprise both a D10A mutation and an H840A mutation. Such mutations inactivate both nuclease domains, thereby resulting in the loss of nuclease activity. In other embodiments, a catalytically dead polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain can comprise one or more deletions of all or a portion of a catalytic domain (e.g., RuvC1 and/or HNH domains). In further embodiments, a catalytically dead polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain comprises a point mutation (e.g., D10A or H840A) as well as a deletion of all or a portion of a nuclease domain.
Also contemplated herein are mutations capable of generating a catalytically dead polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain from a previously functional version of the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain. For example, in the case of catalytically dead Cas9 (“dCas9”), variants having mutations other than D10A and H840A are provided, which result in nuclease inactivated Cas9. Such mutations, by way of example, include other amino acid substitutions at D10 and H840, or other substitutions within the nuclease domains of Cas9 (e.g., substitutions in the HNH nuclease subdomain and/or the RuvC1 subdomain). Additional suitable nuclease-inactive dCas9 domains can be apparent to those of skill in the art based on this disclosure and knowledge in the field, and are within the scope of this disclosure. Such additional exemplary suitable nuclease-inactive Cas9 domains include, but are not limited to, D10A/H840A, D10A/D839A/H840A, and D10A/D839A/H840A/N863A mutant domains (See, e.g., Prashant et al., CAS9 transcriptional activators for target specificity screening and paired nickases for cooperative genome engineering. Nature Biotechnology. 2013; 31(9): 833-838, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference).
Non-limiting examples of a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain which can be incorporated into a base editor include a CRISPR protein-derived domain, a restriction nuclease, a meganuclease, TAL nuclease (TALEN), and a zinc finger nuclease (ZFN). In some embodiments, a base editor comprises a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain comprising a natural or modified protein or portion thereof which via a bound guide nucleic acid is capable of binding to a nucleic acid sequence during CRISPR (i.e., Clustered Regularly Interspaced Short Palindromic Repeats)-mediated modification of a nucleic acid. Such a protein is referred to herein as a “CRISPR protein.” Accordingly, disclosed herein is a base editor comprising a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain comprising all or a portion of a CRISPR protein (i.e. a base editor comprising as a domain all or a portion of a CRISPR protein, also referred to as a “CRISPR protein-derived domain” of the base editor). A CRISPR protein-derived domain incorporated into a base editor can be modified compared to a wild-type or natural version of the CRISPR protein. For example, as described below a CRISPR protein-derived domain can comprise one or more mutations, insertions, deletions, rearrangements and/or recombinations relative to a wild-type or natural version of the CRISPR protein.
CRISPR is an adaptive immune system that provides protection against mobile genetic elements (viruses, transposable elements and conjugative plasmids). CRISPR clusters contain spacers, sequences complementary to antecedent mobile elements, and target invading nucleic acids. CRISPR clusters are transcribed and processed into CRISPR RNA (crRNA). In type II CRISPR systems, correct processing of pre-crRNA requires a trans-encoded small RNA (tracrRNA), endogenous ribonuclease 3 (rnc) and a Cas9 protein. The tracrRNA serves as a guide for ribonuclease 3-aided processing of pre-crRNA. Subsequently, Cas9/crRNA/tracrRNA endonucleolytically cleaves linear or circular dsDNA target complementary to the spacer. The target strand not complementary to crRNA is first cut endonucleolytically, and then trimmed 3′-5′ exonucleolytically. In nature, DNA-binding and cleavage typically requires protein and both RNAs. However, single guide RNAs (“sgRNA,” or simply “gNRA”) can be engineered so as to incorporate aspects of both the crRNA and tracrRNA into a single RNA species. See, e.g., Jinek M., et al., Science 337:816-821(2012), the entire contents of which is hereby incorporated by reference. Cas9 recognizes a short motif in the CRISPR repeat sequences (the PAM or protospacer adjacent motif) to help distinguish self versus non-self.
In some embodiments, the methods described herein can utilize an engineered Cas protein. A guide RNA (gRNA) is a short synthetic RNA composed of a scaffold sequence necessary for Cas-binding and a user-defined ˜20 nucleotide spacer that defines the genomic target to be modified. Thus, a skilled artisan can change the genomic target of the Cas protein specificity is partially determined by how specific the gRNA targeting sequence is for the genomic target compared to the rest of the genome.
In some embodiments, the gRNA scaffold sequence is as follows: GUUUUAGAGC UAGAAAUAGC AAGUUAAAAU AAGGCUAGUC CGUUAUCAAC UUGAAAAAGU GGCACCGAGU CGGUGCUUUU.
In some embodiments, a CRISPR protein-derived domain incorporated into a base editor is an endonuclease (e.g., deoxyribonuclease or ribonuclease) capable of binding a target polynucleotide when in conjunction with a bound guide nucleic acid. In some embodiments, a CRISPR protein-derived domain incorporated into a base editor is a nickase capable of binding a target polynucleotide when in conjunction with a bound guide nucleic acid. In some embodiments, a CRISPR protein-derived domain incorporated into a base editor is a catalytically dead domain capable of binding a target polynucleotide when in conjunction with a bound guide nucleic acid. In some embodiments, a target polynucleotide bound by a CRISPR protein derived domain of a base editor is DNA. In some embodiments, a target polynucleotide bound by a CRISPR protein-derived domain of a base editor is RNA.
Cas proteins that can be used herein include class 1 and class 2. Non-limiting examples of Cas proteins include Cas1, Cas1B, Cas2, Cas3, Cas4, Cas5, Cas5d, Cas5t, Cas5h, Cas5a, Cash, Cas7, Cas8, Cas9 (also known as Csn1 or Csx12), Cas10, Csy1, Csy2, Csy3, Csy4, Cse1, Cse2, Cse3, Cse4, Cse5e, Csc1, Csc2, Csa5, Csn1, Csn2, Csm1, Csm2, Csm3, Csm4, Csm5, Csm6, Cmr1, Cmr3, Cmr4, Cmr5, Cmr6, Csb1, Csb2, Csb3, Csx17, Csx14, Csx10, Csx16, CsaX, Csx3, Csx1, Csx1S, Csf1, Csf2, CsO, Csf4, Csd1, Csd2, Cst1, Cst2, Csh1, Csh2, Csa1, Csa2, Csa3, Csa4, Csa5, Cas12a/Cpf1, Cas12b/C2c1, Cas12c/C2c3, Cas12d/CasY, Cas12e/CasX, Cas12g, Cas12h, and Cas12i, CARF, DinG, homologues thereof, or modified versions thereof. An unmodified CRISPR enzyme can have DNA cleavage activity, such as Cas9, which has two functional endonuclease domains: RuvC and HNH. A CRISPR enzyme can direct cleavage of one or both strands at a target sequence, such as within a target sequence and/or within a complement of a target sequence. For example, a CRISPR enzyme can direct cleavage of one or both strands within about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 50, 100, 200, 500, or more base pairs from the first or last nucleotide of a target sequence.
A vector that encodes a CRISPR enzyme that is mutated to with respect, to a corresponding wild-type enzyme such that the mutated CRISPR enzyme lacks the ability to cleave one or both strands of a target polynucleotide containing a target sequence can be used. Cas9 can refer to a polypeptide with at least or at least about 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% sequence identity and/or sequence homology to a wild-type exemplary Cas9 polypeptide (e.g., Cas9 from S. pyogenes). Cas9 can refer to a polypeptide with at most or at most about 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% sequence identity and/or sequence homology to a wild-type exemplary Cas9 polypeptide (e.g., from S. pyogenes). Cas9 can refer to the wild-type or a modified form of the Cas9 protein that can comprise an amino acid change such as a deletion, insertion, substitution, variant, mutation, fusion, chimera, or any combination thereof.
In some embodiments, a CRISPR protein-derived domain of a base editor can include all or a portion of Cas9 from Corynebacterium ulcerans (NCBI Refs: NC_015683.1, NC_017317.1); Corynebacterium diphtheria (NCBI Refs: NC_016782.1, NC_016786.1); Spiroplasma syrphidicola (NCBI Ref: NC_021284.1); Prevotella intermedia (NCBI Ref: NC_017861.1); Spiroplasma taiwanense (NCBI Ref: NC_021846.1); Streptococcus iniae (NCBI Ref: NC_021314.1); Belliella baltica (NCBI Ref: NC_018010.1); Psychroflexus torquis (NCBI Ref: NC_018721.1); Streptococcus thermophilus (NCBI Ref: YP_820832.1); Listeria innocua (NCBI Ref: NP 472073.1); Campylobacter jejuni (NCBI Ref: YP_002344900.1); Neisseria meningitidis (NCBI Ref: YP_002342100.1), Streptococcus pyogenes, or Staphylococcus aureus.
Cas9 nuclease sequences and structures are well known to those of skill in the art (See, e.g., “Complete genome sequence of an M1 strain of Streptococcus pyogenes.” Ferretti et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 98:4658-4663(2001); “CRISPR RNA maturation by trans-encoded small RNA and host factor RNase III.” Deltcheva E., et al., Nature 471:602-607(2011); and “A programmable dual-RNA-guided DNA endonuclease in adaptive bacterial immunity.” Jinek M., et al., Science 337:816-821(2012), the entire contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference). Cas9 orthologs have been described in various species, including, but not limited to, S. pyogenes and S. thermophilus. Additional suitable Cas9 nucleases and sequences will be apparent to those of skill in the art based on this disclosure, and such Cas9 nucleases and sequences include Cas9 sequences from the organisms and loci disclosed in Chylinski, Rhun, and Charpentier, “The tracrRNA and Cas9 families of type II CRISPR-Cas immunity systems” (2013) RNA Biology 10:5, 726-737; the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
In some embodiments, a nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein (napDNAbp) is a Cas9 domain. Non-limiting, exemplary Cas9 domains are provided herein. The Cas9 domain may be a nuclease active Cas9 domain, a nuclease inactive Cas9 domain (dCas9), or a Cas9 nickase (nCas9). In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain is a nuclease active domain. For example, the Cas9 domain may be a Cas9 domain that cuts both strands of a duplexed nucleic acid (e.g., both strands of a duplexed DNA molecule). In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain comprises any one of the amino acid sequences as set forth herein. In some embodiments the Cas9 domain comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5% identical to any one of the amino acid sequences set forth herein. In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain comprises an amino acid sequence that has 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 21, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50 or more or more mutations compared to any one of the amino acid sequences set forth herein. In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain comprises an amino acid sequence that has at least 10, at least 15, at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 60, at least 70, at least 80, at least 90, at least 100, at least 150, at least 200, at least 250, at least 300, at least 350, at least 400, at least 500, at least 600, at least 700, at least 800, at least 900, at least 1000, at least 1100, or at least 1200 identical contiguous amino acid residues as compared to any one of the amino acid sequences set forth herein.
In some embodiments, proteins comprising fragments of Cas9 are provided. For example, in some embodiments, a protein comprises one of two Cas9 domains: (1) the gRNA binding domain of Cas9; or (2) the DNA cleavage domain of Cas9. In some embodiments, proteins comprising Cas9 or fragments thereof are referred to as “Cas9 variants.” A Cas9 variant shares homology to Cas9, or a fragment thereof. For example, a Cas9 variant is at least about 70% identical, at least about 80% identical, at least about 90% identical, at least about 95% identical, at least about 96% identical, at least about 97% identical, at least about 98% identical, at least about 99% identical, at least about 99.5% identical, or at least about 99.9% identical to wild-type Cas9. In some embodiments, the Cas9 variant may have 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 21, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50 or more amino acid changes compared to wild-type Cas9. In some embodiments, the Cas9 variant comprises a fragment of Cas9 (e.g., a gRNA binding domain or a DNA-cleavage domain), such that the fragment is at least about 70% identical, at least about 80% identical, at least about 90% identical, at least about 95% identical, at least about 96% identical, at least about 97% identical, at least about 98% identical, at least about 99% identical, at least about 99.5% identical, or at least about 99.9% identical to the corresponding fragment of wild-type Cas9. In some embodiments, the fragment is at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% identical, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5% of the amino acid length of a corresponding wild-type Cas9. In some embodiments, the fragment is at least 100 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, the fragment is at least 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, 1000, 1050, 1100, 1150, 1200, 1250, or at least 1300 amino acids in length.
In some embodiments, Cas9 fusion proteins as provided herein comprise the full-length amino acid sequence of a Cas9 protein, e.g., one of the Cas9 sequences provided herein. In other embodiments, however, fusion proteins as provided herein do not comprise a full-length Cas9 sequence, but only one or more fragments thereof. Exemplary amino acid sequences of suitable Cas9 domains and Cas9 fragments are provided herein, and additional suitable sequences of Cas9 domains and fragments will be apparent to those of skill in the art.
A Cas9 protein can associate with a guide RNA that guides the Cas9 protein to a specific DNA sequence that has complementary to the guide RNA. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain is a Cas9 domain, for example a nuclease active Cas9, a Cas9 nickase (nCas9), or a nuclease inactive Cas9 (dCas9). Examples of nucleic acid programmable DNA binding proteins include, without limitation, Cas9 (e.g., dCas9 and nCas9), CasX, CasY, Cpf1, Cas12b/C2C1, and Cas12c/C2C3.
In some embodiments, wild-type Cas9 corresponds to Cas9 from Streptococcus pyogenes (NCBI Reference Sequence: NC_017053.1, nucleotide and amino acid sequences as follows).
DELVKVMGHKPENIVIEMARENQTTQKGQKNSRERMKRIEEGIKELGSQILKEHPVENTQLQ
NEKLYLYYLQNGRDMYVDQELDINRLSDYDVDHIVPQSFIKDDSIDNKVLTRSDKNRGKSDN
VPSEEVVKKMKNYWRQLLNAKLITQRKFDNLTKAERGGLSELDKAGFIKRQLVETRQITKHV
AQILDSRMNTKYDENDKLIREVKVITLKSKLVSDFRKDFQFYKVREINNYHHAHDAYLNAVV
GTALIKKYPKLESEFVYGDYKVYDVRKMIAKSEQEIGKATAKYFFYSNIMNFFKTEITLANG
EIRKRPLIETNGETGEIVWDKGRDFATVRKVLSMPQVNIVKKTEVQTGGFSKESILPKRNSD
In some embodiments, wild-type Cas9 corresponds to, or comprises the following nucleotide and/or amino acid sequences:
DELVKVMGRHKPENIVIEMARENQTTQKGQKNSRERMKRIEEGIKELGSQILKEHPVENTQL
QNEKLYLYYLQNGRDMYVDQELDINRLSDYDVDHIVPQSFLKDDSIDNKVLTRSDKNRGKSD
NVPSEEVVKKMKNYWRQLLNAKLITQRKFDNLTKAERGGLSELDKAGFIKRQLVETRQITKH
VAQILDSRMNTKYDENDKLIREVKVITLKSKLVSDFRKDFQFYKVREINNYHHAHDAYLNAV
VGTALIKKYPKLESEFVYGDYKVYDVRKMIAKSEQEIGKATAKYFFYSNIMNFFKTEITLAN
GEIRKRPLIETNGETGEIVWDKGRDFATVRKVLSMPQVNIVKKTEVQTGGFSKESILPKRNS
In some embodiments, wild-type Cas9 corresponds to Cas9 from Streptococcus pyogenes (NCBI Reference Sequence: NC_002737.2 (nucleotide sequence as follows); and Uniprot Reference Sequence: Q99ZW2 (amino acid sequence as follows):
DELVKVMGRHKPENIVIEMARENQTTQKGQKNSRERMKRIEEGIKELGSQILKEHPVENTQL
QNEKLYLYYLQNGRDMYVDQELDINRLSDYDVDHIVPQSFLKDDSIDNKVLTRSDKNRGKSD
NVPSEEVVKKMKNYWRQLLNAKLITQRKFDNLTKAERGGLSELDKAGFIKRQLVETRQITKH
VAQILDSRMNTKYDENDKLIREVKVITLKSKLVSDFRKDFQFYKVREINNYHHAHDAYLNAV
VGTALIKKYPKLESEFVYGDYKVYDVRKMIAKSEQEIGKATAKYFFYSNIMNFFKTEITLAN
GEIRKRPLIETNGETGEIVWDKGRDFATVRKVLSMPQVNIVKKTEVQTGGFSKESILPKRNS
In some embodiments, Cas9 refers to Cas9 from: Corynebacterium ulcerans (NCBI Refs: NC_015683.1, NC_017317.1); Corynebacterium diphtheria (NCBI Refs: NC_016782.1, NC_016786.1); Spiroplasma syrphidicola (NCBI Ref: NC_021284.1); Prevotella intermedia (NCBI Ref: NC_017861.1); Spiroplasma taiwanense (NCBI Ref: NC_021846.1); Streptococcus iniae (NCBI Ref: NC_021314.1); Belliella baltica (NCBI Ref: NC_018010.1); Psychroflexus torquis I (NCBI Ref: NC_018721.1); Streptococcus thermophilus (NCBI Ref: YP_820832.1), Listeria innocua (NCBI Ref: NP 472073.1), Campylobacter jejuni (NCBI Ref: YP_002344900.1) or Neisseria meningitidis (NCBI Ref: YP_002342100.1) or to a Cas9 from any other organism.
It should be appreciated that additional Cas9 proteins (e.g., a nuclease dead Cas9 (dCas9), a Cas9 nickase (nCas9), or a nuclease active Cas9), including variants and homologs thereof, are within the scope of this disclosure. Exemplary Cas9 proteins include, without limitation, those provided below. In some embodiments, the Cas9 protein is a nuclease dead Cas9 (dCas9). In some embodiments, the Cas9 protein is a Cas9 nickase (nCas9). In some embodiments, the Cas9 protein is a nuclease active Cas9.
In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain is a nuclease-inactive Cas9 domain (dCas9). For example, the dCas9 domain may bind to a duplexed nucleic acid molecule (e.g., via a gRNA molecule) without cleaving either strand of the duplexed nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments, the nuclease-inactive dCas9 domain comprises a D10X mutation and a H840X mutation of the amino acid sequence set forth herein, or a corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein, wherein X is any amino acid change. In some embodiments, the nuclease-inactive dCas9 domain comprises a D10A mutation and a H840A mutation of the amino acid sequence set forth herein, or a corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein. As one example, a nuclease-inactive Cas9 domain comprises the amino acid sequence set forth in Cloning vector pPlatTET-gRNA2 (Accession No. BAV54124).
The amino acid sequence of an exemplary catalytically inactive Cas9 (dCas9) is as follows:
Additional suitable nuclease-inactive dCas9 domains will be apparent to those of skill in the art based on this disclosure and knowledge in the field, and are within the scope of this disclosure. Such additional exemplary suitable nuclease-inactive Cas9 domains include, but are not limited to, D10A/H840A, D10A/D839A/H840A, and D10A/D839A/H840A/N863A mutant domains (See, e.g., Prashant et al., CAS9 transcriptional activators for target specificity screening and paired nickases for cooperative genome engineering. Nature Biotechnology. 2013; 31(9): 833-838, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference).
In some embodiments, a Cas9 nuclease has an inactive (e.g., an inactivated) DNA cleavage domain, that is, the Cas9 is a nickase, referred to as an “nCas9” protein (for “nickase” Cas9). A nuclease-inactivated Cas9 protein may interchangeably be referred to as a “dCas9” protein (for nuclease-“dead” Cas9) or catalytically inactive Cas9. Methods for generating a Cas9 protein (or a fragment thereof) having an inactive DNA cleavage domain are known (See, e.g., Jinek et al., Science. 337:816-821(2012); Qi et al., “Repurposing CRISPR as an RNA-Guided Platform for Sequence-Specific Control of Gene Expression” (2013) Cell. 28; 152(5):1173-83, the entire contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference). For example, the DNA cleavage domain of Cas9 is known to include two subdomains, the HNH nuclease subdomain and the RuvC1 subdomain. The HNH subdomain cleaves the strand complementary to the gRNA, whereas the RuvC1 subdomain cleaves the non-complementary strand. Mutations within these subdomains can silence the nuclease activity of Cas9. For example, the mutations D10A and H840A completely inactivate the nuclease activity of S. pyogenes Cas9 (Jinek et al., Science. 337:816-821(2012); Qi et al., Cell. 28; 152(5):1173-83 (2013)).
In some embodiments, the dCas9 domain comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5% identical to any one of the dCas9 domains provided herein. In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain comprises an amino acid sequences that has 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 21, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50 or more or more mutations compared to any one of the amino acid sequences set forth herein. In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain comprises an amino acid sequence that has at least 10, at least 15, at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 60, at least 70, at least 80, at least 90, at least 100, at least 150, at least 200, at least 250, at least 300, at least 350, at least 400, at least 500, at least 600, at least 700, at least 800, at least 900, at least 1000, at least 1100, or at least 1200 identical contiguous amino acid residues as compared to any one of the amino acid sequences set forth herein.
In some embodiments, dCas9 corresponds to, or comprises in part or in whole, a Cas9 amino acid sequence having one or more mutations that inactivate the Cas9 nuclease activity. For example, in some embodiments, a dCas9 domain comprises D10A and an H840A mutation or corresponding mutations in another Cas9.
In some embodiments, the dCas9 comprises the amino acid sequence of dCas9 (D10A and H840A):
LLFDSGETAEATRLKRTARRRYTRRKNRICYLQEIFSNEMAKVDDSFFHR
MGRHKPENIVIEMARENQTTQKGQKNSRERMKRIEEGIKELGSQILKEHP
VENTQLQNEKLYLYYLQNGRDMYVDQELDINRLSDYDVDAIVPQSFLKDD
SIDNKVLTRSDKNRGKSDNVPSEEVVKKMKNYWRQLLNAKLITQRKFDNL
TKAERGGLSELDKAGFIKRQLVETRQITKHVAQILDSRMNTKYDENDKLI
REVKVITLKSKLVSDFRKDFQFYKVREINNYHHAHDAYLNAVVGTALIKK
YPKLESEFVYGDYKVYDVRKMIAKSEQEIGKATAKYFFYSNIMNFFKTEI
TLANGEIRKRPLIETNGETGEIVWDKGRDFATVRKVLSMPQVNIVKKTEV
QTGGFSKESILPKRNSDKLIARKKDWDPKKYGGFDSPTVAYSVLVVAKVE
In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain comprises a D10A mutation, while the residue at position 840 remains a histidine in the amino acid sequence provided above, or at corresponding positions in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein.
In other embodiments, dCas9 variants having mutations other than D10A and H840A are provided, which, e.g., result in nuclease inactivated Cas9 (dCas9). Such mutations, by way of example, include other amino acid substitutions at D10 and H840, or other substitutions within the nuclease domains of Cas9 (e.g., substitutions in the HNH nuclease subdomain and/or the RuvC1 subdomain). In some embodiments, variants or homologues of dCas9 are provided which are at least about 70% identical, at least about 80% identical, at least about 90% identical, at least about 95% identical, at least about 98% identical, at least about 99% identical, at least about 99.5% identical, or at least about 99.9% identical. In some embodiments, variants of dCas9 are provided having amino acid sequences which are shorter, or longer, by about 5 amino acids, by about 10 amino acids, by about 15 amino acids, by about 20 amino acids, by about 25 amino acids, by about 30 amino acids, by about 40 amino acids, by about 50 amino acids, by about 75 amino acids, by about 100 amino acids or more.
In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain is a Cas9 nickase. The Cas9 nickase may be a Cas9 protein that is capable of cleaving only one strand of a duplexed nucleic acid molecule (e.g., a duplexed DNA molecule). In some embodiments the Cas9 nickase cleaves the target strand of a duplexed nucleic acid molecule, meaning that the Cas9 nickase cleaves the strand that is base paired to (complementary to) a gRNA (e.g., an sgRNA) that is bound to the Cas9. In some embodiments, a Cas9 nickase comprises a D10A mutation and has a histidine at position 840. In some embodiments the Cas9 nickase cleaves the non-target, non-base-edited strand of a duplexed nucleic acid molecule, meaning that the Cas9 nickase cleaves the strand that is not base paired to a gRNA (e.g., an sgRNA) that is bound to the Cas9. In some embodiments, a Cas9 nickase comprises an H840A mutation and has an aspartic acid residue at position 10, or a corresponding mutation. In some embodiments the Cas9 nickase comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5% identical to any one of the Cas9 nickases provided herein. Additional suitable Cas9 nickases will be apparent to those of skill in the art based on this disclosure and knowledge in the field, and are within the scope of this disclosure. The amino acid sequence of an exemplary catalytically Cas9 nickase (nCas9) is as follows:
In some embodiments, Cas9 refers to a Cas9 from archaea (e.g., nanoarchaea), which constitute a domain and kingdom of single-celled prokaryotic microbes. In some embodiments, the programmable nucleotide binding protein may be a CasX or CasY protein, which have been described in, for example, Burstein et al., “New CRISPR-Cas systems from uncultivated microbes.” Cell Res. 2017 Feb. 21. doi: 10.1038/cr.2017.21, the entire contents of which is hereby incorporated by reference. Using genome-resolved metagenomics, a number of CRISPR-Cas systems were identified, including the first reported Cas9 in the archaeal domain of life. This divergent Cas9 protein was found in little-studied nanoarchaea as part of an active CRISPR-Cas system. In bacteria, two previously unknown systems were discovered, CRISPR-CasX and CRISPR-CasY, which are among the most compact systems yet discovered. In some embodiments, in a base editor system described herein Cas9 is replaced by CasX, or a variant of CasX. In some embodiments, in a base editor system described herein Cas9 is replaced by CasY, or a variant of CasY. It should be appreciated that other RNA-guided DNA binding proteins may be used as a nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein (napDNAbp), and are within the scope of this disclosure.
In some embodiments, the nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein (napDNAbp) of any of the fusion proteins provided herein may be a CasX or CasY protein. In some embodiments, the napDNAbp is a CasX protein. In some embodiments, the napDNAbp is a CasY protein. In some embodiments, the napDNAbp comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at ease 99.5% identical to a naturally-occurring CasX or CasY protein. In some embodiments, the programmable nucleotide binding protein is a naturally-occurring CasX or CasY protein. In some embodiments, the programmable nucleotide binding protein comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at ease 99.5% identical to any CasX or CasY protein described herein. It should be appreciated that CasX and CasY from other bacterial species may also be used in accordance with the present disclosure.
An exemplary CasX ((uniprot.org/uniprot/F0NN87; uniprot.org/uniprot/F0NH53) tr|F0NN87|F0NN87_SULIHCRISPR-associatedCasx protein OS=Sulfolobus islandicus (strain HVE10/4) GN=SiH_0402 PE=4 SV=1) amino acid sequence is as follows:
An exemplary CasX (>tr|F0NH53|F0NH53_SULIR CRISPR associated protein, Casx OS=Sulfolobus islandicus (strain REY15A) GN=SiRe_0771 PE=4 SV=1) amino acid sequence is as follows:
Deltaproteobacteria CasX
An exemplary CasY ((ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/protein/APG80656.1) >APG80656.1 CRISPR-associated protein CasY (uncultured Parcubacteria group bacterium]) amino acid sequence is as follows:
The Cas9 nuclease has two functional endonuclease domains: RuvC and HNH. Cas9 undergoes a conformational change upon target binding that positions the nuclease domains to cleave opposite strands of the target DNA. The end result of Cas9-mediated DNA cleavage is a double-strand break (DSB) within the target DNA (˜3-4 nucleotides upstream of the PAM sequence). The resulting DSB is then repaired by one of two general repair pathways: (1) the efficient but error-prone non-homologous end joining (NHEJ) pathway; or (2) the less efficient but high-fidelity homology directed repair (HDR) pathway.
The “efficiency” of non-homologous end joining (NHEJ) and/or homology directed repair (HDR) can be calculated by any convenient method. For example, in some embodiments, efficiency can be expressed in terms of percentage of successful HDR. For example, a surveyor nuclease assay can be used to generate cleavage products and the ratio of products to substrate can be used to calculate the percentage. For example, a surveyor nuclease enzyme can be used that directly cleaves DNA containing a newly integrated restriction sequence as the result of successful HDR. More cleaved substrate indicates a greater percent HDR (a greater efficiency of HDR). As an illustrative example, a fraction (percentage) of HDR can be calculated using the following equation [(cleavage products)/(substrate plus cleavage products)] (e.g., (b+c)/(a+b+c), where “a” is the band intensity of DNA substrate and “b” and “c” are the cleavage products).
In some embodiments, efficiency can be expressed in terms of percentage of successful NHEJ. For example, a T7 endonuclease I assay can be used to generate cleavage products and the ratio of products to substrate can be used to calculate the percentage NHEJ. T7 endonuclease I cleaves mismatched heteroduplex DNA which arises from hybridization of wild-type and mutant DNA strands (NHEJ generates small random insertions or deletions (indels) at the site of the original break). More cleavage indicates a greater percent NHEJ (a greater efficiency of NHEJ). As an illustrative example, a fraction (percentage) of NHEJ can be calculated using the following equation: (1-(1-(b+c)/(a+b+c))1/2)×100, where “a” is the band intensity of DNA substrate and “b” and “c” are the cleavage products (Ran et. al., Cell. 2013 Sep. 12; 154(6):1380-9; and Ran et al., Nat Protoc. 2013 November; 8(11): 2281-2308).
The NHEJ repair pathway is the most active repair mechanism, and it frequently causes small nucleotide insertions or deletions (indels) at the DSB site. The randomness of NHEJ-mediated DSB repair has important practical implications, because a population of cells expressing Cas9 and a gRNA or a guide polynucleotide can result in a diverse array of mutations. In most embodiments, NHEJ gives rise to small indels in the target DNA that result in amino acid deletions, insertions, or frameshift mutations leading to premature stop codons within the open reading frame (ORF) of the targeted gene. The ideal end result is a loss-of-function mutation within the targeted gene.
While NHEJ-mediated DSB repair often disrupts the open reading frame of the gene, homology directed repair (HDR) can be used to generate specific nucleotide changes ranging from a single nucleotide change to large insertions like the addition of a fluorophore or tag. In order to utilize HDR for gene editing, a DNA repair template containing the desired sequence can be delivered into the cell type of interest with the gRNA(s) and Cas9 or Cas9 nickase. The repair template can contain the desired edit as well as additional homologous sequence immediately upstream and downstream of the target (termed left & right homology arms). The length of each homology arm can be dependent on the size of the change being introduced, with larger insertions requiring longer homology arms. The repair template can be a single-stranded oligonucleotide, double-stranded oligonucleotide, or a double-stranded DNA plasmid. The efficiency of HDR is generally low (<10% of modified alleles) even in cells that express Cas9, gRNA and an exogenous repair template. The efficiency of HDR can be enhanced by synchronizing the cells, since HDR takes place during the S and G2 phases of the cell cycle. Chemically or genetically inhibiting genes involved in NHEJ can also increase HDR frequency.
In some embodiments, Cas9 is a modified Cas9. A given gRNA targeting sequence can have additional sites throughout the genome where partial homology exists. These sites are called off-targets and need to be considered when designing a gRNA. In addition to optimizing gRNA design, CRISPR specificity can also be increased through modifications to Cas9. Cas9 generates double-strand breaks (DSBs) through the combined activity of two nuclease domains, RuvC and HNH. Cas9 nickase, a D10A mutant of SpCas9, retains one nuclease domain and generates a DNA nick rather than a DSB. The nickase system can also be combined with HDR-mediated gene editing for specific gene edits.
In some embodiments, Cas9 is a variant Cas9 protein. A variant Cas9 polypeptide has an amino acid sequence that is different by one amino acid (e.g., has a deletion, insertion, substitution, fusion) when compared to the amino acid sequence of a wild-type Cas9 protein. In some instances, the variant Cas9 polypeptide has an amino acid change (e.g., deletion, insertion, or substitution) that reduces the nuclease activity of the Cas9 polypeptide. For example, in some instances, the variant Cas9 polypeptide has less than 50%, less than 40%, less than 30%, less than 20%, less than 10%, less than 5%, or less than 1% of the nuclease activity of the corresponding wild-type Cas9 protein. In some embodiments, the variant Cas9 protein has no substantial nuclease activity. When a subject Cas9 protein is a variant Cas9 protein that has no substantial nuclease activity, it can be referred to as “dCas9.”
In some embodiments, a variant Cas9 protein has reduced nuclease activity. For example, a variant Cas9 protein exhibits less than about 20%, less than about 15%, less than about 10%, less than about 5%, less than about 1%, or less than about 0.1%, of the endonuclease activity of a wild-type Cas9 protein, e.g., a wild-type Cas9 protein.
In some embodiments, a variant Cas9 protein can cleave the complementary strand of a guide target sequence but has reduced ability to cleave the non-complementary strand of a double stranded guide target sequence. For example, the variant Cas9 protein can have a mutation (amino acid substitution) that reduces the function of the RuvC domain. As a non-limiting example, in some embodiments, a variant Cas9 protein has a D10A (aspartate to alanine at amino acid position 10) and can therefore cleave the complementary strand of a double stranded guide target sequence but has reduced ability to cleave the non-complementary strand of a double stranded guide target sequence (thus resulting in a single strand break (SSB) instead of a double strand break (DSB) when the variant Cas9 protein cleaves a double stranded target nucleic acid) (see, for example, Jinek et al., Science. 2012 Aug. 17; 337(6096):816-21).
In some embodiments, a variant Cas9 protein can cleave the non-complementary strand of a double stranded guide target sequence but has reduced ability to cleave the complementary strand of the guide target sequence. For example, the variant Cas9 protein can have a mutation (amino acid substitution) that reduces the function of the HNH domain (RuvC/HNH/RuvC domain motifs). As a non-limiting example, in some embodiments, the variant Cas9 protein has an H840A (histidine to alanine at amino acid position 840) mutation and can therefore cleave the non-complementary strand of the guide target sequence but has reduced ability to cleave the complementary strand of the guide target sequence (thus resulting in a SSB instead of a DSB when the variant Cas9 protein cleaves a double stranded guide target sequence). Such a Cas9 protein has a reduced ability to cleave a guide target sequence (e.g., a single stranded guide target sequence) but retains the ability to bind a guide target sequence (e.g., a single stranded guide target sequence).
In some embodiments, a variant Cas9 protein has a reduced ability to cleave both the complementary and the non-complementary strands of a double stranded target DNA. As a non-limiting example, in some embodiments, the variant Cas9 protein harbors both the D10A and the H840A mutations such that the polypeptide has a reduced ability to cleave both the complementary and the non-complementary strands of a double stranded target DNA. Such a Cas9 protein has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA) but retains the ability to bind a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA).
As another non-limiting example, in some embodiments, the variant Cas9 protein harbors W476A and W1126A mutations such that the polypeptide has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA. Such a Cas9 protein has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA) but retains the ability to bind a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA).
As another non-limiting example, in some embodiments, the variant Cas9 protein harbors P475A, W476A, N477A, D1125A, W1126A, and D1127A mutations such that the polypeptide has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA. Such a Cas9 protein has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA) but retains the ability to bind a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA).
As another non-limiting example, in some embodiments, the variant Cas9 protein harbors H840A, W476A, and W1126A, mutations such that the polypeptide has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA. Such a Cas9 protein has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA) but retains the ability to bind a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA). As another non-limiting example, in some embodiments, the variant Cas9 protein harbors H840A, D10A, W476A, and W1126A, mutations such that the polypeptide has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA. Such a Cas9 protein has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA) but retains the ability to bind a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA). In some embodiments, the variant Cas9 has restored catalytic His residue at position 840 in the Cas9 HNH domain (A840H).
As another non-limiting example, in some embodiments, the variant Cas9 protein harbors, H840A, P475A, W476A, N477A, D1125A, W1126A, and D1127A mutations such that the polypeptide has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA. Such a Cas9 protein has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA) but retains the ability to bind a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA). As another non-limiting example, in some embodiments, the variant Cas9 protein harbors D10A, H840A, P475A, W476A, N477A, D1125A, W1126A, and D1127A mutations such that the polypeptide has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA. Such a Cas9 protein has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA) but retains the ability to bind a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA). In some embodiments, when a variant Cas9 protein harbors W476A and W1126A mutations or when the variant Cas9 protein harbors P475A, W476A, N477A, D1125A, W1126A, and D1127A mutations, the variant Cas9 protein does not bind efficiently to a PAM sequence. Thus, in some such embodiments, when such a variant Cas9 protein is used in a method of binding, the method does not require a PAM sequence. In other words, in some embodiments, when such a variant Cas9 protein is used in a method of binding, the method can include a guide RNA, but the method can be performed in the absence of a PAM sequence (and the specificity of binding is therefore provided by the targeting segment of the guide RNA). Other residues can be mutated to achieve the above effects (i.e., inactivate one or the other nuclease portions). As non-limiting examples, residues D10, G12, G17, E762, H840, N854, N863, H982, H983, A984, D986, and/or A987 can be altered (i.e., substituted). Also, mutations other than alanine substitutions are suitable.
In some embodiments, a variant Cas9 protein that has reduced catalytic activity (e.g., when a Cas9 protein has a D10, G12, G17, E762, H840, N854, N863, H982, H983, A984, D986, and/or a A987 mutation, e.g., D10A, G12A, G17A, E762A, H840A, N854A, N863A, H982A, H983A, A984A, and/or D986A), the variant Cas9 protein can still bind to target DNA in a site-specific manner (because it is still guided to a target DNA sequence by a guide RNA) as long as it retains the ability to interact with the guide RNA.
In some embodiments, the variant Cas protein can be spCas9, spCas9-VRQR, spCas9-VRER, xCas9 (sp), saCas9, saCas9-KKH, spCas9-MQKSER, spCas9-LRKIQK, or spCas9-LRVSQL.
In some embodiments, a modified SpCas9 including amino acid substitutions D1135M, 51136Q, G1218K, E1219F, A1322R, D1332A, R1335E, and T1337R (SpCas9-MQKFRAER) and having specificity for the altered PAM 5′-NGC-3′ was used.
Alternatives to S. pyogenes Cas9 can include RNA-guided endonucleases from the Cpf1 family that display cleavage activity in mammalian cells. CRISPR from Prevotella and Francisella 1 (CRISPR/Cpf1) is a DNA-editing technology analogous to the CRISPR/Cas9 system. Cpf1 is an RNA-guided endonuclease of a class II CRISPR/Cas system. This acquired immune mechanism is found in Prevotella and Francisella bacteria. Cpf1 genes are associated with the CRISPR locus, coding for an endonuclease that use a guide RNA to find and cleave viral DNA. Cpf1 is a smaller and simpler endonuclease than Cas9, overcoming some of the CRISPR/Cas9 system limitations. Unlike Cas9 nucleases, the result of Cpf1-mediated DNA cleavage is a double-strand break with a short 3′ overhang. Cpf1's staggered cleavage pattern can open up the possibility of directional gene transfer, analogous to traditional restriction enzyme cloning, which can increase the efficiency of gene editing. Like the Cas9 variants and orthologues described above, Cpf1 can also expand the number of sites that can be targeted by CRISPR to AT-rich regions or AT-rich genomes that lack the NGG PAM sites favored by SpCas9. The Cpf1 locus contains a mixed alpha/beta domain, a RuvC-I followed by a helical region, a RuvC-II and a zinc finger-like domain. The Cpf1 protein has a RuvC-like endonuclease domain that is similar to the RuvC domain of Cas9. Furthermore, Cpf1 does not have a HNH endonuclease domain, and the N-terminal of Cpf1 does not have the alpha-helical recognition lobe of Cas9. Cpf1 CRISPR-Cas domain architecture shows that Cpf1 is functionally unique, being classified as Class 2, type V CRISPR system. The Cpf1 loci encode Cas1, Cas2 and Cas4 proteins more similar to types I and III than from type II systems. Functional Cpf1 doesn't need the trans-activating CRISPR RNA (tracrRNA), therefore, only CRISPR (crRNA) is required. This benefits genome editing because Cpf1 is not only smaller than Cas9, but also it has a smaller sgRNA molecule (proximately half as many nucleotides as Cas9). The Cpf1-crRNA complex cleaves target DNA or RNA by identification of a protospacer adjacent motif 5′-YTN-3′ in contrast to the G-rich PAM targeted by Cas9. After identification of PAM, Cpf1 introduces a sticky-end-like DNA double-stranded break of 4 or 5 nucleotides overhang.
Some aspects of the disclosure provide fusion proteins comprising domains that act as nucleic acid programmable DNA binding proteins, which may be used to guide a protein, such as a base editor, to a specific nucleic acid (e.g., DNA or RNA) sequence. In particular embodiments, a fusion protein comprises a nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein domain and one or more deaminase domains. Non-limiting examples of nucleic acid programmable DNA binding proteins include, Cas9 (e.g., dCas9 and nCas9), Cas12a/Cpf1, Cas12b/C2c1, Cas12c/C2c3, Cas12d/CasY, Cas12e/CasX, Cas12g, Cas12h, and Cas12i. Non-limiting examples of Cas enzymes include Cas1, Cas1B, Cas2, Cas3, Cas4, Cas5, Cas5d, Cas5t, Cas5h, Cas5a, Cash, Cas7, Cas8, Cas8a, Cas8b, Cas8c, Cas9 (also known as Csn1 or Csx12), Cas10, Cas10d, Cas12a/Cpf1, Cas12b/C2c1, Cas12c/C2c3, Cas12d/CasY, Cas12e/CasX, Cas12g, Cas12h, Cas12i, Csy1, Csy2, Csy3, Csy4, Cse1, Cse2, Cse3, Cse4, Cse5e, Csc1, Csc2, Csa5, Csn1, Csn2, Csm1, Csm2, Csm3, Csm4, Csm5, Csm6, Cmr1, Cmr3, Cmr4, Cmr5, Cmr6, Csb1, Csb2, Csb3, Csx17, Csx14, Csx10, Csx16, CsaX, Csx3, Csx1, Csx1S, Csx11, Csf1, Csf2, CsO, Csf4, Csd1, Csd2, Cst1, Cst2, Csh1, Csh2, Csa1, Csa2, Csa3, Csa4, Csa5, Type II Cas effector proteins, Type V Cas effector proteins, Type VI Cas effector proteins, CARF, DinG, homologues thereof, or modified or engineered versions thereof. Other nucleic acid programmable DNA binding proteins are also within the scope of this disclosure, although they may not be specifically listed in this disclosure. See, e.g., Makarova et al. “Classification and Nomenclature of CRISPR-Cas Systems: Where from Here?” CRISPR J. 2018 October; 1:325-336. doi: 10.1089/crispr.2018.0033; Yan et al., “Functionally diverse type V CRISPR-Cas systems” Science. 2019 Jan. 4; 363(6422):88-91. doi: 10.1126/science.aav7271, the entire contents of each are hereby incorporated by reference.
One example of a nucleic acid programmable DNA-binding protein that has different PAM specificity than Cas9 is Clustered Regularly Interspaced Short Palindromic Repeats from Prevotella and Francisella 1 (Cpf1). Similar to Cas9, Cpf1 is also a class 2 CRISPR effector. It has been shown that Cpf1 mediates robust DNA interference with features distinct from Cas9. Cpf1 is a single RNA-guided endonuclease lacking tracrRNA, and it utilizes a T-rich protospacer-adjacent motif (TTN, TTTN, or YTN). Moreover, Cpf1 cleaves DNA via a staggered DNA double-stranded break. Out of 16 Cpf1-family proteins, two enzymes from Acidaminococcus and Lachnospiraceae are shown to have efficient genome-editing activity in human cells. Cpf1 proteins are known in the art and have been described previously, for example Yamano et al., “Crystal structure of Cpf1 in complex with guide RNA and target DNA.” Cell (165) 2016, p. 949-962; the entire contents of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
Useful in the present compositions and methods are nuclease-inactive Cpf1 (dCpf1) variants that may be used as a guide nucleotide sequence-programmable DNA-binding protein domain. The Cpf1 protein has a RuvC-like endonuclease domain that is similar to the RuvC domain of Cas9 but does not have a HNH endonuclease domain, and the N-terminal of Cpf1 does not have the alfa-helical recognition lobe of Cas9. It was shown in Zetsche et al., Cell, 163, 759-771, 2015 (which is incorporated herein by reference) that, the RuvC-like domain of Cpf1 is responsible for cleaving both DNA strands and inactivation of the RuvC-like domain inactivates Cpf1 nuclease activity. For example, mutations corresponding to D917A, E1006A, or D1255A in Francisella novicida Cpf1 inactivate Cpf1 nuclease activity. In some embodiments, the dCpf1 of the present disclosure comprises mutations corresponding to D917A, E1006A, D1255A, D917A/E1006A, D917A/D1255A, E1006A/D1255A, or D917A/E1006A/D1255A. It is to be understood that any mutations, e.g., substitution mutations, deletions, or insertions that inactivate the RuvC domain of Cpf1, may be used in accordance with the present disclosure.
In some embodiments, the nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein (napDNAbp) of any of the fusion proteins provided herein may be a Cpf1 protein. In some embodiments, the Cpf1 protein is a Cpf1 nickase (nCpf1). In some embodiments, the Cpf1 protein is a nuclease inactive Cpf1 (dCpf1). In some embodiments, the Cpf1, the nCpf1, or the dCpf1 comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5% identical to a Cpf1 sequence disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the dCpf1 comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at ease 99.5% identical to a Cpf1 sequence disclosed herein, and comprises mutations corresponding to D917A, E1006A, D1255A, D917A/E1006A, D917A/D1255A, E1006A/D1255A, or D917A/E1006A/D1255A. It should be appreciated that Cpf1 from other bacterial species may also be used in accordance with the present disclosure.
Francisella novicida Cpf1 D917A (A917, E1006, and D1255 are
Francisella novicida Cpf1 E1006A (D917, A1006, and D1255 are
Francisella novicida Cpf1 D1255A (D917, E1006, and A1255 are
Francisella novicida Cpf1 D917A/E1006A (A917, A1006, and D1255
Francisella novicida Cpf1 D917A/D1255A (A917, E1006, and A1255
Francisella novicida Cpf1 E1006A/D1255A (D917, A1006, and
Francisella novicida Cpf1 D917A/E1006A/D1255A (A917, A1006,
In some embodiments, one of the Cas9 domains present in the fusion protein may be replaced with a guide nucleotide sequence-programmable DNA-binding protein domain that has no requirements for a PAM sequence.
In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain is a Cas9 domain from Staphylococcus aureus (SaCas9). In some embodiments, the SaCas9 domain is a nuclease active SaCas9, a nuclease inactive SaCas9 (SaCas9d), or a SaCas9 nickase (SaCas9n). In some embodiments, the SaCas9 comprises a N579A mutation, or a corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein.
In some embodiments, the SaCas9 domain, the SaCas9d domain, or the SaCas9n domain can bind to a nucleic acid sequence having a non-canonical PAM. In some embodiments, the SaCas9 domain, the SaCas9d domain, or the SaCas9n domain can bind to a nucleic acid sequence having a NNGRRT or a NNGRRT PAM sequence. In some embodiments, the SaCas9 domain comprises one or more of a E781X, a N967X, and a R1014X mutation, or a corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein, wherein X is any amino acid. In some embodiments, the SaCas9 domain comprises one or more of a E781K, a N967K, and a R1014H mutation, or one or more corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein. In some embodiments, the SaCas9 domain comprises a E781K, a N967K, or a R1014H mutation, or corresponding mutations in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein.
Residue N579 above, which is underlined and in bold, may be mutated (e.g., to a A579) to yield a SaCas9 nickase.
Residue A579 above, which can be mutated from N579 to yield a SaCas9 nickase, is underlined and in bold.
Residue A579 above, which can be mutated from N579 to yield a SaCas9 nickase, is underlined and in bold. Residues K781, K967, and H1014 above, which can be mutated from E781, N967, and R1014 to yield a SaKKH Cas9 are underlined and in italics.
In some embodiments, the napDNAbp is a circular permutant. In the following sequences, the plain text denotes an adenosine deaminase sequence, bold sequence indicates sequence derived from Cas9, the italics sequence denotes a linker sequence, and the underlined sequence denotes a bipartite nuclear localization sequence.
EIGKATAKYFFYSNIMNFFKTEITLANGEIRKRPLIETNGETGEIVWDKG
RDFATVRKVLSMPQVNIVKKTEVQTGGFSKESILPKRNSDKLIARKKDWD
PKKYGGFMQPTVAYSVLVVAKVEKGKSKKLKSVKELLGITIMERSSFEKN
PIDFLEAKGYKEVKKDLIIKLPKYSLFELENGRKRMLASAKFLQKGNELA
LPSKYVNFLYLASHYEKLKGSPEDNEQKQLFVEQHKHYLDEIIEQISEFS
KRVILADANLDKVLSAYNKHRDKPIREQAENIIHLFTLTNLGAPRAFKYF
DTTIARKEYRSTKEVLDATLIHQSITGLYETRIDLSQL
GGDGGSGGSGGS
GGSGGSGGSGGM
DKKYSIGLAIGTNSVGWAVITDEYKVPSKKFKVLGNTD
RHSIKKNLIGALLFDSGETAEATRLKRTARRRYTRRKNRICYLQEIFSNE
MAKVDDSFFHRLEESFLVEEDKKHERHPIFGNIVDEVAYHEKYPTIYHLR
KKLVDSTDKADLRLIYLALAHMIKFRGHFLIEGDLNPDNSDVDKLFIQLV
QTYNQLFEENPINASGVDAKAILSARLSKSRRLENLIAQLPGEKKNGLFG
NLIALSLGLTPNFKSNFDLAEDAKLQLSKDTYDDDLDNLLAQIGDQYADL
FLAAKNLSDAILLSDILRVNTEITKAPLSASMIKRYDEHHQDLTLLKALV
RQQLPEKYKEIFFDQSKNGYAGYIDGGASQEEFYKFIKPILEKMDGTEEL
LVKLNREDLLRKQRTFDNGSIPHQIHLGELHAILRRQEDFYPFLKDNREK
IEKILTFRIPYYVGPLARGNSRFAWMTRKSEETITPWNFEEVVDKGASAQ
SFIERMTNFDKNLPNEKVLPKHSLLYEYFTVYNELTKVKYVTEGMRKPAF
LSGEQKKAIVDLLFKTNRKVTVKQLKEDYFKKIECFDSVEISGVEDRFNA
SLGTYHDLLKIIKDKDFLDNEENEDILEDIVLTLTLFEDREMIEERLKTY
AHLFDDKVMKQLKRRRYTGWGRLSRKLINGIRDKQSGKTILDFLKSDGFA
NRNFMQLIHDDSLTFKEDIQKAQVSGQGDSLHEHIANLAGSPAIKKGILQ
TVKVVDELVKVMGRHKPENIVIEMARENQTTQKGQKNSRERMKRIEEGIK
ELGSQILKEHPVENTQLQNEKLYLYYLQNGRDMYVDQELDINRLSDYDVD
HIVPQSFLKDDSIDNKVLTRSDKNRGKSDNVPSEEVVKKMKNYWRQLLNA
KLITQRKFDNLTKAERGGLSELDKAGFIKRQLVETRQITKHVAQILDSRM
NTKYDENDKLIREVKVITLKSKLVSDFRKDFQFYKVREINNYHHAHDAYL
NAVVGTALIKKYPKLESEFVYGDYKVYDVRKMIAKSEQ
EGADKRTADGSE
FESPKKKRKV*
In some embodiments, the nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein (napDNAbp) is a single effector of a microbial CRISPR-Cas system. Single effectors of microbial CRISPR-Cas systems include, without limitation, Cas9, Cpf1, Cas12b/C2c1, and Cas12c/C2c3. Typically, microbial CRISPR-Cas systems are divided into Class 1 and Class 2 systems. Class 1 systems have multisubunit effector complexes, while Class 2 systems have a single protein effector. For example, Cas9 and Cpf1 are Class 2 effectors. In addition to Cas9 and Cpf1, three distinct Class 2 CRISPR-Cas systems (Cas12b/C2c1, and Cas12c/C2c3) have been described by Shmakov et al., “Discovery and Functional Characterization of Diverse Class 2 CRISPR Cas Systems”, Mol. Cell, 2015 Nov. 5; 60(3): 385-397, the entire contents of which is hereby incorporated by reference. Effectors of two of the systems, Cas12b/C2c1, and Cas12c/C2c3, contain RuvC-like endonuclease domains related to Cpf1. A third system, contains an effector with two predicated HEPN RNase domains. Production of mature CRISPR RNA is tracrRNA-independent, unlike production of CRISPR RNA by Cas12b/C2c1. Cas12b/C2c1 depends on both CRISPR RNA and tracrRNA for DNA cleavage.
The crystal structure of Alicyclobaccillus acidoterrastris Cas12b/C2c1 (AacC2c1) has been reported in complex with a chimeric single-molecule guide RNA (sgRNA). See e.g., Liu et al., “C2c1-sgRNA Complex Structure Reveals RNA-Guided DNA Cleavage Mechanism”, Mol. Cell, 2017 Jan. 19; 65(2):310-322, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. The crystal structure has also been reported in Alicyclobacillus acidoterrestris C2c1 bound to target DNAs as ternary complexes. See e.g., Yang et al., “PAM-dependent Target DNA Recognition and Cleavage by C2C1 CRISPR-Cas endonuclease”, Cell, 2016 Dec. 15; 167(7):1814-1828, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Catalytically competent conformations of AacC2c1, both with target and non-target DNA strands, have been captured independently positioned within a single RuvC catalytic pocket, with Cas12b/C2c1-mediated cleavage resulting in a staggered seven-nucleotide break of target DNA. Structural comparisons between Cas12b/C2c1 ternary complexes and previously identified Cas9 and Cpf1 counterparts demonstrate the diversity of mechanisms used by CRISPR-Cas9 systems.
In some embodiments, the nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein (napDNAbp) of any of the fusion proteins provided herein may be a Cas12b/C2c1, or a Cas12c/C2c3 protein. In some embodiments, the napDNAbp is a Cas12b/C2c1 protein. In some embodiments, the napDNAbp is a Cas12c/C2c3 protein. In some embodiments, the napDNAbp comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at ease 99.5% identical to a naturally-occurring Cas12b/C2c1 or Cas12c/C2c3 protein. In some embodiments, the napDNAbp is a naturally-occurring Cas12b/C2c1 or Cas12c/C2c3 protein. In some embodiments, the napDNAbp comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at ease 99.5% identical to any one of the napDNAbp sequences provided herein. It should be appreciated that Cas12b/C2c1 or Cas12c/C2c3 from other bacterial species may also be used in accordance with the present disclosure.
A Cas12b/C2c1 ((uniprot.org/uniprot/TOD7A2#2) sp|TOD7A21C2C1_ALIAG CRISPR-associated endonuclease C2c1 OS=Alicyclobacillus acido-terrestris (strain ATCC 49025/DSM 3922/CIP 106132/NCIMB 13137/GD3B) GN=c2c1 PE=1 SV=1) amino acid sequence is as follows:
Including the variant termed BvCas12b V4 (S893R/K846R/E837G changes rel. to wt above)
BhCas12b (V4) is expressed as follows: 5′ mRNA Cap-5′UTR-bhCas12b-STOP sequence-3′UTR-120polyA tail
In some embodiments, the Cas12b is BvCas12B, which is a variant of BhCas12b and comprises the following changes relative to BhCas12B: S893R, K846R, and E837G.
In an embodiment, the guide polynucleotide is a guide RNA. An RNA/Cas complex can assist in “guiding” Cas protein to a target DNA. Cas9/crRNA/tracrRNA endonucleolytically cleaves linear or circular dsDNA target complementary to the spacer. The target strand not complementary to crRNA is first cut endonucleolytically, then trimmed 3′-5′ exonucleolytically. In nature, DNA-binding and cleavage typically requires protein and both RNAs. However, single guide RNAs (“sgRNA,” or simply “gNRA”) can be engineered so as to incorporate aspects of both the crRNA and tracrRNA into a single RNA species. See, e.g., Jinek M. et al., Science 337:816-821(2012), the entire contents of which is hereby incorporated by reference. Cas9 recognizes a short motif in the CRISPR repeat sequences (the PAM or protospacer adjacent motif) to help distinguish self versus non-self. Cas9 nuclease sequences and structures are well known to those of skill in the art (see e.g., “Complete genome sequence of an M1 strain of Streptococcus pyogenes.” Ferretti, J. J. et al., Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 98:4658-4663(2001); “CRISPR RNA maturation by trans-encoded small RNA and host factor RNase III.” Deltcheva E. et al., Nature 471:602-607(2011); and “Programmable dual-RNA-guided DNA endonuclease in adaptive bacterial immunity.” Jinek M. et al, Science 337:816-821(2012), the entire contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference). Cas9 orthologs have been described in various species, including, but not limited to, S. pyogenes and S. thermophilus. Additional suitable Cas9 nucleases and sequences can be apparent to those of skill in the art based on this disclosure, and such Cas9 nucleases and sequences include Cas9 sequences from the organisms and loci disclosed in Chylinski, Rhun, and Charpentier, “The tracrRNA and Cas9 families of type II CRISPR-Cas immunity systems” (2013) RNA Biology 10:5, 726-737; the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. In some embodiments, a Cas9 nuclease has an inactive (e.g., an inactivated) DNA cleavage domain, that is, the Cas9 is a nickase.
In some embodiments, the guide polynucleotide is at least one single guide RNA (“sgRNA” or “gNRA”). In some embodiments, the guide polynucleotide is at least one tracrRNA. In some embodiments, the guide polynucleotide does not require PAM sequence to guide the polynucleotide-programmable DNA-binding domain (e.g., Cas9 or Cpf1) to the target nucleotide sequence.
The polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain (e.g., a CRISPR-derived domain) of the base editors disclosed herein can recognize a target polynucleotide sequence by associating with a guide polynucleotide. A guide polynucleotide (e.g., gRNA) is typically single-stranded and can be programmed to site-specifically bind (i.e., via complementary base pairing) to a target sequence of a polynucleotide, thereby directing a base editor that is in conjunction with the guide nucleic acid to the target sequence. A guide polynucleotide can be DNA. A guide polynucleotide can be RNA. In some embodiments, the guide polynucleotide comprises natural nucleotides (e.g., adenosine). In some embodiments, the guide polynucleotide comprises non-natural (or unnatural) nucleotides (e.g., peptide nucleic acid or nucleotide analogs). In some embodiments, the targeting region of a guide nucleic acid sequence can be at least 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, or 30 nucleotides in length. A targeting region of a guide nucleic acid can be between 10-30 nucleotides in length, or between 15-25 nucleotides in length, or between 15-20 nucleotides in length.
In some embodiments, a guide polynucleotide comprises two or more individual polynucleotides, which can interact with one another via for example complementary base pairing (e.g., a dual guide polynucleotide). For example, a guide polynucleotide can comprise a CRISPR RNA (crRNA) and a trans-activating CRISPR RNA (tracrRNA). For example, a guide polynucleotide can comprise one or more trans-activating CRISPR RNA (tracrRNA).
In type II CRISPR systems, targeting of a nucleic acid by a CRISPR protein (e.g., Cas9) typically requires complementary base pairing between a first RNA molecule (crRNA) comprising a sequence that recognizes the target sequence and a second RNA molecule (trRNA) comprising repeat sequences which forms a scaffold region that stabilizes the guide RNA-CRISPR protein complex. Such dual guide RNA systems can be employed as a guide polynucleotide to direct the base editors disclosed herein to a target polynucleotide sequence.
In some embodiments, the base editor provided herein utilizes a single guide polynucleotide (e.g., gRNA). In some embodiments, the base editor provided herein utilizes a dual guide polynucleotide (e.g., dual gRNAs). In some embodiments, the base editor provided herein utilizes one or more guide polynucleotide (e.g., multiple gRNA). In some embodiments, a single guide polynucleotide is utilized for different base editors described herein. For example, a single guide polynucleotide can be utilized for a cytidine base editor and an adenosine base editor.
In other embodiments, a guide polynucleotide can comprise both the polynucleotide targeting portion of the nucleic acid and the scaffold portion of the nucleic acid in a single molecule (i.e., a single-molecule guide nucleic acid). For example, a single-molecule guide polynucleotide can be a single guide RNA (sgRNA or gRNA). Herein the term guide polynucleotide sequence contemplates any single, dual or multi-molecule nucleic acid capable of interacting with and directing a base editor to a target polynucleotide sequence.
Typically, a guide polynucleotide (e.g., crRNA/trRNA complex or a gRNA) comprises a “polynucleotide-targeting segment” that includes a sequence capable of recognizing and binding to a target polynucleotide sequence, and a “protein-binding segment” that stabilizes the guide polynucleotide within a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain component of a base editor. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide targeting segment of the guide polynucleotide recognizes and binds to a DNA polynucleotide, thereby facilitating the editing of a base in DNA. In other embodiments, the polynucleotide targeting segment of the guide polynucleotide recognizes and binds to an RNA polynucleotide, thereby facilitating the editing of a base in RNA. Herein a “segment” refers to a section or region of a molecule, e.g., a contiguous stretch of nucleotides in the guide polynucleotide. A segment can also refer to a region/section of a complex such that a segment can comprise regions of more than one molecule. For example, where a guide polynucleotide comprises multiple nucleic acid molecules, the protein-binding segment of can include all or a portion of multiple separate molecules that are for instance hybridized along a region of complementarity. In some embodiments, a protein-binding segment of a DNA-targeting RNA that comprises two separate molecules can comprise (i) base pairs 40-75 of a first RNA molecule that is 100 base pairs in length; and (ii) base pairs 10-25 of a second RNA molecule that is 50 base pairs in length. The definition of “segment,” unless otherwise specifically defined in a particular context, is not limited to a specific number of total base pairs, is not limited to any particular number of base pairs from a given RNA molecule, is not limited to a particular number of separate molecules within a complex, and can include regions of RNA molecules that are of any total length and can include regions with complementarity to other molecules.
A guide RNA or a guide polynucleotide can comprise two or more RNAs, e.g., CRISPR RNA (crRNA) and transactivating crRNA (tracrRNA). A guide RNA or a guide polynucleotide can sometimes comprise a single-chain RNA, or single guide RNA (sgRNA) formed by fusion of a portion (e.g., a functional portion) of crRNA and tracrRNA. A guide RNA or a guide polynucleotide can also be a dual RNA comprising a crRNA and a tracrRNA. Furthermore, a crRNA can hybridize with a target DNA.
As discussed above, a guide RNA or a guide polynucleotide can be an expression product. For example, a DNA that encodes a guide RNA can be a vector comprising a sequence coding for the guide RNA. A guide RNA or a guide polynucleotide can be transferred into a cell by transfecting the cell with an isolated guide RNA or plasmid DNA comprising a sequence coding for the guide RNA and a promoter. A guide RNA or a guide polynucleotide can also be transferred into a cell in other way, such as using virus-mediated gene delivery.
A guide RNA or a guide polynucleotide can be isolated. For example, a guide RNA can be transfected in the form of an isolated RNA into a cell or organism. A guide RNA can be prepared by in vitro transcription using any in vitro transcription system known in the art. A guide RNA can be transferred to a cell in the form of isolated RNA rather than in the form of plasmid comprising encoding sequence for a guide RNA.
A guide RNA or a guide polynucleotide can comprise three regions: a first region at the 5′ end that can be complementary to a target site in a chromosomal sequence, a second internal region that can form a stem loop structure, and a third 3′ region that can be single-stranded. A first region of each guide RNA can also be different such that each guide RNA guides a fusion protein to a specific target site. Further, second and third regions of each guide RNA can be identical in all guide RNAs.
A first region of a guide RNA or a guide polynucleotide can be complementary to sequence at a target site in a chromosomal sequence such that the first region of the guide RNA can base pair with the target site. In some embodiments, a first region of a guide RNA can comprise from or from about 10 nucleotides to 25 nucleotides (i.e., from 10 nucleotides to nucleotides; or from about 10 nucleotides to about 25 nucleotides; or from 10 nucleotides to about 25 nucleotides; or from about 10 nucleotides to 25 nucleotides) or more. For example, a region of base pairing between a first region of a guide RNA and a target site in a chromosomal sequence can be or can be about 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 22, 23, 24, 25, or more nucleotides in length. Sometimes, a first region of a guide RNA can be or can be about 19, 20, or 21 nucleotides in length.
A guide RNA or a guide polynucleotide can also comprise a second region that forms a secondary structure. For example, a secondary structure formed by a guide RNA can comprise a stem (or hairpin) and a loop. A length of a loop and a stem can vary. For example, a loop can range from or from about 3 to 10 nucleotides in length, and a stem can range from or from about 6 to 20 base pairs in length. A stem can comprise one or more bulges of 1 to 10 or about 10 nucleotides. The overall length of a second region can range from or from about 16 to 60 nucleotides in length. For example, a loop can be or can be about 4 nucleotides in length and a stem can be or can be about 12 base pairs.
A guide RNA or a guide polynucleotide can also comprise a third region at the 3′ end that can be essentially single-stranded. For example, a third region is sometimes not complementarity to any chromosomal sequence in a cell of interest and is sometimes not complementarity to the rest of a guide RNA. Further, the length of a third region can vary. A third region can be more than or more than about 4 nucleotides in length. For example, the length of a third region can range from or from about 5 to 60 nucleotides in length.
A guide RNA or a guide polynucleotide can target any exon or intron of a gene target. In some embodiments, a guide can target exon 1 or 2 of a gene; in other embodiments, a guide can target exon 3 or 4 of a gene. A composition can comprise multiple guide RNAs that all target the same exon or in some embodiments, multiple guide RNAs that can target different exons. An exon and an intron of a gene can be targeted.
A guide RNA or a guide polynucleotide can target a nucleic acid sequence of or of about 20 nucleotides. A target nucleic acid can be less than or less than about 20 nucleotides. A target nucleic acid can be at least or at least about 5, 10, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 30, or anywhere between 1-100 nucleotides in length. A target nucleic acid can be at most or at most about 5, 10, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 30, 40, 50, or anywhere between 1-100 nucleotides in length. A target nucleic acid sequence can be or can be about 20 bases immediately 5′ of the first nucleotide of the PAM. A guide RNA can target a nucleic acid sequence. A target nucleic acid can be at least or at least about 1-10, 1-20, 1-30, 1-40, 1-50, 1-60, 1-70, 1-80, 1-90, or 1-100 nucleotides.
A guide polynucleotide, for example, a guide RNA, can refer to a nucleic acid that can hybridize to another nucleic acid, for example, the target nucleic acid or protospacer in a genome of a cell. A guide polynucleotide can be RNA. A guide polynucleotide can be DNA. The guide polynucleotide can be programmed or designed to bind to a sequence of nucleic acid site-specifically. A guide polynucleotide can comprise a polynucleotide chain and can be called a single guide polynucleotide. A guide polynucleotide can comprise two polynucleotide chains and can be called a double guide polynucleotide. A guide RNA can be introduced into a cell or embryo as an RNA molecule. For example, a RNA molecule can be transcribed in vitro and/or can be chemically synthesized. An RNA can be transcribed from a synthetic DNA molecule, e.g., a gBlocks® gene fragment. A guide RNA can then be introduced into a cell or embryo as an RNA molecule. A guide RNA can also be introduced into a cell or embryo in the form of a non-RNA nucleic acid molecule, e.g., DNA molecule. For example, a DNA encoding a guide RNA can be operably linked to promoter control sequence for expression of the guide RNA in a cell or embryo of interest. A RNA coding sequence can be operably linked to a promoter sequence that is recognized by RNA polymerase III (Pol III). Plasmid vectors that can be used to express guide RNA include, but are not limited to, px330 vectors and px333 vectors. In some embodiments, a plasmid vector (e.g., px333 vector) can comprise at least two guide RNA-encoding DNA sequences.
Methods for selecting, designing, and validating guide polynucleotides, e.g., guide RNAs and targeting sequences are described herein and known to those skilled in the art. For example, to minimize the impact of potential substrate promiscuity of a deaminase domain in the nucleobase editor system (e.g., an AID domain), the number of residues that could unintentionally be targeted for deamination (e.g., off-target C residues that could potentially reside on ssDNA within the target nucleic acid locus) may be minimized. In addition, software tools can be used to optimize the gRNAs corresponding to a target nucleic acid sequence, e.g., to minimize total off-target activity across the genome. For example, for each possible targeting domain choice using S. pyogenes Cas9, all off-target sequences (preceding selected PAMs, e.g., NAG or NGG) may be identified across the genome that contain up to certain number (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10) of mismatched base-pairs. First regions of gRNAs complementary to a target site can be identified, and all first regions (e.g., crRNAs) can be ranked according to its total predicted off-target score; the top-ranked targeting domains represent those that are likely to have the greatest on-target and the least off-target activity. Candidate targeting gRNAs can be functionally evaluated by using methods known in the art and/or as set forth herein.
As a non-limiting example, target DNA hybridizing sequences in crRNAs of a guide RNA for use with Cas9s may be identified using a DNA sequence searching algorithm. gRNA design may be carried out using custom gRNA design software based on the public tool cas-offinder as described in Bae S., Park J., & Kim J.-S. Cas-OFFinder: A fast and versatile algorithm that searches for potential off-target sites of Cas9 RNA-guided endonucleases. Bioinformatics 30, 1473-1475 (2014). This software scores guides after calculating their genome-wide off-target propensity. Typically matches ranging from perfect matches to 7 mismatches are considered for guides ranging in length from 17 to 24. Once the off-target sites are computationally-determined, an aggregate score is calculated for each guide and summarized in a tabular output using a web-interface. In addition to identifying potential target sites adjacent to PAM sequences, the software also identifies all PAM adjacent sequences that differ by 1, 2, 3 or more than 3 nucleotides from the selected target sites. Genomic DNA sequences for a target nucleic acid sequence, e.g., a target gene may be obtained and repeat elements may be screened using publicly available tools, for example, the RepeatMasker program. RepeatMasker searches input DNA sequences for repeated elements and regions of low complexity. The output is a detailed annotation of the repeats present in a given query sequence.
Following identification, first regions of guide RNAs, e.g., crRNAs, may be ranked into tiers based on their distance to the target site, their orthogonality and presence of 5′ nucleotides for close matches with relevant PAM sequences (for example, a 5′ G based on identification of close matches in the human genome containing a relevant PAM e.g., NGG PAM for S. pyogenes, NNGRRT or NNGRRV PAM for S. aureus). As used herein, orthogonality refers to the number of sequences in the human genome that contain a minimum number of mismatches to the target sequence. A “high level of orthogonality” or “good orthogonality” may, for example, refer to 20-mer targeting domains that have no identical sequences in the human genome besides the intended target, nor any sequences that contain one or two mismatches in the target sequence. Targeting domains with good orthogonality may be selected to minimize off-target DNA cleavage.
In some embodiments, a reporter system may be used for detecting base-editing activity and testing candidate guide polynucleotides. In some embodiments, a reporter system may comprise a reporter gene based assay where base editing activity leads to expression of the reporter gene. For example, a reporter system may include a reporter gene comprising a deactivated start codon, e.g., a mutation on the template strand from 3′-TAC-S′ to 3′-CAC-S′. Upon successful deamination of the target C, the corresponding mRNA will be transcribed as 5′-AUG-3′ instead of 5′-GUG-3′, enabling the translation of the reporter gene. Suitable reporter genes will be apparent to those of skill in the art. Non-limiting examples of reporter genes include gene encoding green fluorescence protein (GFP), red fluorescence protein (RFP), luciferase, secreted alkaline phosphatase (SEAP), or any other gene whose expression are detectable and apparent to those skilled in the art. The reporter system can be used to test many different gRNAs, e.g., in order to determine which residue(s) with respect to the target DNA sequence the respective deaminase will target. sgRNAs that target non-template strand can also be tested in order to assess off-target effects of a specific base editing protein, e.g., a Cas9 deaminase fusion protein. In some embodiments, such gRNAs can be designed such that the mutated start codon will not be base-paired with the gRNA. The guide polynucleotides can comprise standard ribonucleotides, modified ribonucleotides (e.g., pseudouridine), ribonucleotide isomers, and/or ribonucleotide analogs. In some embodiments, the guide polynucleotide can comprise at least one detectable label. The detectable label can be a fluorophore (e.g., FAM, TMR, Cy3, Cy5, Texas Red, Oregon Green, Alexa Fluors, Halo tags, or suitable fluorescent dye), a detection tag (e.g., biotin, digoxigenin, and the like), quantum dots, or gold particles.
The guide polynucleotides can be synthesized chemically, synthesized enzymatically, or a combination thereof. For example, the guide RNA can be synthesized using standard phosphoramidite-based solid-phase synthesis methods. Alternatively, the guide RNA can be synthesized in vitro by operably linking DNA encoding the guide RNA to a promoter control sequence that is recognized by a phage RNA polymerase. Examples of suitable phage promoter sequences include T7, T3, SP6 promoter sequences, or variations thereof. In embodiments in which the guide RNA comprises two separate molecules (e.g.., crRNA and tracrRNA), the crRNA can be chemically synthesized and the tracrRNA can be enzymatically synthesized.
In some embodiments, a base editor system may comprise multiple guide polynucleotides, e.g., gRNAs. For example, the gRNAs may target to one or more target loci (e.g., at least 1 gRNA, at least 2 gRNA, at least 5 gRNA, at least 10 gRNA, at least 20 gRNA, at least 30 g RNA, at least 50 gRNA) comprised in a base editor system. The multiple gRNA sequences can be tandemly arranged and are preferably separated by a direct repeat.
A DNA sequence encoding a guide RNA or a guide polynucleotide can also be part of a vector. Further, a vector can comprise additional expression control sequences (e.g., enhancer sequences, Kozak sequences, polyadenylation sequences, transcriptional termination sequences, etc.), selectable marker sequences (e.g., GFP or antibiotic resistance genes such as puromycin), origins of replication, and the like. A DNA molecule encoding a guide RNA can also be linear. A DNA molecule encoding a guide RNA or a guide polynucleotide can also be circular.
In some embodiments, one or more components of a base editor system may be encoded by DNA sequences. Such DNA sequences may be introduced into an expression system, e.g., a cell, together or separately. For example, DNA sequences encoding a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain and a guide RNA may be introduced into a cell, each DNA sequence can be part of a separate molecule (e.g., one vector containing the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain coding sequence and a second vector containing the guide RNA coding sequence) or both can be part of a same molecule (e.g., one vector containing coding (and regulatory) sequence for both the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain and the guide RNA).
A guide polynucleotide can comprise one or more modifications to provide a nucleic acid with a new or enhanced feature. A guide polynucleotide can comprise a nucleic acid affinity tag. A guide polynucleotide can comprise synthetic nucleotide, synthetic nucleotide analog, nucleotide derivatives, and/or modified nucleotides.
In some embodiments, a gRNA or a guide polynucleotide can comprise modifications. A modification can be made at any location of a gRNA or a guide polynucleotide. More than one modification can be made to a single gRNA or a guide polynucleotide. A gRNA or a guide polynucleotide can undergo quality control after a modification. In some embodiments, quality control can include PAGE, HPLC, MS, or any combination thereof.
A modification of a gRNA or a guide polynucleotide can be a substitution, insertion, deletion, chemical modification, physical modification, stabilization, purification, or any combination thereof.
A gRNA or a guide polynucleotide can also be modified by 5′adenylate, 5′ guanosine-triphosphate cap, 5′N7-Methylguanosine-triphosphate cap, 5′triphosphate cap, 3′phosphate, 3′thiophosphate, 5′phosphate, 5′thiophosphate, Cis-Syn thymidine dimer, trimers, C12 spacer, C3 spacer, C6 spacer, dSpacer, PC spacer, rSpacer, Spacer 18, Spacer 9,3′-3′ modifications, 5′-5′ modifications, abasic, acridine, azobenzene, biotin, biotin BB, biotin TEG, cholesteryl TEG, desthiobiotin TEG, DNP TEG, DNP-X, DOTA, dT-Biotin, dual biotin, PC biotin, psoralen C2, psoralen C6, TINA, 3′DABCYL, black hole quencher 1, black hole quencer 2, DABCYL SE, dT-DABCYL, IRDye QC-1, QSY-21, QSY-35, QSY-7, QSY-9, carboxyl linker, thiol linkers, 2′-deoxyribonucleoside analog purine, 2′-deoxyribonucleoside analog pyrimidine, ribonucleoside analog, 2′-O-methyl ribonucleoside analog, sugar modified analogs, wobble/universal bases, fluorescent dye label, 2′-fluoro RNA, 2′-O-methyl RNA, methylphosphonate, phosphodiester DNA, phosphodiester RNA, phosphothioate DNA, phosphorothioate RNA, UNA, pseudouridine-5′-triphosphate, 5′-methylcytidine-5′-triphosphate, or any combination thereof.
In some embodiments, a modification is permanent. In other embodiments, a modification is transient. In some embodiments, multiple modifications are made to a gRNA or a guide polynucleotide. A gRNA or a guide polynucleotide modification can alter physiochemical properties of a nucleotide, such as their conformation, polarity, hydrophobicity, chemical reactivity, base-pairing interactions, or any combination thereof.
The PAM sequence can be any PAM sequence known in the art. Suitable PAM sequences include, but are not limited to, NGG, NGA, NGC, NGN, NGT, NGCG, NGAG, NGAN, NGNG, NGCN, NGCG, NGTN, NNGRRT, NNNRRT, NNGRR(N), TTTV, TYCV, TYCV, TATV, NNNNGATT, NNAGAAW, or NAAAAC. Y is a pyrimidine; N is any nucleotide base; W is A or T.
A modification can also be a phosphorothioate substitute. In some embodiments, a natural phosphodiester bond can be susceptible to rapid degradation by cellular nucleases and; a modification of internucleotide linkage using phosphorothioate (PS) bond substitutes can be more stable towards hydrolysis by cellular degradation. A modification can increase stability in a gRNA or a guide polynucleotide. A modification can also enhance biological activity. In some embodiments, a phosphorothioate enhanced RNA gRNA can inhibit RNase A, RNase T1, calf serum nucleases, or any combinations thereof. These properties can allow the use of PS-RNA gRNAs to be used in applications where exposure to nucleases is of high probability in vivo or in vitro. For example, phosphorothioate (PS) bonds can be introduced between the last 3-5 nucleotides at the 5′- or ″-end of a gRNA which can inhibit exonuclease degradation. In some embodiments, phosphorothioate bonds can be added throughout an entire gRNA to reduce attack by endonucleases.
The term “protospacer adjacent motif (PAM)” or PAM-like motif refers to a 2-6 base pair DNA sequence immediately following the DNA sequence targeted by the Cas9 nuclease in the CRISPR bacterial adaptive immune system. In some embodiments, the PAM can be a 5′ PAM (i.e., located upstream of the 5′ end of the protospacer). In other embodiments, the PAM can be a 3′ PAM (i.e., located downstream of the 5′ end of the protospacer).
The PAM sequence is essential for target binding, but the exact sequence depends on a type of Cas protein.
A base editor provided herein can comprise a CRISPR protein-derived domain that is capable of binding a nucleotide sequence that contains a canonical or non-canonical protospacer adjacent motif (PAM) sequence. A PAM site is a nucleotide sequence in proximity to a target polynucleotide sequence. Some aspects of the disclosure provide for base editors comprising all or a portion of CRISPR proteins that have different PAM specificities.
For example, typically Cas9 proteins, such as Cas9 from S. pyogenes (spCas9), require a canonical NGG PAM sequence to bind a particular nucleic acid region, where the “N” in “NGG” is adenine (A), thymine (T), guanine (G), or cytosine (C), and the G is guanine. A PAM can be CRISPR protein-specific and can be different between different base editors comprising different CRISPR protein-derived domains. A PAM can be 5′ or 3′ of a target sequence. A PAM can be upstream or downstream of a target sequence. A PAM can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or more nucleotides in length. Often, a PAM is between 2-6 nucleotides in length. Several PAM variants are described in Table 1 below.
In some embodiments, the PAM is NGC. In some embodiments, the NGC PAM is recognized by a Cas9 variant. In some embodiments, the NGC PAM variant includes one or more amino acid substitutions selected from D1135M, S1136Q, G1218K, E1219F, A1322R, D1332A, R1335E, and T1337R (collectively termed “MQKFRAER”).
In some embodiments, the PAM is NGT. In some embodiments, the NGT PAM is recognized by a Cas9 variant. In some embodiments, the NGT PAM variant is generated through targeted mutations at one or more residues 1335, 1337, 1135, 1136, 1218, and/or 1219. In some embodiments, the NGT PAM variant is created through targeted mutations at one or more residues 1219, 1335, 1337, 1218. In some embodiments, the NGT PAM variant is created through targeted mutations at one or more residues 1135, 1136, 1218, 1219, and 1335. In some embodiments, the NGT PAM variant is selected from the set of targeted mutations provided in Table 2 and Table 3 below.
In some embodiments, the NGT PAM variant is selected from variant 5, 7, 28, 31, or 36 in Tables 2 and 3. In some embodiments, the variants have improved NGT PAM recognition.
In some embodiments, the NGT PAM variants have mutations at residues 1219, 1335, 1337, and/or 1218. In some embodiments, the NGT PAM variant is selected with mutations for improved recognition from the variants provided in Table 4 below.
In some embodiments, base editors with specificity for NGT PAM may be generated as provided in Table 5 below.
In some embodiments the NGTN variant is variant 1. In some embodiments, the NGTN variant is variant 2. In some embodiments, the NGTN variant is variant 3. In some embodiments, the NGTN variant is variant 4. In some embodiments, the NGTN variant is variant 5. In some embodiments, the NGTN variant is variant 6.
In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain is a Cas9 domain from Streptococcus pyogenes (SpCas9). In some embodiments, the SpCas9 domain is a nuclease active SpCas9, a nuclease inactive SpCas9 (SpCas9d), or a SpCas9 nickase (SpCas9n). In some embodiments, the SpCas9 comprises a D9X mutation, or a corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein, wherein X is any amino acid except for D. In some embodiments, the SpCas9 comprises a D9A mutation, or a corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein. In some embodiments, the SpCas9 domain, the SpCas9d domain, or the SpCas9n domain can bind to a nucleic acid sequence having a non-canonical PAM. In some embodiments, the SpCas9 domain, the SpCas9d domain, or the SpCas9n domain can bind to a nucleic acid sequence having an NGG, a NGA, or a NGCG PAM sequence. In some embodiments, the SpCas9 domain comprises one or more of a D1134X, a R1334X, and a T1336X mutation, or a corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein, wherein X is any amino acid. In some embodiments, the SpCas9 domain comprises one or more of a D1134E, R1334Q, and T1336R mutation, or a corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein. In some embodiments, the SpCas9 domain comprises a D1134E, a R1334Q, and a T1336R mutation, or corresponding mutations in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein. In some embodiments, the SpCas9 domain comprises one or more of a D1134X, a R1334X, and a T1336X mutation, or a corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein, wherein X is any amino acid. In some embodiments, the SpCas9 domain comprises one or more of a D1134V, a R1334Q, and a T1336R mutation, or a corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein. In some embodiments, the SpCas9 domain comprises a D1134V, a R1334Q, and a T1336R mutation, or corresponding mutations in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein. In some embodiments, the SpCas9 domain comprises one or more of a D1134X, a G1217X, a R1334X, and a T1336X mutation, or a corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein, wherein X is any amino acid. In some embodiments, the SpCas9 domain comprises one or more of a D1134V, a G1217R, a R1334Q, and a T1336R mutation, or a corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein. In some embodiments, the SpCas9 domain comprises a D1134V, a G1217R, a R1334Q, and a T1336R mutation, or corresponding mutations in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein.
In some embodiments, the Cas9 domains of any of the fusion proteins provided herein comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5% identical to a Cas9 polypeptide described herein. In some embodiments, the Cas9 domains of any of the fusion proteins provided herein comprises the amino acid sequence of any Cas9 polypeptide described herein. In some embodiments, the Cas9 domains of any of the fusion proteins provided herein consists of the amino acid sequence of any Cas9 polypeptide described herein.
In some examples, a PAM recognized by a CRISPR protein-derived domain of a base editor disclosed herein can be provided to a cell on a separate oligonucleotide to an insert (e.g., an AAV insert) encoding the base editor. In such embodiments, providing PAM on a separate oligonucleotide can allow cleavage of a target sequence that otherwise would not be able to be cleaved, because no adjacent PAM is present on the same polynucleotide as the target sequence.
In an embodiment, S. pyogenes Cas9 (SpCas9) can be used as a CRISPR endonuclease for genome engineering. However, others can be used. In some embodiments, a different endonuclease can be used to target certain genomic targets. In some embodiments, synthetic SpCas9-derived variants with non-NGG PAM sequences can be used. Additionally, other Cas9 orthologues from various species have been identified and these “non-SpCas9s” can bind a variety of PAM sequences that can also be useful for the present disclosure. For example, the relatively large size of SpCas9 (approximately 4 kb coding sequence) can lead to plasmids carrying the SpCas9 cDNA that cannot be efficiently expressed in a cell. Conversely, the coding sequence for Staphylococcus aureus Cas9 (SaCas9) is approximately 1 kilobase shorter than SpCas9, possibly allowing it to be efficiently expressed in a cell. Similar to SpCas9, the SaCas9 endonuclease is capable of modifying target genes in mammalian cells in vitro and in mice in vivo. In some embodiments, a Cas protein can target a different PAM sequence. In some embodiments, a target gene can be adjacent to a Cas9 PAM, 5′-NGG, for example. In other embodiments, other Cas9 orthologs can have different PAM requirements. For example, other PAMs such as those of S. thermophilus (5′-NNAGAA for CRISPR1 and 5′-NGGNG for CRISPR3) and Neisseria meningitidis (5′-NNNNGATT) can also be found adjacent to a target gene.
In some embodiments, for a S. pyogenes system, a target gene sequence can precede (i.e., be 5′ to) a 5′-NGG PAM, and a 20-nt guide RNA sequence can base pair with an opposite strand to mediate a Cas9 cleavage adjacent to a PAM. In some embodiments, an adjacent cut can be or can be about 3 base pairs upstream of a PAM. In some embodiments, an adjacent cut can be or can be about 10 base pairs upstream of a PAM. In some embodiments, an adjacent cut can be or can be about 0-20 base pairs upstream of a PAM. For example, an adjacent cut can be next to, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, or 30 base pairs upstream of a PAM. An adjacent cut can also be downstream of a PAM by 1 to 30 base pairs. The sequences of exemplary SpCas9 proteins capable of binding a PAM sequence follow:
The amino acid sentience of an exemplary PAM-binding SnCas9 is as follows:
The amino acid sequence of an exemplary PAM-binding SpCas9n is as follows:
The amino acid sequence of an exemplary PAM-binding SpEQR Cas9 is as follows:
In the above sequence, residues E1134, Q1334, and R1336, which can be mutated from D1134, R1334, and T1336 to yield a SpEQR Cas9, are underlined and in bold.
The amino acid sequence of an exemplary PAM-binding SpVQR Cas9 is as follows:
In the above sequence, residues V1134, Q1334, and R1336, which can be mutated from D1134, R1334, and T1336 to yield a SpVQR Cas9, are underlined and in bold.
The amino acid sequence of an exemplary PAM-binding SpVRER Cas9 is as follows:
In the above sequence, residues V1134, R1217, E1334, and R1336, which can be mutated from D1134, G1217, R1334, and T1336 to yield a SpVRER Cas9, are underlined and in bold.
In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain is a recombinant Cas9 domain. In some embodiments, the recombinant Cas9 domain is a SpyMacCas9 domain. In some embodiments, the SpyMacCas9 domain is a nuclease active SpyMacCas9, a nuclease inactive SpyMacCas9 (SpyMacCas9d), or a SpyMacCas9 nickase (SpyMacCas9n). In some embodiments, the SaCas9 domain, the SaCas9d domain, or the SaCas9n domain can bind to a nucleic acid sequence having a non-canonical PAM. In some embodiments, the SpyMacCas9 domain, the SpCas9d domain, or the SpCas9n domain can bind to a nucleic acid sequence having a NAA PAM sequence.
The sequence of an exemplary Cas9 A homolog of Spy Cas9 in Streptococcus macacae with native 5′-NAAN-3′ PAM specificity is known in the art and described, for example, by Jakimo et al., (www.biorxiv.org/content/biorxiv/early/2018/09/27/429654.full.pdf), and is provided below.
In some embodiments, a variant Cas9 protein harbors, H840A, P475A, W476A, N477A, D1125A, W1126A, and D1218A mutations such that the polypeptide has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA or RNA. Such a Cas9 protein has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA) but retains the ability to bind a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA). As another non-limiting example, in some embodiments, the variant Cas9 protein harbors D10A, H840A, P475A, W476A, N477A, D1125A, W1126A, and D1218A mutations such that the polypeptide has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA. Such a Cas9 protein has a reduced ability to cleave a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA) but retains the ability to bind a target DNA (e.g., a single stranded target DNA). In some embodiments, when a variant Cas9 protein harbors W476A and W1126A mutations or when the variant Cas9 protein harbors P475A, W476A, N477A, D1125A, W1126A, and D1218A mutations, the variant Cas9 protein does not bind efficiently to a PAM sequence. Thus, in some such cases, when such a variant Cas9 protein is used in a method of binding, the method does not require a PAM sequence. In other words, in some embodiments, when such a variant Cas9 protein is used in a method of binding, the method can include a guide RNA, but the method can be performed in the absence of a PAM sequence (and the specificity of binding is therefore provided by the targeting segment of the guide RNA). Other residues can be mutated to achieve the above effects (i.e., inactivate one or the other nuclease portions). As non-limiting examples, residues D10, G12, G17, E762, H840, N854, N863, H982, H983, A984, D986, and/or A987 can be altered (i.e., substituted). Also, mutations other than alanine substitutions are suitable.
In some embodiments, a CRISPR protein-derived domain of a base editor can comprise all or a portion of a Cas9 protein with a canonical PAM sequence (NGG). In other embodiments, a Cas9-derived domain of a base editor can employ a non-canonical PAM sequence. Such sequences have been described in the art and would be apparent to the skilled artisan. For example, Cas9 domains that bind non-canonical PAM sequences have been described in Kleinstiver, B. P., et al., “Engineered CRISPR-Cas9 nucleases with altered PAM specificities” Nature 523, 481-485 (2015); and Kleinstiver, B. P., et al., “Broadening the targeting range of Staphylococcus aureus CRISPR-Cas9 by modifying PAM recognition” Nature Biotechnology 33, 1293-1298 (2015); the entire contents of each are hereby incorporated by reference.
Cas9 Domains with Reduced PAM Exclusivity
Typically, Cas9 proteins, such as Cas9 from S. pyogenes (spCas9), require a canonical NGG PAM sequence to bind a particular nucleic acid region, where the “N” in “NGG” is adenosine (A), thymidine (T), or cytosine (C), and the G is guanosine. This may limit the ability to edit desired bases within a genome. In some embodiments, the base editing fusion proteins provided herein may need to be placed at a precise location, for example a region comprising a target base that is upstream of the PAM. See e.g., Komor, A. C., et al., “Programmable editing of a target base in genomic DNA without double-stranded DNA cleavage” Nature 533, 420-424 (2016), the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Accordingly, in some embodiments, any of the fusion proteins provided herein may contain a Cas9 domain that is capable of binding a nucleotide sequence that does not contain a canonical (e.g., NGG) PAM sequence. Cas9 domains that bind to non-canonical PAM sequences have been described in the art and would be apparent to the skilled artisan. For example, Cas9 domains that bind non-canonical PAM sequences have been described in Kleinstiver, B. P., et al., “Engineered CRISPR-Cas9 nucleases with altered PAM specificities” Nature 523, 481-485 (2015); and Kleinstiver, B. P., et al., “Broadening the targeting range of Staphylococcus aureus CRISPR-Cas9 by modifying PAM recognition” Nature Biotechnology 33, 1293-1298 (2015); the entire contents of each are hereby incorporated by reference.
Some aspects of the disclosure provide high fidelity Cas9 domains. In some embodiments, high fidelity Cas9 domains are engineered Cas9 domains comprising one or more mutations that decrease electrostatic interactions between the Cas9 domain and a sugar-phosphate backbone of a DNA, as compared to a corresponding wild-type Cas9 domain. Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, high fidelity Cas9 domains that have decreased electrostatic interactions with a sugar-phosphate backbone of DNA may have less off-target effects. In some embodiments, a Cas9 domain (e.g., a wild-type Cas9 domain) comprises one or more mutations that decreases the association between the Cas9 domain and a sugar-phosphate backbone of a DNA. In some embodiments, a Cas9 domain comprises one or more mutations that decreases the association between the Cas9 domain and a sugar-phosphate backbone of a DNA by at least 1%, at least 2%, at least 3%, at least 4%, at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, or at least 70%.
In some embodiments, any of the Cas9 fusion proteins provided herein comprise one or more of a N497X, a R661X, a Q695X, and/or a Q926X mutation, or a corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein, wherein X is any amino acid. In some embodiments, any of the Cas9 fusion proteins provided herein comprise one or more of a N497A, a R661A, a Q695A, and/or a Q926A mutation, or a corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein. In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain comprises a D10A mutation, or a corresponding mutation in any of the amino acid sequences provided herein. Cas9 domains with high fidelity are known in the art and would be apparent to the skilled artisan. For example, Cas9 domains with high fidelity have been described in Kleinstiver, B. P., et al. “High-fidelity CRISPR-Cas9 nucleases with no detectable genome-wide off-target effects.” Nature 529, 490-495 (2016); and Slaymaker, I. M., et al. “Rationally engineered Cas9 nucleases with improved specificity.” Science 351, 84-88 (2015); the entire contents of each are incorporated herein by reference.
In some embodiments, the modified Cas9 is a high fidelity Cas9 enzyme. In some embodiments, the high fidelity Cas9 enzyme is SpCas9(K855A), eSpCas9(1.1), SpCas9-HF1, or hyper accurate Cas9 variant (HypaCas9). The modified Cas9 eSpCas9(1.1) contains alanine substitutions that weaken the interactions between the HNH/RuvC groove and the non-target DNA strand, preventing strand separation and cutting at off-target sites. Similarly, SpCas9-HF1 lowers off-target editing through alanine substitutions that disrupt Cas9's interactions with the DNA phosphate backbone. HypaCas9 contains mutations (SpCas9 N692A/M694A/Q695A/H698A) in the REC3 domain that increase Cas9 proofreading and target discrimination. All three high fidelity enzymes generate less off-target editing than wildtype Cas9.
An exemplary high fidelity Cas9 is provided below.
High Fidelity Cas9 domain mutations relative to Cas9 are shown in bold and underlined.
Fusion Proteins Comprising a Cas9 Domain and a Cytidine Deaminase and/or Adenosine Deaminase
Some aspects of the disclosure provide fusion proteins comprising a napDNAbp (e.g., a Cas9 domain) and one or more adenosine deaminase, cytidine deaminase domains, and/or DNA glycosylase domains. In some embodiments, the fusion protein comprises a Cas9 domain and an adenosine deaminase domain (e.g., TadA*A). It should be appreciated that the Cas9 domain may be any of the Cas9 domains or Cas9 proteins (e.g., dCas9 or nCas9) provided herein. In some embodiments, any of the Cas9 domains or Cas9 proteins (e.g., dCas9 or nCas9) provided herein may be fused with any of the cytidine deaminases and/or adenosine deaminases (e.g., TadA*A) provided herein. For example, and without limitation, in some embodiments, the fusion protein comprises the structure:
NH2-[cytidine deaminase]-[Cas9 domain]-[adenosine deaminase]-COOH;
NH2-[adenosine deaminase]-[Cas9 domain]-[cytidine deaminase]-COOH;
NH2-[adenosine deaminase]-[cytidine deaminase]-[Cas9 domain]-COOH;
NH2-[cytidine deaminase]-[adenosine deaminase]-[Cas9 domain]-COOH;
NH2-[Cas9 domain]-[adenosine deaminase]-[cytidine deaminase]-COOH;
NH2-[Cas9 domain]-[cytidine deaminase]-[adenosine deaminase]-COOH;
NH2-[adenosine deaminase]-[Cas9 domain]-COOH;
NH2-[Cas9 domain]-[adenosine deaminase]-COOH;
NH2-[cytidine deaminase]-[Cas9 domain]-COOH; or
NH2-[Cas9 domain]-[cytidine deaminase]-COOH.
In some embodiments, the fusion proteins comprising a cytidine deaminase, abasic editor, and adenosine deaminase and a napDNAbp (e.g., Cas9 domain) do not include a linker sequence. In some embodiments, a linker is present between the cytidine deaminase and/or adenosine deaminase domains and the napDNAbp. In some embodiments, the “-” used in the general architecture above indicates the presence of an optional linker. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase and adenosine deaminase and the napDNAbp are fused via any of the linkers provided herein. For example, in some embodiments the cytidine deaminase and/or adenosine deaminase and the napDNAbp are fused via any of the linkers provided herein.
In some embodiments, the fusion proteins provided herein further comprise one or more (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5) nuclear targeting sequences, for example a nuclear localization sequence (NLS). In one embodiment, a bipartite NLS is used. In some embodiments, a NLS comprises an amino acid sequence that facilitates the importation of a protein, that comprises an NLS, into the cell nucleus (e.g., by nuclear transport). In some embodiments, any of the fusion proteins provided herein further comprise a nuclear localization sequence (NLS). In some embodiments, the NLS is fused to the N-terminus of the fusion protein. In some embodiments, the NLS is fused to the C-terminus of the fusion protein. In some embodiments, the NLS is fused to the N-terminus of the Cas9 domain. In some embodiments, the NLS is fused to the C-terminus of an nCas9 domain or a dCas9 domain. In some embodiments, the NLS is fused to the N-terminus of the deaminase. In some embodiments, the NLS is fused to the C-terminus of the deaminase. In some embodiments, the NLS is fused to the fusion protein via one or more linkers. In some embodiments, the NLS is fused to the fusion protein without a linker. In some embodiments, the NLS comprises an amino acid sequence of any one of the NLS sequences provided or referenced herein. Additional nuclear localization sequences are known in the art and would be apparent to the skilled artisan. For example, NLS sequences are described in Plank et al., PCT/EP2000/011690, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference for their disclosure of exemplary nuclear localization sequences. In some embodiments, an NLS comprises the amino acid sequence PKKKRKVEGADKRTADGSEFESPKKKRKV, KRTADGSEFESPKKKRKV, KRPAATKKAGQAKKKK, KKTELQTTNAENKTKKL, KRGINDRNFWRGENGRKTR, RKSGKIAAIVVKRPRKPKKKRKV, or MDSLLMNRRKFLYQFKNVRWAKGRRETYLC.
In some embodiments, the NLS is present in a linker or the NLS is flanked by linkers, for example, the linkers described herein. In some embodiments, the N-terminus or C-terminus NLS is a bipartite NLS. A bipartite NLS comprises two basic amino acid clusters, which are separated by a relatively short spacer sequence (hence bipartite—2 parts, while monopartite NLSs are not). The NLS of nucleoplasmin, KR[PAATKKAGQA]KKKK, is the prototype of the ubiquitous bipartite signal: two clusters of basic amino acids, separated by a spacer of about 10 amino acids. The sequence of an exemplary bipartite NLS follows:
In some embodiments, the fusion proteins comprising an adenosine deaminase and/or a cytidine deaminase, a napDNAbp (e.g., a Cas9 domain), and an NLS do not comprise a linker sequence. In some embodiments, linker sequences between one or more of the domains or proteins (e.g., adenosine deaminase, cytidine deaminase, Cas9 domain or NLS) are present. In some embodiments, the general architecture of exemplary Cas9 fusion proteins with an adenosine deaminase or cytidine deaminase and a Cas9 domain comprises any one of the following structures, where NLS is a nuclear localization sequence (e.g., any NLS provided herein), NH2 is the N-terminus of the fusion protein, and COOH is the C-terminus of the fusion protein:
NH2-NLS-[adenosine deaminase]-[Cas9 domain]-COOH;
NH2-NLS [Cas9 domain]-[adenosine deaminase]-COOH;
NH2-[adenosine deaminase]-[Cas9 domain]-NLS—COOH;
NH2-[Cas9 domain]-[adenosine deaminase]-NLS—COOH;
NH2-NLS-[cytidine deaminase]-[Cas9 domain]-COOH;
NH2-NLS [Cas9 domain]-[cytidine deaminase]-COOH;
NH2-[cytidine deaminase]-[Cas9 domain]-NLS—COOH;
NH2-[Cas9 domain]-[cytidine deaminase]-NLS—COOH;
It should be appreciated that the fusion proteins of the present disclosure may comprise one or more additional features. For example, in some embodiments, the fusion protein may comprise inhibitors, cytoplasmic localization sequences, export sequences, such as nuclear export sequences, or other localization sequences, as well as sequence tags that are useful for solubilization, purification, or detection of the fusion proteins. Suitable protein tags provided herein include, but are not limited to, biotin carboxylase carrier protein (BCCP) tags, myc-tags, calmodulin-tags, FLAG-tags, hemagglutinin (HA)-tags, polyhistidine tags, also referred to as histidine tags or His-tags, maltose binding protein (MBP)-tags, nus-tags, glutathione-S-transferase (GST)-tags, green fluorescent protein (GFP)-tags, thioredoxin-tags, S-tags, Softags (e.g., Softag 1, Softag 3), strep-tags, biotin ligase tags, FlAsH tags, V5 tags, and SBP-tags. Additional suitable sequences will be apparent to those of skill in the art. In some embodiments, the fusion protein comprises one or more His tags.
A vector that encodes a CRISPR enzyme comprising one or more nuclear localization sequences (NLSs) can be used. For example, there can be or be about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 NLSs used. A CRISPR enzyme can comprise the NLSs at or near the ammo-terminus, about or more than about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 NLSs at or near the carboxy-terminus, or any combination of these (e.g., one or more NLS at the ammo-terminus and one or more NLS at the carboxy terminus). When more than one NLS is present, each can be selected independently of others, such that a single NLS can be present in more than one copy and/or in combination with one or more other NLSs present in one or more copies.
CRISPR enzymes used in the methods can comprise about 6 NLSs. An NLS is considered near the N- or C-terminus when the nearest amino acid to the NLS is within about 50 amino acids along a polypeptide chain from the N- or C-terminus, e.g., within 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, or 50 amino acids.
Described herein are base editors comprising a fusion protein that includes a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain and one or more nucleobase editing domains (e.g., a deaminase domain). The base editor can be programmed to edit one or more bases in a target polynucleotide sequence by interacting with a guide polynucleotide capable of recognizing the target sequence. Once the target sequence has been recognized, the base editor is anchored on the polynucleotide where editing is to occur and the deaminase domain components of the base editor can then edit a target base.
In some embodiments, the nucleobase editing domain includes one or more deaminase domains. As particularly described herein, the deaminase domain includes a cytosine deaminase and/or an adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the terms “cytosine deaminase” and “cytidine deaminase” can be used interchangeably. In some embodiments, the terms “adenine deaminase” and “adenosine deaminase” can be used interchangeably. Details of nucleobase editing proteins are described in International PCT Application Nos. PCT/2017/045381 (WO2018/027078) and PCT/US2016/058344 (WO2017/070632), each of which is incorporated herein by reference for its entirety. Also see Komor, A. C., et al., “Programmable editing of a target base in genomic DNA without double-stranded DNA cleavage” Nature 533, 420-424 (2016); Gaudelli, N. M., et al., “Programmable base editing of A⋅T to G⋅C in genomic DNA without DNA cleavage” Nature 551, 464-471 (2017); and Komor, A. C., et al., “Improved base excision repair inhibition and bacteriophage Mu Gam protein yields C:G-to-T:A base editors with higher efficiency and product purity” Science Advances 3:eaao4774 (2017), the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
In some embodiments, the nucleobase editors provided herein can be made by fusing together one or more protein domains, thereby generating a fusion protein. In certain embodiments, the fusion proteins provided herein comprise one or more features that improve the base editing activity (e.g., efficiency, selectivity, and specificity) of the fusion proteins. For example, the fusion proteins provided herein can comprise a Cas9 domain that has reduced nuclease activity. In some embodiments, the fusion proteins provided herein can have a Cas9 domain that does not have nuclease activity (dCas9), or a Cas9 domain that cuts one strand of a duplexed DNA molecule, referred to as a Cas9 nickase (nCas9). Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, the presence of the catalytic residue (e.g., H840) maintains the activity of the Cas9 to cleave the non-edited (e.g., non-deaminated) strand containing a T opposite the targeted A. Mutation of the catalytic residue (e.g., D10 to A10) of Cas9 prevents cleavage of the edited strand containing the targeted A residue. Such Cas9 variants are able to generate a single-strand DNA break (nick) at a specific location based on the gRNA-defined target sequence, leading to repair of the non-edited strand, ultimately resulting in a T to C change on the non-edited strand. In some embodiments, an A-to-G base editor further comprises an inhibitor of inosine base excision repair, for example, a uracil glycosylase inhibitor (UGI) domain or a catalytically inactive inosine specific nuclease. Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, the UGI domain or catalytically inactive inosine specific nuclease can inhibit or prevent base excision repair of a deaminated adenosine residue (e.g., inosine), which can improve the activity or efficiency of the base editor.
A base editor comprising an adenosine deaminase can act on any polynucleotide, including DNA, RNA and DNA-RNA hybrids. In certain embodiments, a base editor comprising an adenosine deaminase can deaminate a target A of a polynucleotide comprising RNA. For example, the base editor can comprise an adenosine deaminase domain capable of deaminating a target A of an RNA polynucleotide and/or a DNA-RNA hybrid polynucleotide. In an embodiment, an adenosine deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of adenosine deaminase acting on RNA (ADAR, e.g., ADAR1 or ADAR2). In another embodiment, an adenosine deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of adenosine deaminase acting on tRNA (ADAT). A base editor comprising an adenosine deaminase domain can also be capable of deaminating an A nucleobase of a DNA polynucleotide. In an embodiment an adenosine deaminase domain of a base editor comprises all or a portion of an ADAT comprising one or more mutations which permit the ADAT to deaminate a target A in DNA. For example, the base editor can comprise all or a portion of an ADAT from Escherichia coli (EcTadA) comprising one or more of the following mutations: D108N, A106V, D147Y, E155V, L84F, H123Y, I157F, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase.
The adenosine deaminase can be derived from any suitable organism (e.g., E. coli). In some embodiments, the adenine deaminase is a naturally-occurring adenosine deaminase that includes one or more mutations corresponding to any of the mutations provided herein (e.g., mutations in ecTadA). The corresponding residue in any homologous protein can be identified by e.g., sequence alignment and determination of homologous residues. The mutations in any naturally-occurring adenosine deaminase (e.g., having homology to ecTadA) that corresponds to any of the mutations described herein (e.g., any of the mutations identified in ecTadA) can be generated accordingly.
In some embodiments, a base editor described herein can comprise a deaminase domain which includes an adenosine deaminase. Such an adenosine deaminase domain of a base editor can facilitate the editing of an adenine (A) nucleobase to a guanine (G) nucleobase by deaminating the A to form inosine (I), which exhibits base pairing properties of G. Adenosine deaminase is capable of deaminating (i.e., removing an amine group) adenine of a deoxyadenosine residue in deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminases provided herein are capable of deaminating adenine. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminases provided herein are capable of deaminating adenine in a deoxyadenosine residue of DNA. In some embodiments, the adenine deaminase is a naturally-occurring adenosine deaminase that includes one or more mutations corresponding to any of the mutations provided herein (e.g., mutations in ecTadA). One of skill in the art will be able to identify the corresponding residue in any homologous protein, e.g., by sequence alignment and determination of homologous residues. Accordingly, one of skill in the art would be able to generate mutations in any naturally-occurring adenosine deaminase (e.g., having homology to ecTadA) that corresponds to any of the mutations described herein, e.g., any of the mutations identified in ecTadA. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase is from a prokaryote. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase is from a bacterium. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase is from Escherichia coli, Staphylococcus aureus, Salmonella typhi, Shewanella putrefaciens, Haemophilus influenzae, Caulobacter crescentus, or Bacillus subtilis. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase is from E. coli.
The invention provides adenosine deaminase variants that have increased efficiency (>50-60%) and specificity. In particular, the adenosine deaminase variants described herein are more likely to edit a desired base within a polynucleotide, and are less likely to edit bases that are not intended to be altered (i.e., “bystanders”).
In particular embodiments, the TadA is any one of the TadA described in PCT/US2017/045381 (WO 2018/027078), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
In some embodiments, the nucleobase editors of the invention are adenosine deaminase variants comprising an alteration in the following sequence:
In some embodiments, the fusion proteins of the invention comprise as a heterodimer of a wild-type TadA (TadA(wt)) linked to a TadA variant, e.g. a TadA*7.10 variant. The relevant sequences follow:
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5% identical to any one of the amino acid sequences set forth in any of the adenosine deaminases provided herein. It should be appreciated that adenosine deaminases provided herein may include one or more mutations (e.g., any of the mutations provided herein). The disclosure provides any deaminase domains with a certain percent identity plus any of the mutations or combinations thereof described herein. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an amino acid sequence that has 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 21, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, or more mutations compared to a reference sequence, or any of the adenosine deaminases provided herein. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an amino acid sequence that has at least 5, at least 10, at least 15, at least 20, at least 25, at least 30, at least 35, at least 40, at least 45, at least 50, at least 60, at least 70, at least 80, at least 90, at least 100, at least 110, at least 120, at least 130, at least 140, at least 150, at least 160, or at least 170 identical contiguous amino acid residues as compared to any one of the amino acid sequences known in the art or described herein.
In some embodiments the TadA deaminase is a full-length E. coli TadA deaminase. For example, in certain embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises the amino acid sequence:
It should be appreciated, however, that additional adenosine deaminases useful in the present application would be apparent to the skilled artisan and are within the scope of this disclosure. For example, the adenosine deaminase may be a homolog of adenosine deaminase acting on tRNA (ADAT). Without limitation, the amino acid sequences of exemplary AD AT homologs include the following:
Staphylococcus aureus TadA:
Bacillus subtilis TadA:
Salmonella typhimurium (S. typhimurium) TadA:
Shewanella putrefaciens (S. putrefaciens) TadA:
Haemophilus influenzae F3031 (H. influenzae) TadA:
Caulobacter crescentus (C. crescentus) TadA:
Geobacter sulfurreducens (G. sulfurreducens) TadA:
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase is from a prokaryote. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase is from a bacterium. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase is from Escherichia coli, Staphylococcus aureus, Salmonella typhi, Shewanella putrefaciens, Haemophilus influenzae, Caulobacter crescentus, or Bacillus subtilis. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase is from E. coli.
In one embodiment, a fusion protein of the invention comprises a wild-type TadA linked to TadA7.10, which is linked to Cas9 nickase. In particular embodiments, the fusion proteins comprise a single TadA7.10 domain (e.g., provided as a monomer). In other embodiments, the ABE7.10 editor comprises TadA7.10 and TadA(wt), which are capable of forming heterodimers.
It should be appreciated that any of the mutations provided herein (e.g., based on the TadA reference sequence) can be introduced into other adenosine deaminases, such as E. coli TadA (ecTadA), S. aureus TadA (saTadA), or other adenosine deaminases (e.g., bacterial adenosine deaminases). It would be apparent to the skilled artisan that additional deaminases may similarly be aligned to identify homologous amino acid residues that can be mutated as provided herein. Thus, any of the mutations identified in the TadA reference sequence can be made in other adenosine deaminases (e.g., ecTada) that have homologous amino acid residues. It should also be appreciated that any of the mutations provided herein can be made individually or in any combination in the TadA reference sequence or another adenosine deaminase.
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a D108X mutation in the TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a D108G, D108N, D108V, D108A, or D108Y mutation, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase.
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an A106X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an A106V mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., wild-type TadA or ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a E155X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where the presence of X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a E155D, E155G, or E155V mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a D147X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where the presence of X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a D147Y, mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an A106X, E155X, or D147X, mutation in the TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an E155D, E155G, or E155V mutation. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a D147Y.
For example, an adenosine deaminase can contain a D108N, a A106V, a E155V, and/or a D147Y mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA). In some embodiments, an adenosine deaminase comprises the following group of mutations (groups of mutations are separated by a “;”) in TadA reference sequence, or corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA): D108N and A106V; D108N and E155V; D108N and D147Y; A106V and E155V; A106V and D147Y; E155V and D147Y; D108N, A106V, and E55V; D108N, A106V, and D147Y; D108N, E55V, and D147Y; A106V, E55V, and D 147Y; and D108N, A106V, E55V, and D147Y. It should be appreciated, however, that any combination of corresponding mutations provided herein can be made in an adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one or more of a H8X, T17X, L18X, W23X, L34X, W45X, R51X, A56X, E59X, E85X, M94X, I95X, V102X, F104X, A106X, R107X, D108X, K110X, M118X, N127X, A138X, F149X, M151X, R153X, Q154X, I156X, and/or K157X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or one or more corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where the presence of X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one or more of H8Y, T17S, L18E, W23L, L34S, W45L, R51H, A56E, or A56S, E59G, E85K, or E85G, M94L, 1951, V102A, F104L, A106V, R107C, or R107H, or R107P, D108G, or D108N, or D108V, or D108A, or D108Y, K110I, M118K, N127S, A138V, F149Y, M151V, R153C, Q154L, I156D, and/or K157R mutation in TadA reference sequence, or one or more corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one or more of a H8X, D108X, and/or N127X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or one or more corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where X indicates the presence of any amino acid. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one or more of a H8Y, D108N, and/or N127S mutation in TadA reference sequence, or one or more corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one or more of H8X, R26X, M61X, L68X, M70X, A106X, D108X, A109X, N127X, D147X, R152X, Q154X, E155X, K161X, Q163X, and/or T166X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or one or more corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where X indicates the presence of any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one or more of H8Y, R26W, M61I, L68Q, M70V, A106T, D108N, A109T, N127S, D147Y, R152C, Q154H or Q154R, E155G or E155V or E155D, K161Q, Q163H, and/or T166P mutation in TadA reference sequence, or one or more corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, five, or six mutations selected from the group consisting of H8X, D108X, N127X, D147X, R152X, and Q154X in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where X indicates the presence of any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, or eight mutations selected from the group consisting of H8X, M61X, M70X, D108X, N127X, Q154X, E155X, and Q163X in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where X indicates the presence of any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, or five, mutations selected from the group consisting of H8X, D108X, N127X, E155X, and T166X in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where X indicates the presence of any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase.
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, five, or six mutations selected from the group consisting of H8X, A106X, D108X, mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase, where X indicates the presence of any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, or eight mutations selected from the group consisting of H8X, R126X, L68X, D108X, N127X, D147X, and E155X, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase, where X indicates the presence of any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, or five, mutations selected from the group consisting of H8X, D108X, A109X, N127X, and E155X in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where X indicates the presence of any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase.
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, five, or six mutations selected from the group consisting of H8Y, D108N, N127S, D147Y, R152C, and Q154H in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA). In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, or eight mutations selected from the group consisting of H8Y, M61I, M70V, D108N, N127S, Q154R, E155G and Q163H in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA). In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, or five, mutations selected from the group consisting of H8Y, D108N, N127S, E155V, and T166P in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA). In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, five, or six mutations selected from the group consisting of H8Y, A106T, D108N, N127S, E155D, and K161Q in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA). In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, or eight mutations selected from the group consisting of H8Y, R126W, L68Q, D108N, N127S, D147Y, and E155V in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA). In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, or five, mutations selected from the group consisting of H8Y, D108N, A109T, N127S, and E155G in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA).
Any of the mutations provided herein and any additional mutations (e.g., based on the ecTadA amino acid sequence) can be introduced into any other adenosine deaminases. Any of the mutations provided herein can be made individually or in any combination in TadA reference sequence or another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA).
Details of A to G nucleobase editing proteins are described in International PCT Application No. PCT/2017/045381 (WO2018/027078) and Gaudelli, N. M., et al., “Programmable base editing of A⋅T to G⋅C in genomic DNA without DNA cleavage” Nature, 551, 464-471 (2017), the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one or more corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA). In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a D108N, D108G, or D108V mutation in TadA reference sequence, or corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA). In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a A106V and D108N mutation in TadA reference sequence, or corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA). In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises R107C and D108N mutations in TadA reference sequence, or corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA). In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a H8Y, D108N, N127S, D147Y, and Q154H mutation in TadA reference sequence, or corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA). In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a H8Y, R24W, D108N, N127S, D147Y, and E155V mutation in TadA reference sequence, or corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA). In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a D108N, D147Y, and E155V mutation in TadA reference sequence, or corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA). In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a H8Y, D108N, and N127S mutation in TadA reference sequence, or corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA). In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a A106V, D108N, D147Y and E155V mutation in TadA reference sequence, or corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one or more of a S2X, H8X, I49X, L84X, H123X, N127X, I156X and/or K160X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or one or more corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase, where the presence of X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one or more of S2A, H8Y, I49F, L84F, H123Y, N127S, I156F and/or K160S mutation in TadA reference sequence, or one or more corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an L84X mutation adenosine deaminase, where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an L84F mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an H123X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an H123Y mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an I157X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an I157F mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, five, six, or seven mutations selected from the group consisting of L84X, A106X, D108X, H123X, D147X, E155X, and I156X in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where X indicates the presence of any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, five, or six mutations selected from the group consisting of S2X, I49X, A106X, D108X, D147X, and E155X in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where X indicates the presence of any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, or five, mutations selected from the group consisting of H8X, A106X, D108X, N127X, and K160X in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where X indicates the presence of any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase.
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, five, six, or seven mutations selected from the group consisting of L84F, A106V, D108N, H123Y, D147Y, E155V, and I156F in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA). In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, five, or six mutations selected from the group consisting of S2A, I49F, A106V, D108N, D147Y, and E155V in TadA reference sequence.
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one, two, three, four, or five, mutations selected from the group consisting of H8Y, A106T, D108N, N127S, and K160S in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation or mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one or more of a E25X, R26X, R107X, A142X, and/or A143X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or one or more corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where the presence of X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one or more of E25M, E25D, E25A, E25R, E25V, E25S, E25Y, R26G, R26N, R26Q, R26C, R26L, R26K, R107P, R07K, R107A, R107N, R107W, R107H, R107S, A142N, A142D, A142G, A143D, A143G, A143E, A143L, A143W, A143M, A143S, A143Q and/or A143R mutation in TadA reference sequence, or one or more corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA). In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one or more of the mutations described herein corresponding to TadA reference sequence, or one or more corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an E25X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an E25M, E25D, E25A, E25R, E25V, E25S, or E25Y mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an R26X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises R26G, R26N, R26Q, R26C, R26L, or R26K mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an R107X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an R107P, R07K, R107A, R107N, R107W, R107H, or R107S mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an A142X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an A142N, A142D, A142G, mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an A143X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an A143D, A143G, A143E, A143L, A143W, A143M, A143S, A143Q and/or A143R mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one or more of a H36X, N37X, P48X, I49X, R51X, M70X, N72X, D77X, E134X, S 146X, Q154X, K157X, and/or K161X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or one or more corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where the presence of X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises one or more of H36L, N37T, N37S, P48T, P48L, I49V, R51H, R51L, M70L, N72S, D77G, E134G, S146R, S146C, Q154H, K157N, and/or K161T mutation in TadA reference sequence, or one or more corresponding mutations in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an H36X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an H36L mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an N37X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an N37T, or N37S mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an P48X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an P48T, or P48L mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an R51X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase, where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an R51H, or R51L mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an S146X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an S146R, or S146C mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an K157X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a K157N mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an P48X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a P48S, P48T, or P48A mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an A142X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a A142N mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an W23X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a W23R, or W23L mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA).
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises an R152X mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA), where X indicates any amino acid other than the corresponding amino acid in the wild-type adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises a R152P, or R52H mutation in TadA reference sequence, or a corresponding mutation in another adenosine deaminase (e.g., ecTadA).
In one embodiment, the adenosine deaminase may comprise the mutations H36L, R51L, L84F, A106V, D108N, H123Y, S146C, D147Y, E155V, I156F, and K157N. In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase comprises the following combination of mutations relative to TadA reference sequence, where each mutation of a combination is separated by a “_” and each combination of mutations is between parentheses:
(E59A cat dead A106V_D108N_D147Y_E155V),
In some embodiments, the adenosine deaminase is TadA*7.10. In some embodiments, TadA*7.10 comprises at least one alteration. In particular embodiments, TadA*7.10 comprises one or more of the following alterations: Y147T, Y147R, Q154S, Y123H, V82S, T166R, and Q154R. The alteration Y123H is also referred to herein as H123H (the alteration H123Y in TadA*7.10 reverted back to Y123H (wt)). In other embodiments, the TadA*7.10 comprises a combination of alterations selected from the group of: Y147T+Q154R; Y147T+Q154S; Y147R+Q154S; V82S+Q154S; V82S+Y147R; V82S+Q154R; V82S+Y123H; I76Y+V82S; V82S+Y123H+Y147T; V82S+Y123H+Y147R; V82S+Y123H+Q154R; Y147R+Q154R+Y123H; Y147R+Q154R+I76Y; Y147R+Q154R+T166R; Y123H+Y147R+Q154R+I76Y; V82S+Y123H+Y147R+Q154R; and I76Y+V82S+Y123H+Y147R+Q154R. In particular embodiments, an adenosine deaminase variant comprises a deletion of the C terminus beginning at residue 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, and 157.
In other embodiments, the base editor comprises TadA*7.10 and TadA(wt), which are capable of forming heterodimers. Exemplary sequences follow:
In one embodiment, a fusion protein of the invention comprises a wild-type TadA is linked to an adenosine deaminase variant described herein, which is linked to Cas9 nickase.
A fusion protein of the invention comprises one or more nucleic acid editing domains. In some embodiments, a base editor disclosed herein comprises a fusion protein comprising cytidine deaminase capable of deaminating a target cytidine (C) base of a polynucleotide to produce uridine (U), which has the base pairing properties of thymine. In some embodiments, for example where the polynucleotide is double-stranded (e.g., DNA), the uridine base can then be substituted with a thymidine base (e.g., by cellular repair machinery) to give rise to a C:G to a T:A transition. In other embodiments, deamination of a C to U in a nucleic acid by a base editor cannot be accompanied by substitution of the U to a T.
The deamination of a target C in a polynucleotide to give rise to a U is a non-limiting example of a type of base editing that can be executed by a base editor described herein. In another example, a base editor comprising a cytidine deaminase domain can mediate conversion of a cytosine (C) base to a guanine (G) base. For example, a U of a polynucleotide produced by deamination of a cytidine by a cytidine deaminase domain of a base editor can be excised from the polynucleotide by a base excision repair mechanism (e.g., by a uracil DNA glycosylase (UDG) domain), producing an abasic site. The nucleobase opposite the abasic site can then be substituted (e.g., by base repair machinery) with another base, such as a C, by for example a translesion polymerase. Although it is typical for a nucleobase opposite an abasic site to be replaced with a C, other substitutions (e.g., A, G or T) can also occur.
Accordingly, in some embodiments a base editor described herein comprises a deamination or deaminase domain (e.g., cytidine deaminase domain) capable of deaminating a target C to a U in a polynucleotide. Further, as described below, the base editor can comprise additional domains which facilitate conversion of the U resulting from deamination to, in some embodiments, a T or a G. For example, a base editor comprising a cytidine deaminase domain can further comprise a uracil glycosylase inhibitor (UGI) domain to mediate substitution of a U by a T, completing a C-to-T base editing event. In another example, a base editor can incorporate a translesion polymerase to improve the efficiency of C-to-G base editing, since a translesion polymerase can facilitate incorporation of a C opposite an abasic site (i.e., resulting in incorporation of a G at the abasic site, completing the C-to-G base editing event).
A base editor comprising a cytidine deaminase as a domain can deaminate a target C in any polynucleotide, including DNA, RNA and DNA-RNA hybrids. Typically, a cytidine deaminase catalyzes a C nucleobase that is positioned in the context of a single-stranded portion of a polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the entire polynucleotide comprising a target C can be single-stranded. For example, a cytidine deaminase incorporated into the base editor can deaminate a target C in a single-stranded RNA polynucleotide. In other embodiments, a base editor comprising a cytidine deaminase domain can act on a double-stranded polynucleotide, but the target C can be positioned in a portion of the polynucleotide which at the time of the deamination reaction is in a single-stranded state. For example, in embodiments where the NAGPB domain comprises a Cas9 domain, several nucleotides can be left unpaired during formation of the Cas9-gRNA-target DNA complex, resulting in formation of a Cas9 “R-loop complex”. These unpaired nucleotides can form a bubble of single-stranded DNA that can serve as a substrate for a single-strand specific nucleotide deaminase enzyme (e.g., cytidine deaminase).
Details of C to T nucleobase editing proteins are described in International PCT Application No. PCT/US2016/058344 (WO2017/070632) and Komor, A. C., et al., “Programmable editing of a target base in genomic DNA without double-stranded DNA cleavage” Nature 533, 420-424 (2016), the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
The fusion proteins provided herein comprise a cytidine deaminase. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminases provided herein are capable of deaminating cytosine or 5-methylcytosine to uracil or thymine. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminases provided herein are capable of deaminating cytosine in DNA. The cytidine deaminase may be derived from any suitable organism. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase is a naturally-occurring cytidine deaminase that includes one or more mutations corresponding to any of the mutations provided herein. One of skill in the art will be able to identify the corresponding residue in any homologous protein, e.g., by sequence alignment and determination of homologous residues. Accordingly, one of skill in the art would be able to generate mutations in any naturally-occurring cytidine deaminase that corresponds to any of the mutations described herein. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase is from a prokaryote. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase is from a bacterium. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase is from a mammal (e.g., human).
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.5% identical to any one of the cytidine deaminase amino acid sequences set forth herein. It should be appreciated that cytidine deaminases provided herein may include one or more mutations (e.g., any of the mutations provided herein). The disclosure provides any deaminase domains with a certain percent identity plus any of the mutations or combinations thereof described herein. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises an amino acid sequence that has 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 21, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, or more mutations compared to a reference sequence, or any of the cytidine deaminases provided herein. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase comprises an amino acid sequence that has at least 5, at least 10, at least 15, at least 20, at least 25, at least 30, at least 35, at least 40, at least 45, at least 50, at least 60, at least 70, at least 80, at least 90, at least 100, at least 110, at least 120, at least 130, at least 140, at least 150, at least 160, or at least 170 identical contiguous amino acid residues as compared to any one of the amino acid sequences known in the art or described herein.
In some embodiments, a cytidine deaminase of a base editor can comprise all or a portion of an apolipoprotein B mRNA editing complex (APOBEC) family deaminase. APOBEC is a family of evolutionarily conserved cytidine deaminases. Members of this family are C-to-U editing enzymes. The N-terminal domain of APOBEC like proteins is the catalytic domain, while the C-terminal domain is a pseudocatalytic domain. More specifically, the catalytic domain is a zinc dependent cytidine deaminase domain and is important for cytidine deamination. APOBEC family members include APOBEC1, APOBEC2, APOBEC3A, APOBEC3B, APOBEC3C, APOBEC3D (“APOBEC3E” now refers to this), APOBEC3F, APOBEC3G, APOBEC3H, APOBEC4, and Activation-induced (cytidine) deaminase. In some embodiments, a deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of an APOBEC1 deaminase. In some embodiments, a deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of APOBEC2 deaminase. In some embodiments, a deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of is an APOBEC3 deaminase. In some embodiments, a deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of an APOBEC3A deaminase. In some embodiments, a deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of APOBEC3B deaminase. In some embodiments, a deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of APOBEC3C deaminase. In some embodiments, a deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of APOBEC3D deaminase. In some embodiments, a deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of APOBEC3E deaminase. In some embodiments, a deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of APOBEC3F deaminase. In some embodiments, a deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of APOBEC3G deaminase. In some embodiments, a deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of APOBEC3H deaminase. In some embodiments, a deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of APOBEC4 deaminase. In some embodiments, a deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of activation-induced deaminase (AID). In some embodiments a deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of cytidine deaminase 1 (CDA1).
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase includes, without limitation: APOBEC family members, including but not limited to: APOBEC1, APOBEC2, APOBEC3A, APOBEC3B, APOBEC3C, APOBEC3D (“APOBEC3E” now refers to this), APOBEC3F, APOBEC3G, APOBEC3H, APOBEC4, Activation-induced (cytidine) deaminase (AID), hAPOBEC1, which is derived from Homo sapiens, rAPOBEC1, which is derived from Rattus norvegicus, ppAPOBEC1, which is derived from Pongo pygmaeus, AmAPOBEC1 (BEM3.31), derived from Alligator mississippiensis, ocAPOBEC1, which is derived from Oryctolagus cuniculus, SsAPOBEC2 (BEM3.39), which is derived from Sus scrofa, hAPOBEC3A, which is derived from Homo sapiens, maAPOBEC1, which is derived from Mesocricetus auratus, mdAPOBEC1, which is derived from Monodelphis domestica; cytidine deaminase 1 (CDA1), hA3A, which is APOBEC3A derived from Homo sapiens, RrA3F (BEM3.14), which is APOBEC3F derived from Rhinopithecus roxellana; PmCDA1, which is derived from Petromyzon marinus (Petromyzon marinus cytosine deaminase 1, “PmCDA1”); AID (Activation-induced cytidine deaminase; AICDA), which is derived from a mammal (e.g., human, swine, bovine, horse, monkey etc.); hAID, which is derived from Homo sapiens; and FENRY.
It should be appreciated that a base editor can comprise a deaminase from any suitable organism (e.g., a human or a rat). In some embodiments, the deaminase is a vertebrate deaminase. In some embodiments, the deaminase is an invertebrate deaminase. In some embodiments, a deaminase domain of a base editor is from a human, chimpanzee, gorilla, monkey, cow, dog, rat, or mouse deaminase. In some embodiments, the deaminase is a human deaminase. In some embodiments, the deaminase is human APOBEC1 (hAPOBEC1). In some embodiments, the deaminase is human APOBEC3C (hAPOBEC3C or hA3C). In some embodiments, the deaminase is human APOBEC3A (hAPOBEC3A or hA3A). In some embodiments, the deaminase is human AID (hAID). In some embodiments, the deaminase is a human APOBEC3G. In some embodiments, the deaminase is a fragment of the human APOBEC3G. In some embodiments, the deaminase is a human APOBEC3G variant comprising a D316R D317R mutation. In some embodiments, the deaminase is a fragment of the human APOBEC3G and comprises mutations corresponding to the D316R D317R mutations.
In some embodiments, the deaminase is a rat deaminase. In some embodiments, the deaminase is rat APOBEC1 (rAPOBEC1). In some embodiments, the deaminase is a Pongo pygmaeus APOBEC1 (ppAPOBEC1). In some embodiments, the deaminase is a Petromyzon marinus cytidine deaminase 1 (pmCDA1). In some embodiments, the deaminase is a Mesocricetus auratus deaminase (maAPOBEC1). In some embodiments, the deaminase is a Monodelphis domestica deaminase (mdAPOBEC1). In some embodiments, the deaminase is a Rhinopithecus roxellana APOBEC3F (RrA3F (BEM3.14)). In some embodiments, the deaminase is an Alligator mississippiensis APOBEC1 (AmAPOBEC1 (BEM3.31)). In some embodiments, the deaminase is a Sus scrofa APOBEC2 (SsAPOBEC2 (BEM3.39)). In some embodiments, the nucleic acid editing domain is at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 92%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%), or at least 99.5% identical to the deaminase domain of any deaminase described herein.
The amino acid and nucleic acid sequences of PmCDA1 are shown herein below. >tr|A5H7181A5H718 PETMA Cytosine deaminase OS=Petromyzon marinus OX=7757 PE=2 SV=1 amino acid sequence:
Nucleic acid sequence: >EF094822.1 Petromyzon marinus isolate PmCDA. 21 cytosine deaminase mRNA, complete cds:
The amino acid and nucleic acid sequences of the coding sequence (CDS) of human activation-induced cytidine deaminase (AID) are shown below.
>tr|Q6QJ80|Q6QJ80_HUMAN Activation-induced cytidine deaminase OS=Homo sapiens OX=9606 GN=AICDA PE=2 SV=1 amino acid sequence:
Nucleic acid sequence: >NG_011588.1:5001-15681 Homo sapiens activation induced cytidine deaminase (AICDA), RefSeqGene (LRG 17) on chromosome 12:
Other exemplary deaminases that can be fused to Cas9 according to aspects of this disclosure are provided below. In embodiments, the deaminases are activation-induced deaminases (AID). It should be understood that, in some embodiments, the active domain of the respective sequence can be used, e.g., the domain without a localizing signal (nuclear localization sequence, without nuclear export signal, cytoplasmic localizing signal).
MDSLLMNRRKFLYQFKNVRWAKGRRETYLCYVVKRRDSATSFSLDFGYLRNKNGCHVELLFL
DDLRDAFRTLGL (underline: nuclear localization sequence; double underline: nuclear
MDSLLMKQKKFLYHFKNVRWAKGRHETYLCYVVKRRDSATSCSLDFGHLRNKSGCHVELLFL
DDLRDAFRMLGF (underline: nuclear localization sequence; double underline: nuclear
MDSLLMKQRKFLYHFKNVRWAKGRHETYLCYVVKRRDSATSFSLDFGHLRNKSGCHVELLFL
DDLRDAFRTLGL (underline: nuclear localization sequence; double underline: nuclear
MDSLLKKQRQFLYQFKNVRWAKGRHETYLCYVVKRRDSPTSFSLDFGHLRNKAGCHVELLFL
VDDLRDAFRTLGL (underline: nuclear localization sequence; double underline: nuclear
MAVGSKPKAALVGPHWERERIWCFLCSTGLGTQQTGQTSRWLRPAATQDPVSPPRSLLMKQR
Rhesus macaque APOBEC-3 G:
MVEPMDPRTFVSNFNNRPILSGLNTVWLCCEVKTKDPSGPPLDAKIFQGKVYSKAKYHPEMRFLRWFH
MKPHFRNPVERMYQDTFSDNFYNRPILSHRNTVWLCYEVKTKGPSRPPLDAKIFRGQVYSKLKYHPEM
RFFHWFSKWRKLHRDQEYEVTWYISWSPCTKCTRDVATFLAEDPKVTLTTFVARLYYFWDPDYQEALR
LHQDYRVTCFTSWSPCFSCAQEMAKFISNNKHVSLCIFAARIYDDQGRCQEGLRTLAKAGAKISIMTY
MNPQIRNMVEQMEPDIFVYYFNNRPILSGRNTVWLCYEVKTKDPSGPPLDANIFQGKLYPEAKDHPEM
KFLHWFRKWRQLHRDQEYEVTWYVSWSPCTRCANSVATFLAEDPKVTLTTFVARLYYFWKPDYQQALR
DQQYRVTCFTSWSPCFSCAQKMAKFISNNKHVSLCIFAARIYDDQGRCQEGLRTLHRDGAKIAVMNYS
MKPHFRNTVERMYRDTFSYNFYNRPILSRRNTVWLCYEVKTKGPSRPPLDAKIFRGQVYSELKYHPEM
RFFHWFSKWRKLHRDQEYEVTWYISWSPCTKCTRDMATFLAEDPKVTLTTFVARLYYFWDPDYQEALR
LDQDYRVTCFTSWSPCFSCAQEMAKFISKNKHVSLCIFTARIYDDQGRCQEGLRTLAEAGAKISIMTY
CFLSWFCGNQLPAYKCFQITWFVSWTPCPDCVAKLAEFLAEHPNVTLTTSAARLYYYWERDYRRALCR
WYTSWSPCPECAGEVAEFLARHSNVNLTIFTARLYYFWDTDYQEGLRSLSQEGASVEIMGYKDFKYCW
MCFLSWFCGNQLPAYKCFQITWFVSWTPCPDCVAKLAEFLSEHPNVTLTTSAARLYYYWERDYRRALC
YRVTWFISWSPCFSWGCAGEVRAFLQENTHVRLRIFAARIYDYDPLYKEALQMLRDAGAQVSIMTYDE
RCFLSWFCDDILSPNTKYQVTWYTSWSPCPDCAGEVAEFLARHSNVNLTTFTARLYYFQYPCYQEGLR
RCFLSWECDDILSPNTNYQVTWYTSWSPCPECAGEVAEFLARHSNVNLTTFTARLYYFQDTDYQEGLR
Rhesus macaque APOBEC-3A:
NLDRNQHYRLTCFISWSPCYDCAQKLTTFLKENHHISLHILASRIYTHNRFGCHQSGLCELQAAGARI
DETQCYQVTCYLTWSPCSSCAWELVDFIKAHDHLNLGIFASRLYYHWCKPQQKGLRLLCGSQVPVEVM
Rhesus macaque APOBEC-3H:
DDILSPNTNYEVTWYTSWSPCPECAGEVAEFLARHSNVNLTTFTARLCYFWDTDYQEGLCSLSQEGAS
Petromyzon marinus CDA1 (pmCDA1):
LTWSPCPNCAWQLAAFKRDRPDLILHIYTSRLYFHWKRPFQKGLCSLWQSGILVDVMDLPQF
Some aspects of the present disclosure are based on the recognition that modulating the deaminase domain catalytic activity of any of the fusion proteins described herein, for example by making point mutations in the deaminase domain, affect the processivity of the fusion proteins (e.g., base editors). For example, mutations that reduce, but do not eliminate, the catalytic activity of a deaminase domain within a base editing fusion protein can make it less likely that the deaminase domain will catalyze the deamination of a residue adjacent to a target residue, thereby narrowing the deamination window. The ability to narrow the deamination window can prevent unwanted deamination of residues adjacent to specific target residues, which can decrease or prevent off-target effects.
In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise one or more mutations selected from the group consisting of R15X, R16X, H21X, R30X, R33X, K34X, R52X, K60X, R118X, H121X, H122X, R126X, R128X, R169X, R198X, T36X, H53X, V62X, L88X, W90X, Y120X and R132X of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase, wherein X is any amino acid. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise one or more mutations selected from the group consisting of R15A, R16A, H21A, R30A, R33A, K34A, R52A, K60A, R118A, H121A, H122A, H122L, R126A, R128A, R169A, R198A, T36A, H53A, V62A, L88A, W90F, W90A, Y120F, Y120A, H121R, H122R, R126E, W90Y, and R132E of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises a combination of mutations selected from the group consisting of K34A+R33A, K34A+H122A, K34A+Y120F, K34A+R52A, K34A+H122A, K34A+H121A, W90A+R126E, W90Y+R126E, H121R+H122R, R126+R132E, W90Y+R132E, and W90Y+R126E+R132E of rAPOBEC1, or a combination of corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase.
In some embodiments an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a R15A mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a R16A mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a H21A mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a R30A mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a R33A mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a K34A mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a R52A mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a R60A mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a H121A mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a H122A mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a H122L mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a R128A mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a R169A mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a R198A mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a T36A mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a H53A mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a V62A mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a L88A mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a W90F mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a Y120F mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a Y120A mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a H121R mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a H122R mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a R126A mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a R126E mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a R118A mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a W90A mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a W90Y mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a R132E mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase.
In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise a K34A and a R33A mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise a K34A and a H122A mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise a K34A and a Y120F mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise a K34A and a R52A mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise a K34A and a H121A mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise a W90A and a R126E mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise a H121R and a H122R mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a W90Y and a R126E mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a R126E and a R132E mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a W90Y and a R132E mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a W90Y, R126E, and R132E mutation of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprises a Y120F mutation of rAPOBEC1 and one or more corresponding mutations selected from the group consisting of R33A, W90F, K34A, R52A, H122A, and H121A of rAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase.
In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise one or more mutations selected from the group consisting of D316X, D317X, R320X, R320X, R313X, W285X, W285X, R326X of hAPOBEC3G, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase, wherein X is any amino acid. In some embodiments, any of the fusion proteins provided herein comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising one or more mutations selected from the group consisting of D316R, D317R, R320A, R320E, R313A, W285A, W285Y, R326E of hAPOBEC3G, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase.
In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a D316R and a D317R mutation of hAPOBEC3G, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, any of the fusion proteins provided herein comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a R320A mutation of hAPOBEC3G, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a R320E mutation of hAPOBEC3G, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a R313A mutation of hAPOBEC3G, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a W285A mutation of hAPOBEC3G, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a W285Y mutation of hAPOBEC3G, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a R326E mutation of hAPOBEC3G, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a W285Y and a R320E mutation of hAPOBEC3G, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a R320E and a R326E mutation of hAPOBEC3G, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a W285Y and a R326E mutation of hAPOBEC3G, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise an APOBEC deaminase comprising a W285Y, R320E, and R326E mutation of hAPOBEC3G, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase.
In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise one or more mutations selected from the group consisting of Y130X and R28X of hAPOBEC3A, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase, wherein X is any amino acid. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise a Y130A mutation of hAPOBEC3A, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise a R28A mutation of hAPOBEC3A, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise a Y130A and a R28A mutation of hAPOBEC3A, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase.
In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise one or more mutations selected from the group consisting of H122X, K34X, R33X, W90X, and R128X of ppAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase, wherein X is any amino acid. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise one or more mutations selected from the group consisting of H122A, K34A, R33A, W90F, W90A, and R128A of ppAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises a combination of mutations selected from the group consisting of R33A+K34A, W90F+K34A, R33A+K34A+W90F, and R33A+K34A+H122A+W90F of ppAPOBEC1, or a combination of corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase.
In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise a H122A mutation of ppAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise a K34A mutation of ppAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise a R33A mutation of ppAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise a W90F mutation of ppAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise a W90A mutation of ppAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise a R128A mutation of ppAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise a R33A and a K34A mutation of ppAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise a W90F and a K34A mutation of ppAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise a R33A, K34A, and a W90F mutation of ppAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, an APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor can comprise a R33A, K34A, H122A and a W90F mutation of ppAPOBEC1, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase.
In some embodiments, the APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor is hAPOBEC1, mdAPOECC1, or ppAPOBEC1 with a Y120F mutation, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase. In some embodiments, the APOBEC deaminase incorporated into a base editor is hAPOBEC1, mdAPOECC1, or ppAPOBEC1 with a Y120F mutation, and one or more corresponding mutations selected from the group consisting of R33A, W90F, K34A, R52A, H122A, and H121A, or one or more corresponding mutations in another APOBEC deaminase.
A number of modified cytidine deaminases are commercially available, including, but not limited to, SaBE3, SaKKH-BE3, VQR-BE3, EQR-BE3, VRER-BE3, YE1-BE3, EE-BE3, YE2-BE3, and YEE-BE3, which are available from Addgene (plasmids 85169, 85170, 85171, 85172, 85173, 85174, 85175, 85176, 85177). In some embodiments, a deaminase incorporated into a base editor comprises all or a portion of an APOBEC1 deaminase.
A base editor described herein can include any domain which helps to facilitate the nucleobase editing, modification or altering of a nucleobase of a polynucleotide. In some embodiments, a base editor comprises a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain (e.g., Cas9), a nucleobase editing domain (e.g., deaminase domain), and one or more additional domains. In some embodiments, the additional domain can facilitate enzymatic or catalytic functions of the base editor, binding functions of the base editor, or be inhibitors of cellular machinery (e.g., enzymes) that could interfere with the desired base editing result. In some embodiments, a base editor can comprise a nuclease, a nickase, a recombinase, a deaminase, a methyltransferase, a methylase, an acetylase, an acetyltransferase, a transcriptional activator, or a transcriptional repressor domain.
In some embodiments, a base editor can comprise an uracil glycosylase inhibitor (UGI) domain. A UGI domain can for example improve the efficiency of base editors comprising a cytidine deaminase domain by inhibiting the conversion of a U formed by deamination of a C back to the C nucleobase. In some embodiments, cellular DNA repair response to the presence of U: G heteroduplex DNA can be responsible for a decrease in nucleobase editing efficiency in cells. In such embodiments, uracil DNA glycosylase (UDG) can catalyze removal of U from DNA in cells, which can initiate base excision repair (BER), mostly resulting in reversion of the U:G pair to a C:G pair. In such embodiments, BER can be inhibited in base editors comprising one or more domains that bind the single strand, block the edited base, inhibit UGI, inhibit BER, protect the edited base, and/or promote repairing of the non-edited strand. Thus, this disclosure contemplates a base editor fusion protein comprising a UGI domain.
In some embodiments, a base editor comprises as a domain all or a portion of a double-strand break (DSB) binding protein. For example, a DSB binding protein can include a Gam protein of bacteriophage Mu that can bind to the ends of DSBs and can protect them from degradation. See Komor, A. C., et al., “Improved base excision repair inhibition and bacteriophage Mu Gam protein yields C:G-to-T:A base editors with higher efficiency and product purity” Science Advances 3:eaao4774 (2017), the entire content of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
Additionally, in some embodiments, a Gam protein can be fused to an N terminus of a base editor. In some embodiments, a Gam protein can be fused to a C-terminus of a base editor. The Gam protein of bacteriophage Mu can bind to the ends of double strand breaks (DSBs) and protect them from degradation. In some embodiments, using Gam to bind the free ends of DSB can reduce indel formation during the process of base editing. In some embodiments, 174-residue Gam protein is fused to the N terminus of the base editors. See. Komor, A. C., et al., “Improved base excision repair inhibition and bacteriophage Mu Gam protein yields C:G-to-T:A base editors with higher efficiency and product purity” Science Advances 3:eaao4774 (2017). In some embodiments, a mutation or mutations can change the length of a base editor domain relative to a wild-type domain. For example, a deletion of at least one amino acid in at least one domain can reduce the length of the base editor. In another case, a mutation or mutations do not change the length of a domain relative to a wild-type domain. For example, substitution(s) in any domain does/do not change the length of the base editor.
In some embodiments, a base editor can comprise as a domain all or a portion of a nucleic acid polymerase (NAP). For example, a base editor can comprise all or a portion of a eukaryotic NAP. In some embodiments, a NAP or portion thereof incorporated into a base editor is a DNA polymerase. In some embodiments, a NAP or portion thereof incorporated into a base editor has translesion polymerase activity. In some embodiments, a NAP or portion thereof incorporated into a base editor is a translesion DNA polymerase. In some embodiments, a NAP or portion thereof incorporated into a base editor is a Rev7, Rev 1 complex, polymerase iota, polymerase kappa, or polymerase eta. In some embodiments, a NAP or portion thereof incorporated into a base editor is a eukaryotic polymerase alpha, beta, gamma, delta, epsilon, gamma, eta, iota, kappa, lambda, mu, or nu component. In some embodiments, a NAP or portion thereof incorporated into a base editor comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 99.5% identical to a nucleic acid polymerase (e.g., a translesion DNA polymerase).
The invention provides for a modular multi-effector nucleobase editor wherein virtually any nucleobase editor known in the art can be inserted into the fusion protein described herein or swapped in for a cytidine deaminase or adenosine deaminase. In one embodiment, the invention features a multi-effector nucleobase editor comprising an abasic nucleobase editor domain. Abasic nucleobase editors are known in the art and described, for example, by Kavli et al., EMBO J. 15:3442-3447, 1996, which is incorporated herein by reference.
In one embodiment, a multi-effector nucleobase editor comprises the following domains A-C, A-D, or A-E:
In one embodiment, a multi-effector nucleobase editor comprises NH2-[An-Bo-Cd]-COOH,
Use of the base editor system provided herein comprises the steps of: (a) contacting a target nucleotide sequence of a polynucleotide (e.g., double- or single stranded DNA or RNA) of a subject with a base editor system comprising an adenosine deaminase domain and/or a cytidine deaminase domain, wherein the aforementioned domains are fused to a polynucleotide binding domain, thereby forming a nucleobase editor capable of inducing changes at one or more bases within a nucleic acid molecule as described herein and at least one guide polynucleic acid (e.g., gRNA), wherein the target nucleotide sequence comprises a targeted nucleobase pair; (b) inducing strand separation of said target region; (c) converting a first nucleobase of said target nucleobase pair in a single strand of the target region to a second nucleobase; and (d) cutting no more than one strand of said target region, where a third nucleobase complementary to the first nucleobase base is replaced by a fourth nucleobase complementary to the second nucleobase. It should be appreciated that in some embodiments, step (b) is omitted. In some embodiments, said targeted nucleobase pair is a plurality of nucleobase pairs in one or more genes. In some embodiments, the base editor system provided herein is capable of multiplex editing of a plurality of nucleobase pairs in one or more genes. In some embodiments, the plurality of nucleobase pairs is located in the same gene. In some embodiments, the plurality of nucleobase pairs is located in one or more genes, wherein at least one gene is located in a different locus.
In some embodiments, the cut single strand (nicked strand) is hybridized to the guide nucleic acid. In some embodiments, the cut single strand is opposite to the strand comprising the first nucleobase. In some embodiments, the base editor comprises a Cas9 domain. In some embodiments, the first base is adenine, and the second base is not a G, C, A, or T. In some embodiments, the second base is inosine.
Base editing system as provided herein provides a new approach to genome editing that uses a fusion protein containing a catalytically defective Streptococcus pyogenes Cas9, a cytidine deaminase, and an inhibitor of base excision repair to induce programmable, single nucleotide (C→T or A→G) changes in DNA without generating double-strand DNA breaks, without requiring a donor DNA template, and without inducing an excess of stochastic insertions and deletions.
Provided herein are systems, compositions, and methods for editing a nucleobase using a base editor system. In some embodiments, the base editor system comprises (1) a base editor (BE) comprising a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain and a nucleobase editing domain (e.g., a deaminase domain) for editing the nucleobase; and (2) a guide polynucleotide (e.g., guide RNA) in conjunction with the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain. In some embodiments, the base editor system comprises an adenosine base editor (ABE). In some embodiments, the base editor system comprises a cytidine base editor (CBE). In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain is a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain is a polynucleotide programmable RNA binding domain. In some embodiments, the nucleobase editing domain is a deaminase domain. In some embodiments, a deaminase domain is a cytosine deaminase or a cytidine deaminase, and/or an adenine deaminase or an adenosine deaminase.
Details of nucleobase editing proteins are described in International PCT Application Nos. PCT/2017/045381 (WO2018/027078) and PCT/US2016/058344 (WO2017/070632), each of which is incorporated herein by reference for its entirety. Also see Komor, A. C., et al., “Programmable editing of a target base in genomic DNA without double-stranded DNA cleavage” Nature 533, 420-424 (2016); Gaudelli, N. M., et al., “Programmable base editing of A⋅T to G⋅C in genomic DNA without DNA cleavage” Nature 551, 464-471 (2017); and Komor, A. C., et al., “Improved base excision repair inhibition and bacteriophage Mu Gam protein yields C:G-to-T:A base editors with higher efficiency and product purity” Science Advances 3:eaao4774 (2017), the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
In some embodiments, a single guide polynucleotide may be utilized to target a deaminase to a target nucleic acid sequence. In some embodiments, a single pair of guide polynucleotides may be utilized to target different deaminases to a target nucleic acid sequence.
The nucleobase components and the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding component of a base editor system may be associated with each other covalently or non-covalently. For example, in some embodiments, the deaminase domain can be targeted to a target nucleotide sequence by a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain. In some embodiments, a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain can be fused or linked to a deaminase domain. In some embodiments, a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain can target a deaminase domain to a target nucleotide sequence by non-covalently interacting with or associating with the deaminase domain. For example, in some embodiments, the nucleobase editing component, e.g., the deaminase component can comprise an additional heterologous portion or domain that is capable of interacting with, associating with, or capable of forming a complex with an additional heterologous portion or domain that is part of a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to, interacting with, associating with, or forming a complex with a polypeptide. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to, interacting with, associating with, or forming a complex with a polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to a guide polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to a polypeptide linker. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to a polynucleotide linker. The additional heterologous portion may be a protein domain. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be a K Homology (KH) domain, a MS2 coat protein domain, a PP7 coat protein domain, a SfMu Com coat protein domain, a sterile alpha motif, a telomerase Ku binding motif and Ku protein, a telomerase Sm7 binding motif and Sm7 protein, or a RNA recognition motif.
A base editor system may further comprise a guide polynucleotide component. It should be appreciated that components of the base editor system may be associated with each other via covalent bonds, noncovalent interactions, or any combination of associations and interactions thereof. In some embodiments, a deaminase domain can be targeted to a target nucleotide sequence by a guide polynucleotide. For example, in some embodiments, the nucleobase editing component of the base editor system, e.g., the deaminase component, can comprise an additional heterologous portion or domain (e.g., polynucleotide binding domain such as an RNA or DNA binding protein) that is capable of interacting with, associating with, or capable of forming a complex with a portion or segment (e.g., a polynucleotide motif) of a guide polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion or domain (e.g., polynucleotide binding domain such as an RNA or DNA binding protein) can be fused or linked to the deaminase domain. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to, interacting with, associating with, or forming a complex with a polypeptide. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to, interacting with, associating with, or forming a complex with a polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to a guide polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to a polypeptide linker. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to a polynucleotide linker. The additional heterologous portion may be a protein domain. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be a K Homology (KH) domain, a MS2 coat protein domain, a PP7 coat protein domain, a SfMu Com coat protein domain, a sterile alpha motif, a telomerase Ku binding motif and Ku protein, a telomerase Sm7 binding motif and Sm7 protein, or a RNA recognition motif
In some embodiments, a base editor system can further comprise an inhibitor of base excision repair (BER) component. It should be appreciated that components of the base editor system may be associated with each other via covalent bonds, noncovalent interactions, or any combination of associations and interactions thereof. The inhibitor of BER component may comprise a base excision repair inhibitor. In some embodiments, the inhibitor of base excision repair can be a uracil DNA glycosylase inhibitor (UGI). In some embodiments, the inhibitor of base excision repair can be an inosine base excision repair inhibitor. In some embodiments, the inhibitor of base excision repair can be targeted to the target nucleotide sequence by the polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain. In some embodiments, a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain can be fused or linked to an inhibitor of base excision repair. In some embodiments, a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain can be fused or linked to a deaminase domain and an inhibitor of base excision repair. In some embodiments, a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain can target an inhibitor of base excision repair to a target nucleotide sequence by non-covalently interacting with or associating with the inhibitor of base excision repair. For example, in some embodiments, the inhibitor of base excision repair component can comprise an additional heterologous portion or domain that is capable of interacting with, associating with, or capable of forming a complex with an additional heterologous portion or domain that is part of a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain. In some embodiments, the inhibitor of base excision repair can be targeted to the target nucleotide sequence by the guide polynucleotide. For example, in some embodiments, the inhibitor of base excision repair can comprise an additional heterologous portion or domain (e.g., polynucleotide binding domain such as an RNA or DNA binding protein) that is capable of interacting with, associating with, or capable of forming a complex with a portion or segment (e.g., a polynucleotide motif) of a guide polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion or domain of the guide polynucleotide (e.g., polynucleotide binding domain such as an RNA or DNA binding protein) can be fused or linked to the inhibitor of base excision repair. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to, interacting with, associating with, or forming a complex with a polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to a guide polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to a polypeptide linker. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be capable of binding to a polynucleotide linker. The additional heterologous portion may be a protein domain. In some embodiments, the additional heterologous portion may be a K Homology (KH) domain, a MS2 coat protein domain, a PP7 coat protein domain, a SfMu Com coat protein domain, a sterile alpha motif, a telomerase Ku binding motif and Ku protein, a telomerase Sm7 binding motif and Sm7 protein, or a RNA recognition motif.
In some embodiments, the base editor inhibits base excision repair (BER) of the edited strand. In some embodiments, the base editor protects or binds the non-edited strand. In some embodiments, the base editor comprises UGI activity. In some embodiments, the base editor comprises a catalytically inactive inosine-specific nuclease. In some embodiments, the base editor comprises nickase activity. In some embodiments, the intended edit of base pair is upstream of a PAM site. In some embodiments, the intended edit of base pair is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 nucleotides upstream of the PAM site. In some embodiments, the intended edit of base-pair is downstream of a PAM site. In some embodiments, the intended edited base pair is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 nucleotides downstream stream of the PAM site.
In some embodiments, the method does not require a canonical (e.g., NGG) PAM site. In some embodiments, the nucleobase editor comprises a linker or a spacer. In some embodiments, the linker or spacer is 1-25 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, the linker or spacer is 5-20 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, the linker or spacer is 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 amino acids in length.
In some embodiments, the base editing fusion proteins provided herein need to be positioned at a precise location, for example, where a target base is placed within a defined region (e.g., a “deamination window”). In some embodiments, a target can be within a 4 base region. In some embodiments, such a defined target region can be approximately 15 bases upstream of the PAM. See Komor, A. C., et al., “Programmable editing of a target base in genomic DNA without double-stranded DNA cleavage” Nature 533, 420-424 (2016); Gaudelli, N. M., et al., “Programmable base editing of A⋅T to G⋅C in genomic DNA without DNA cleavage” Nature 551, 464-471 (2017); and Komor, A. C., et al., “Improved base excision repair inhibition and bacteriophage Mu Gam protein yields C:G-to-T:A base editors with higher efficiency and product purity” Science Advances 3:eaao4774 (2017), the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
In some embodiments, the target region comprises a target window, wherein the target window comprises the target nucleobase pair. In some embodiments, the target window comprises 1-10 nucleotides. In some embodiments, the target window is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the intended edit of base pair is within the target window. In some embodiments, the target window comprises the intended edit of base pair. In some embodiments, the method is performed using any of the base editors provided herein. In some embodiments, a target window is a deamination window. A deamination window can be the defined region in which a base editor acts upon and deaminates a target nucleotide. In some embodiments, the deamination window is within a 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 base regions. In some embodiments, the deamination window is 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25 bases upstream of the PAM.
The base editors of the present disclosure can comprise any domain, feature or amino acid sequence which facilitates the editing of a target polynucleotide sequence. For example, in some embodiments, the base editor comprises a nuclear localization sequence (NLS). In some embodiments, an NLS of the base editor is localized between a deaminase domain and a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain. In some embodiments, an NLS of the base editor is localized C-terminal to a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain.
Other exemplary features that can be present in a base editor as disclosed herein are localization sequences, such as cytoplasmic localization sequences, export sequences, such as nuclear export sequences, or other localization sequences, as well as sequence tags that are useful for solubilization, purification, or detection of the fusion proteins. Suitable protein tags provided herein include, but are not limited to, biotin carboxylase carrier protein (BCCP) tags, myc-tags, calmodulin-tags, FLAG-tags, hemagglutinin (HA)-tags, polyhistidine tags, also referred to as histidine tags or His-tags, maltose binding protein (MBP)-tags, nus-tags, glutathione-S-transferase (GST)-tags, green fluorescent protein (GFP)-tags, thioredoxin-tags, S-tags, Softags (e.g., Softag 1, Softag 3), strep-tags, biotin ligase tags, FlAsH tags, V5 tags, and SBP-tags. Additional suitable sequences will be apparent to those of skill in the art. In some embodiments, the fusion protein comprises one or more His tags.
Non-limiting examples of protein domains which can be included in the fusion protein include deaminase domains (e.g., cytidine deaminase, adenosine deaminase), a uracil glycosylase inhibitor (UGI) domain, epitope tags, and reporter gene sequences.
Non-limiting examples of epitope tags include histidine (His) tags, V5 tags, FLAG tags, influenza hemagglutinin (HA) tags, Myc tags, VSV-G tags, and thioredoxin (Trx) tags. Examples of reporter genes include, but are not limited to, glutathione-5-transferase (GST), horseradish peroxidase (HRP), chloramphenicol acetyltransferase (CAT) beta-galactosidase, beta-glucuronidase, luciferase, green fluorescent protein (GFP), HcRed, DsRed, cyan fluorescent protein (CFP), yellow fluorescent protein (YFP), and autofluorescent proteins including blue fluorescent protein (BFP). Additional protein sequences can include amino acid sequences that bind DNA molecules or bind other cellular molecules, including, but not limited to, maltose binding protein (MBP), S-tag, Lex A DNA binding domain (DBD) fusions, GAL4 DNA binding domain fusions, and herpes simplex virus (HSV) BP16 protein fusions.
In some embodiments, non-limiting exemplary cytidine base editors (CBE) include BE1 (APOBEC (e.g., APOBEC1)-XTEN-dCas9), BE2 (APOBEC (e.g., APOBEC1)-XTEN-dCas9-UGI), BE3 (APOBEC (e.g., APOBEC1)-XTEN (16 amino acids)-dCas9(A840H)-UGI), BE3-Gam, saBE3, saBE4-Gam, BE4 (APOBEC (e.g., APOBEC1)-XTEN (32 amino acids)-Cas9n(D10A)-UGI-UGI), BE4-Gam, saBE4, or saB4E-Gam. BE4 extends the APOBEC (e.g., APOBEC1)-Cas9n(D10A) linker to 32 amino acids and the Cas9n-UGI linker to 9 amino acids, and appends a second copy of UGI to the C-terminus of the construct with another 9-amino acid linker into a single base editor construct. In some embodiments, the CBE is saBE3 or saBE4. The base editors saBE3 and saBE4 have the S. pyogenes Cas9n(D10A) replaced with the smaller S. aureus Cas9n(D10A). BE3-Gam, saBE3-Gam, BE4-Gam, and saBE4-Gam have 174 residues of Gam protein fused to the N-terminus of BE3, saBE3, BE4, and saBE4 via the 16 amino acid XTEN linker. In some embodiments, the CBE is BE3. In some embodiments, the CBE is BE4. In some embodiments, the CBE is BE4max. BE4max is a modified BE4 with a nuclear localization signals (NLS) and optimized codon usage. In some embodiments, BE3 or BE4 comprises an APOBEC selected from the group consisting of APOBEC1, rAPOBEC1, hAPOBEC1, ppAPOBEC1, RrA3F, AmAPOBEC1, mdAPOBEC1, mAPOBEC1, maAPOCBEC1, hA3aA, and SsAPOBEC2.
In some embodiments, the adenosine base editor (ABE) can deaminate adenine in DNA. In some embodiments, ABE is generated by replacing APOBEC component of BE3 with natural or engineered E. coli TadA, human ADAR2, mouse ADA, or human ADAT2. In some embodiments, ABE comprises evolved TadA variant. In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE 1.2 (TadA*-XTEN-nCas9-NLS). In some embodiments, TadA* comprises A106V and D108N mutations.
In some embodiments, the ABE is a second-generation ABE. In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE2.1, which comprises additional mutations D147Y and E155V in TadA* (TadA*2.1). In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE2.2, ABE2.1 fused to catalytically inactivated version of human alkyl adenine DNA glycosylase (AAG with E125Q mutation). In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE2.3, ABE2.1 fused to catalytically inactivated version of E. coli Endo V (inactivated with D35A mutation). In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE2.6 which has a linker twice as long (32 amino acids, (SGGS)2-XTEN-(SGGS)2) as the linker in ABE2.1. In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE2.7, which is ABE2.1 tethered with an additional wild-type TadA monomer. In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE2.8, which is ABE2.1 tethered with an additional TadA*2.1 monomer. In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE2.9, which is a direct fusion of evolved TadA (TadA*2.1) to the N-terminus of ABE2.1. In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE2.10, which is a direct fusion of wild-type TadA to the N-terminus of ABE2.1. In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE2.11, which is ABE2.9 with an inactivating E59A mutation at the N-terminus of TadA* monomer. In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE2.12, which is ABE2.9 with an inactivating E59A mutation in the internal TadA* monomer.
In some embodiments, the ABE is a third generation ABE. In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE3.1, which is ABE2.3 with three additional TadA mutations (L84F, H123Y, and I157F).
In some embodiments, the ABE is a fourth generation ABE. In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE4.3, which is ABE3.1 with an additional TadA mutation A142N (TadA*4.3).
In some embodiments, the ABE is a fifth generation ABE. In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE5.1, which is generated by importing a consensus set of mutations from surviving clones (H36L, R51L, S146C, and K157N) into ABE3.1. In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE5.3, which has a heterodimeric construct containing wild-type E. coli TadA fused to an internal evolved TadA*. In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE5.2, ABE5.4, ABE5.5, ABE5.6, ABE5.7, ABE5.8, ABE5.9, ABE5.10, ABE5.11, ABE5.12, ABE5.13, or ABE5.14, as shown in below Table 6. In some embodiments, the ABE is a sixth generation ABE. In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE6.1, ABE6.2, ABE6.3, ABE6.4, ABE6.5, or ABE6.6, as shown in below Table 6. In some embodiments, the ABE is a seventh generation ABE. In some embodiments, the ABE is ABE7.1, ABE7.2, ABE7.3, ABE7.4, ABE7.5, ABE7.6 ABE7.7, ABE7.8, ABE7.9 or ABE7.10 as shown in Table 6 below.
In some embodiments, base editors are generated by cloning an adenosine deaminase variant into a scaffold that includes a circular permutant Cas9 (e.g., CP5 or CP6) and a bipartite nuclear localization sequence. In some embodiments, the base editor (e.g., ABE7.9 or ABE7.10) is an NGC PAM CP5 variant (S. pyrogenes Cas9 or spVRQR Cas9). In some embodiments, the base editor (e.g., ABE7.9 or ABE7.10) is an AGA PAM CP5 variant (S. pyrogenes Cas9 or spVRQR Cas9). In some embodiments, the base editor (e.g., ABE7.9 or ABE7.10) is an NGC PAM CP6 variant (S. pyrogenes Cas9 or spVRQR Cas9). In some embodiments, the base editor (e.g. ABE7.9 or ABE7.10) is an AGA PAM CP6 variant (S. pyrogenes Cas9 or spVRQR Cas9).
In some embodiments, the ABE has a genotype as shown in Table 8 below.
In some embodiments, the base editor is a fusion protein comprising a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain (e.g., Cas9-derived domain) fused to a nucleobase editing domain (e.g., all or a portion of a deaminase domain). In certain embodiments, the fusion proteins provided herein comprise one or more features that improve the base editing activity of the fusion proteins. For example, any of the fusion proteins provided herein may comprise a Cas9 domain that has reduced nuclease activity. In some embodiments, any of the fusion proteins provided herein may have a Cas9 domain that does not have nuclease activity (dCas9), or a Cas9 domain that cuts one strand of a duplexed DNA molecule, referred to as a Cas9 nickase (nCas9).
In some embodiments, the base editor further comprises a domain comprising all or a portion of a uracil glycosylase inhibitor (UGI). In some embodiments, the base editor comprises a domain comprising all or a portion of a uracil binding protein (UBP), such as a uracil DNA glycosylase (UDG). In some embodiments, the base editor comprises a domain comprising all or a portion of a nucleic acid polymerase. In some embodiments, a nucleic acid polymerase or portion thereof incorporated into a base editor is a translesion DNA polymerase.
In some embodiments, a domain of the base editor can comprise multiple domains. For example, the base editor comprising a polynucleotide programmable nucleotide binding domain derived from Cas9 can comprise an REC lobe and an NUC lobe corresponding to the REC lobe and NUC lobe of a wild-type or natural Cas9. In another example, the base editor can comprise one or more of a RuvCI domain, BH domain, REC1 domain, REC2 domain, RuvCII domain, L1 domain, HNH domain, L2 domain, RuvCIII domain, WED domain, TOPO domain or CTD domain. In some embodiments, one or more domains of the base editor comprise a mutation (e.g., substitution, insertion, deletion) relative to a wild-type version of a polypeptide comprising the domain. For example, an HNH domain of a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain can comprise an H840A substitution. In another example, a RuvCI domain of a polynucleotide programmable DNA binding domain can comprise a D10A substitution.
Different domains (e.g., adjacent domains) of the base editor disclosed herein can be connected to each other with or without the use of one or more linker domains (e.g., an XTEN linker domain). In some embodiments, a linker domain can be a bond (e.g., covalent bond), chemical group, or a molecule linking two molecules or moieties, e.g., two domains of a fusion protein, such as, for example, a first domain (e.g., Cas9-derived domain) and a second domain (e.g., an adenosine deaminase domain or a cytidine deaminase domain). In some embodiments, a linker is a covalent bond (e.g., a carbon-carbon bond, disulfide bond, carbon-hetero atom bond, etc.). In certain embodiments, a linker is a carbon nitrogen bond of an amide linkage. In certain embodiments, a linker is a cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched aliphatic or heteroaliphatic linker. In certain embodiments, a linker is polymeric (e.g., polyethylene, polyethylene glycol, polyamide, polyester, etc.). In certain embodiments, a linker comprises a monomer, dimer, or polymer of aminoalkanoic acid. In some embodiments, a linker comprises an aminoalkanoic acid (e.g., glycine, ethanoic acid, alanine, beta-alanine, 3-aminopropanoic acid, 4-aminobutanoic acid, 5-pentanoic acid, etc.). In some embodiments, a linker comprises a monomer, dimer, or polymer of aminohexanoic acid (Ahx). In certain embodiments, a linker is based on a carbocyclic moiety (e.g., cyclopentane, cyclohexane). In other embodiments, a linker comprises a polyethylene glycol moiety (PEG). In certain embodiments, a linker comprises an aryl or heteroaryl moiety. In certain embodiments, the linker is based on a phenyl ring. A linker can include functionalized moieties to facilitate attachment of a nucleophile (e.g., thiol, amino) from the peptide to the linker. Any electrophile can be used as part of the linker. Exemplary electrophiles include, but are not limited to, activated esters, activated amides, Michael acceptors, alkyl halides, aryl halides, acyl halides, and isothiocyanates. In some embodiments, a linker joins a gRNA binding domain of an RNA-programmable nuclease, including a Cas9 nuclease domain, and the catalytic domain of a nucleic acid editing protein. In some embodiments, a linker joins a dCas9 and a second domain (e.g., UGI, cytidine deaminase, etc.).
Typically, a linker is positioned between, or flanked by, two groups, molecules, or other moieties and connected to each one via a covalent bond, thus connecting the two. In some embodiments, a linker is an amino acid or a plurality of amino acids (e.g., a peptide or protein). In some embodiments, a linker is an organic molecule, group, polymer, or chemical moiety. In some embodiments, a linker is 2-100 amino acids in length, for example, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 30-35, 35-40, 40-45, 45-50, 50-60, 60-70, 70-80, 80-90, 90-100, 100-150, or 150-200 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, the linker is about 3 to about 104 (e.g., 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, or 100) amino acids in length. Longer or shorter linkers are also contemplated. In some embodiments, a linker domain comprises the amino acid sequence SGSETPGTSESATPES, which can also be referred to as the XTEN linker. Any method for linking the fusion protein domains can be employed (e.g., ranging from very flexible linkers of the form (SGGS)n, (GGGS)n, (GGGGS)n, and (G)n, to more rigid linkers of the form (EAAAK)n, (GGS)n, SGSETPGTSESATPES (see, e.g., Guilinger J P, Thompson D B, Liu D R. Fusion of catalytically inactive Cas9 to FokI nuclease improves the specificity of genome modification. Nat. Biotechnol. 2014; 32(6): 577-82; the entire contents are incorporated herein by reference), or (XP)n motif, in order to achieve the optimal length for activity for the nucleobase editor. In some embodiments, n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15. In some embodiments, the linker comprises a (GGS)n motif, wherein n is 1, 3, or 7. In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain of the fusion proteins provided herein are fused via a linker comprising the amino acid sequence SGSETPGTSESATPES. In some embodiments, a linker comprises a plurality of proline residues and is 5-21, 5-14, 5-9, 5-7 amino acids in length, e.g., PAPAP, PAPAPA, PAPAPAP, PAPAPAPA, P(AP)4, P(AP)7, P(AP)10 (see, e.g., Tan J, Zhang F, Karcher D, Bock R. Engineering of high-precision base editors for site-specific single nucleotide replacement. Nat Commun. 2019 Jan. 25; 10(1):439; the entire contents are incorporated herein by reference). Such proline-rich linkers are also termed “rigid” linkers.
A fusion protein of the invention comprises a nucleic acid editing domain. In some embodiments, the deaminase is an adenosine deaminase. In some embodiments, the deaminase is a cytidine deaminase. In some embodiments, the deaminase is an adenosine deaminase and a cytidine deaminase. In some embodiments, the deaminase is a vertebrate deaminase. In some embodiments, the deaminase is an invertebrate deaminase. In some embodiments, the deaminase is a human, chimpanzee, gorilla, monkey, cow, dog, rat, or mouse deaminase. In some embodiments, the deaminase is a human deaminase. In some embodiments, the deaminase is a rat deaminase.
In certain embodiments, linkers may be used to link any of the peptides or peptide domains of the invention. The linker may be as simple as a covalent bond, or it may be a polymeric linker many atoms in length. In certain embodiments, the linker is a polypeptide or based on amino acids. In other embodiments, the linker is not peptide-like. In certain embodiments, the linker is a covalent bond (e.g., a carbon-carbon bond, disulfide bond, carbon-heteroatom bond, etc.). In certain embodiments, the linker is a carbon-nitrogen bond of an amide linkage. In certain embodiments, the linker is a cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched aliphatic or heteroaliphatic linker. In certain embodiments, the linker is polymeric (e.g., polyethylene, polyethylene glycol, polyamide, polyester, etc.). In certain embodiments, the linker comprises a monomer, dimer, or polymer of aminoalkanoic acid. In certain embodiments, the linker comprises an aminoalkanoic acid (e.g., glycine, ethanoic acid, alanine, beta-alanine, 3-aminopropanoic acid, 4-aminobutanoic acid, 5-pentanoic acid, etc.). In certain embodiments, the linker comprises a monomer, dimer, or polymer of aminohexanoic acid (Ahx). In certain embodiments, the linker is based on a carbocyclic moiety (e.g., cyclopentane, cyclohexane). In other embodiments, the linker comprises a polyethylene glycol moiety (PEG). In other embodiments, the linker comprises amino acids. In certain embodiments, the linker comprises a peptide. In certain embodiments, the linker comprises an aryl or heteroaryl moiety. In certain embodiments, the linker is based on a phenyl ring. The linker may include functionalized moieties to facilitate attachment of a nucleophile (e.g., thiol, amino) from the peptide to the linker. Any electrophile may be used as part of the linker. Exemplary electrophiles include, but are not limited to, activated esters, activated amides, Michael acceptors, alkyl halides, aryl halides, acyl halides, and isothiocyanates.
In some embodiments, the linker is an amino acid or a plurality of amino acids (e.g., a peptide or protein). In some embodiments, the linker is a bond (e.g., a covalent bond), an organic molecule, group, polymer, or chemical moiety. In some embodiments, the linker is about 3 to about 104 (e.g., 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, or 100) amino acids in length.
In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase and/or adenosine deaminase and the napDNAbp are fused via a linker that is 4, 16, 32, or 104 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, the linker is about 3 to about 104 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, any of the fusion proteins provided herein, comprise a cytidine deaminase and/or an adenosine deaminase and a Cas9 domain that are fused to each other via a linker. Various linker lengths and flexibilities between the deaminase domain (e.g., cytidine deaminase and/or adenosine deaminase) and the Cas9 domain can be employed (e.g., ranging from very flexible linkers of the form (GGGS)n, (GGGGS)n, and (G)n to more rigid linkers of the form (EAAAK)n, (SGGS)n, SGSETPGTSESATPES (see, e.g., Guilinger J P, Thompson D B, Liu D R. Fusion of catalytically inactive Cas9 to FokI nuclease improves the specificity of genome modification. Nat. Biotechnol. 2014; 32(6): 577-82; the entire contents are incorporated herein by reference) and (XP),) in order to achieve the optimal length for activity for the nucleobase editor or multi-effector nucleobase editor. In some embodiments, n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15. In some embodiments, the linker comprises a (GGS)n motif, wherein n is 1, 3, or 7. In some embodiments, the cytidine deaminase and/or adenosine deaminase and the Cas9 domain of any of the fusion proteins provided herein are fused via a linker (e.g., an XTEN linker) comprising the amino acid sequence SGSETPGTSESATPES.
Cas9 Complexes with Guide RNAs
Some aspects of this disclosure provide complexes comprising any of the fusion proteins provided herein, and a guide RNA (e.g., a guide that targets A\mutation) bound to a CAS9 domain (e.g., a dCas9, a nuclease active Cas9, or a Cas9 nickase) of fusion protein. These complexes are also termed ribonucleoproteins (RNPs). Any method for linking the fusion protein domains can be employed (e.g., ranging from very flexible linkers of the form (GGGS)n, (GGGGS)n, and (G)n to more rigid linkers of the form (EAAAK)n, (SGGS)n, SGSETPGTSESATPES (see, e.g., Guilinger J P, Thompson D B, Liu D R. Fusion of catalytically inactive Cas9 to FokI nuclease improves the specificity of genome modification. Nat. Biotechnol. 2014; 32(6): 577-82; the entire contents are incorporated herein by reference) and (XP)n) in order to achieve the optimal length for activity for the nucleobase editor. In some embodiments, n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15. In some embodiments, the linker comprises a (GGS), motif, wherein n is 1, 3, or 7. In some embodiments, the Cas9 domain of the fusion proteins provided herein are fused via a linker comprising the amino acid sequence SGSETPGTSESATPES.
In some embodiments, the guide nucleic acid (e.g., guide RNA) is from 15-100 nucleotides long and comprises a sequence of at least 10 contiguous nucleotides that is complementary to a target sequence. In some embodiments, the guide RNA is 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50 nucleotides long. In some embodiments, the guide RNA comprises a sequence of 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, or 40 contiguous nucleotides that is complementary to a target sequence. In some embodiments, the target sequence is a DNA sequence. In some embodiments, the target sequence is a sequence in the genome of a bacteria, yeast, fungi, insect, plant, or animal. In some embodiments, the target sequence is a sequence in the genome of a human. In some embodiments, the 3′ end of the target sequence is immediately adjacent to a canonical PAM sequence (NGG). In some embodiments, the 3′ end of the target sequence is immediately adjacent to a non-canonical PAM sequence (e.g., a sequence listed in Table 1 or 5′-NAA-3′). In some embodiments, the guide nucleic acid (e.g., guide RNA) is complementary to a sequence in a gene of interest (e.g., a gene associated with a disease or disorder).
Some aspects of this disclosure provide methods of using the fusion proteins, or complexes provided herein. For example, some aspects of this disclosure provide methods comprising contacting a DNA molecule with any of the fusion proteins provided herein, and with at least one guide RNA, wherein the guide RNA is about 15-100 nucleotides long and comprises a sequence of at least 10 contiguous nucleotides that is complementary to a target sequence. In some embodiments, the 3′ end of the target sequence is immediately adjacent to a canonical PAM sequence (NGG). In some embodiments, the 3′ end of the target sequence is not immediately adjacent to a canonical PAM sequence (NGG). In some embodiments, the 3′ end of the target sequence is immediately adjacent to an AGC, GAG, TTT, GTG, or CAA sequence. In some embodiments, the 3′ end of the target sequence is immediately adjacent to an NGA, NGCG, NGN, NNGRRT, NNNRRT, NGCG, NGCN, NGTN, NGTN, NGTN, or 5′ (TTTV) sequence.
In some embodiments, a fusion protein of the invention is used for mutagenizing a target of interest. In particular, a multi-effector nucleobase editor described herein is capable of making multiple mutations within a target sequence. These mutations may affect the function of the target. For example, when a multi-effector nucleobase editor is used to target a regulatory region the function of the regulatory region is altered and the expression of the downstream protein is reduced.
It will be understood that the numbering of the specific positions or residues in the respective sequences depends on the particular protein and numbering scheme used. Numbering might be different, e.g., in precursors of a mature protein and the mature protein itself, and differences in sequences from species to species may affect numbering. One of skill in the art will be able to identify the respective residue in any homologous protein and in the respective encoding nucleic acid by methods well known in the art, e.g., by sequence alignment and determination of homologous residues.
It will be apparent to those of skill in the art that in order to target any of the fusion proteins disclosed herein, to a target site, e.g., a site comprising a mutation to be edited, it is typically necessary to co-express the fusion protein together with a guide RNA. As explained in more detail elsewhere herein, a guide RNA typically comprises a tracrRNA framework allowing for Cas9 binding, and a guide sequence, which confers sequence specificity to the Cas9:nucleic acid editing enzyme/domain fusion protein. Alternatively, the guide RNA and tracrRNA may be provided separately, as two nucleic acid molecules. In some embodiments, the guide RNA comprises a structure, wherein the guide sequence comprises a sequence that is complementary to the target sequence. The guide sequence is typically 20 nucleotides long. The sequences of suitable guide RNAs for targeting Cas9:nucleic acid editing enzyme/domain fusion proteins to specific genomic target sites will be apparent to those of skill in the art based on the instant disclosure. Such suitable guide RNA sequences typically comprise guide sequences that are complementary to a nucleic sequence within 50 nucleotides upstream or downstream of the target nucleotide to be edited. Some exemplary guide RNA sequences suitable for targeting any of the provided fusion proteins to specific target sequences are provided herein.
Some aspects of this disclosure provide methods of using the fusion proteins, or complexes provided herein. For example, some aspects of this disclosure provide methods comprising contacting a DNA molecule encoding a mutant form of a protein with any of the fusion proteins provided herein, and with at least one guide RNA, wherein the guide RNA is about 15-100 nucleotides long and comprises a sequence of at least 10 contiguous nucleotides that is complementary to a target sequence. In some embodiments, the 3′ end of the target sequence is immediately adjacent to a canonical PAM sequence (NGG). In some embodiments, the 3′ end of the target sequence is not immediately adjacent to a canonical PAM sequence (NGG). In some embodiments, the 3′ end of the target sequence is immediately adjacent to an AGC, GAG, TTT, GTG, or CAA sequence. In some embodiments, the 3′ end of the target sequence is immediately adjacent to an NGA, NGCG, NGN, NNGRRT, NNNRRT, NGCG, NGCN, NGTN, NGTN, NGTN, or 5′ (TTTV) sequence.
It will be understood that the numbering of the specific positions or residues in the respective sequences depends on the particular protein and numbering scheme used. Numbering might be different, e.g., in precursors of a mature protein and the mature protein itself, and differences in sequences from species to species may affect numbering. One of skill in the art will be able to identify the respective residue in any homologous protein and in the respective encoding nucleic acid by methods well known in the art, e.g., by sequence alignment and determination of homologous residues.
It will be apparent to those of skill in the art that in order to target any of the fusion proteins comprising a Cas9 domain and a deaminase (e.g., adenosine deaminase and/or cytidine deaminase), as disclosed herein, to a target site, e.g., a site comprising a mutation to be edited, it is typically necessary to co-express the fusion protein together with a guide RNA, e.g., an sgRNA. As explained in more detail elsewhere herein, a guide RNA typically comprises a tracrRNA framework allowing for Cas9 binding, and a guide sequence, which confers sequence specificity to the Cas9:nucleic acid editing enzyme/domain fusion protein. Alternatively, the guide RNA and tracrRNA may be provided separately, as two nucleic acid molecules. In some embodiments, the guide RNA comprises a structure, wherein the guide sequence comprises a sequence that is complementary to the target sequence. The guide sequence is typically 20 nucleotides long. The sequences of suitable guide RNAs for targeting Cas9:nucleic acid editing enzyme/domain fusion proteins to specific genomic target sites will be apparent to those of skill in the art based on the instant disclosure. Such suitable guide RNA sequences typically comprise guide sequences that are complementary to a nucleic sequence within 50 nucleotides upstream or downstream of the target nucleotide to be edited. Some exemplary guide RNA sequences suitable for targeting any of the provided fusion proteins to specific target sequences are provided herein.
CRISPR-Cas9 nucleases have been widely used to mediate targeted genome editing. In most genome editing applications, Cas9 forms a complex with a guide polynucleotide (e.g., single guide RNA (sgRNA)) and induces a double-stranded DNA break (DSB) at the target site specified by the sgRNA sequence. Cells primarily respond to this DSB through the non-homologous end-joining (NHEJ) repair pathway, which results in stochastic insertions or deletions (indels) that can cause frameshift mutations that disrupt the gene. In the presence of a donor DNA template with a high degree of homology to the sequences flanking the DSB, gene correction can be achieved through an alternative pathway known as homology directed repair (HDR). Unfortunately, under most non-perturbative conditions, HDR is inefficient, dependent on cell state and cell type, and dominated by a larger frequency of indels. As most of the known genetic variations associated with human disease are point mutations, methods that can more efficiently and cleanly make precise point mutations are needed. Base editing systems as provided herein provide a new way to provide genome editing without generating double-strand DNA breaks, without requiring a donor DNA template, and without inducing an excess of stochastic insertions and deletions.
The fusion proteins of the invention advantageously modify a specific nucleotide base encoding a protein comprising a mutation without generating a significant proportion of indels. An “indel,” as used herein, refers to the insertion or deletion of a nucleotide base within a nucleic acid. Such insertions or deletions can lead to frame shift mutations within a coding region of a gene. In some embodiments, it is desirable to generate base editors that efficiently modify (e.g. mutate or deaminate) a specific nucleotide within a nucleic acid, without generating a large number of insertions or deletions (i.e., indels) in the nucleic acid. In certain embodiments, any of the base editors provided herein are capable of generating a greater proportion of intended modifications (e.g., mutations or deaminations) versus indels.
In some embodiments, any of base editor systems provided herein result in less than 50%, less than 40%, less than 30%, less than 20%, less than 19%, less than 18%, less than 17%, less than 16%, less than 15%, less than 14%, less than 13%, less than 12%, less than 11%, less than 10%, less than 9%, less than 8%, less than 7%, less than 6%, less than 5%, less than 4%, less than 3%, less than 2%, less than 1%, less than 0.9%, less than 0.8%, less than 0.7%, less than 0.6%, less than 0.5%, less than 0.4%, less than 0.3%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%, less than 0.09%, less than 0.08%, less than 0.07%, less than 0.06%, less than 0.05%, less than 0.04%, less than 0.03%, less than 0.02%, or less than 0.01% indel formation in the target polynucleotide sequence.
Some aspects of the disclosure are based on the recognition that any of the base editors provided herein are capable of efficiently generating an intended mutation, such as a point mutation, in a nucleic acid (e.g., a nucleic acid within a genome of a subject) without generating a significant number of unintended mutations, such as unintended point mutations. In some embodiments, any of the base editors provided herein are capable of generating at least 0.01% of intended mutations (i.e. at least 0.01% base editing efficiency). In some embodiments, any of the base editors provided herein are capable of generating at least 0.01%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, or 99% of intended mutations.
In some embodiments, the base editors provided herein are capable of generating a ratio of intended mutations to indels that is greater than 1:1. In some embodiments, the base editors provided herein are capable of generating a ratio of intended mutations to indels that is at least 1.5:1, at least 2:1, at least 2.5:1, at least 3:1, at least 3.5:1, at least 4:1, at least 4.5:1, at least 5:1, at least 5.5:1, at least 6:1, at least 6.5:1, at least 7:1, at least 7.5:1, at least 8:1, at least 10:1, at least 12:1, at least 15:1, at least 20:1, at least 25:1, at least 30:1, at least 40:1, at least 50:1, at least 100:1, at least 200:1, at least 300:1, at least 400:1, at least 500:1, at least 600:1, at least 700:1, at least 800:1, at least 900:1, or at least 1000:1, or more.
The number of intended mutations and indels can be determined using any suitable method, for example, as described in International PCT Application Nos. PCT/2017/045381 (WO2018/027078) and PCT/US2016/058344 (WO2017/070632); Komor, A. C., et al., “Programmable editing of a target base in genomic DNA without double-stranded DNA cleavage” Nature 533, 420-424 (2016); Gaudelli, N. M., et al., “Programmable base editing of A⋅T to G⋅C in genomic DNA without DNA cleavage” Nature 551, 464-471 (2017); and Komor, A. C., et al., “Improved base excision repair inhibition and bacteriophage Mu Gam protein yields C:G-to-T:A base editors with higher efficiency and product purity” Science Advances 3:eaao4774 (2017); the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
In some embodiments, to calculate indel frequencies, sequencing reads are scanned for exact matches to two 10-bp sequences that flank both sides of a window in which indels can occur. If no exact matches are located, the read is excluded from analysis. If the length of this indel window exactly matches the reference sequence the read is classified as not containing an indel. If the indel window is two or more bases longer or shorter than the reference sequence, then the sequencing read is classified as an insertion or deletion, respectively. In some embodiments, the base editors provided herein can limit formation of indels in a region of a nucleic acid. In some embodiments, the region is at a nucleotide targeted by a base editor or a region within 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 nucleotides of a nucleotide targeted by a base editor.
The number of indels formed at a target nucleotide region can depend on the amount of time a nucleic acid (e.g., a nucleic acid within the genome of a cell) is exposed to a base editor. In some embodiments, the number or proportion of indels is determined after at least 1 hour, at least 2 hours, at least 6 hours, at least 12 hours, at least 24 hours, at least 36 hours, at least 48 hours, at least 3 days, at least 4 days, at least 5 days, at least 7 days, at least 10 days, or at least 14 days of exposing the target nucleotide sequence (e.g., a nucleic acid within the genome of a cell) to a base editor. It should be appreciated that the characteristics of the base editors as described herein can be applied to any of the fusion proteins, or methods of using the fusion proteins provided herein.
In some embodiments, the base editors provided herein are capable of limiting formation of indels in a region of a nucleic acid. In some embodiments, the region is at a nucleotide targeted by a base editor or a region within 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 nucleotides of a nucleotide targeted by a base editor. In some embodiments, any of the base editors provided herein are capable of limiting the formation of indels at a region of a nucleic acid to less than 1%, less than 1.5%, less than 2%, less than 2.5%, less than 3%, less than 3.5%, less than 4%, less than 4.5%, less than 5%, less than 6%, less than 7%, less than 8%, less than 9%, less than 10%, less than 12%, less than 15%, or less than 20%. The number of indels formed at a nucleic acid region may depend on the amount of time a nucleic acid (e.g., a nucleic acid within the genome of a cell) is exposed to a base editor. In some embodiments, any number or proportion of indels is determined after at least 1 hour, at least 2 hours, at least 6 hours, at least 12 hours, at least 24 hours, at least 36 hours, at least 48 hours, at least 3 days, at least 4 days, at least 5 days, at least 7 days, at least 10 days, or at least 14 days of exposing a nucleic acid (e.g., a nucleic acid within the genome of a cell) to a base editor.
Some aspects of the disclosure are based on the recognition that any of the base editors provided herein are capable of efficiently generating an intended mutation in a nucleic acid (e.g. a nucleic acid within a genome of a subject) without generating a significant number of unintended mutations. In some embodiments, an intended mutation is a mutation that is generated by a specific base editor bound to a gRNA, specifically designed to alter or correct a HBG mutation.
In some embodiments, any of the base editors provided herein are capable of generating a ratio of intended mutations to unintended mutations (e.g., intended mutations:unintended mutations) that is greater than 1:1. In some embodiments, any of the base editors provided herein are capable of generating a ratio of intended mutations to unintended mutations that is at least 1.5:1, at least 2:1, at least 2.5:1, at least 3:1, at least 3.5:1, at least 4:1, at least 4.5:1, at least 5:1, at least 5.5:1, at least 6:1, at least 6.5:1, at least 7:1, at least 7.5:1, at least 8:1, at least 10:1, at least 12:1, at least 15:1, at least 20:1, at least 25:1, at least 30:1, at least 40:1, at least 50:1, at least 100:1, at least 150:1, at least 200:1, at least 250:1, at least 500:1, or at least 1000:1, or more. It should be appreciated that the characteristics of the base editors described herein may be applied to any of the fusion proteins, or methods of using the fusion proteins provided herein.
In some embodiments, the base editor system provided herein is capable of multiplex editing of a plurality of nucleobase pairs in one or more genes. In some embodiments, the plurality of nucleobase pairs is located in the same gene. In some embodiments, the plurality of nucleobase pairs is located in one or more gene, wherein at least one gene is located in a different locus. In some embodiments, the multiplex editing can comprise one or more guide polynucleotides. In some embodiments, the multiplex editing can comprise one or more base editor system. In some embodiments, the multiplex editing can comprise one or more base editor systems with a single guide polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the multiplex editing can comprise one or more base editor system with a plurality of guide polynucleotides. In some embodiments, the multiplex editing can comprise one or more guide polynucleotide with a single base editor system. In some embodiments, the multiplex editing can comprise at least one guide polynucleotide that does not require a PAM sequence to target binding to a target polynucleotide sequence. In some embodiments, the multiplex editing can comprise at least one guide polynucleotide that requires a PAM sequence to target binding to a target polynucleotide sequence. In some embodiments, the multiplex editing can comprise a mix of at least one guide polynucleotide that does not require a PAM sequence to target binding to a target polynucleotide sequence and at least one guide polynucleotide that require a PAM sequence to target binding to a target polynucleotide sequence. It should be appreciated that the characteristics of the multiplex editing using any of the base editors as described herein can be applied to any of combination of the methods of using any of the base editor provided herein. It should also be appreciated that the multiplex editing using any of the base editors as described herein can comprise a sequential editing of a plurality of nucleobase pairs.
In some embodiments, the plurality of nucleobase pairs are in one more genes. In some embodiments, the plurality of nucleobase pairs is in the same gene. In some embodiments, at least one gene in the one more genes is located in a different locus.
In some embodiments, the editing is editing of the plurality of nucleobase pairs in at least one protein coding region. In some embodiments, the editing is editing of the plurality of nucleobase pairs in at least one protein non-coding region. In some embodiments, the editing is editing of the plurality of nucleobase pairs in at least one protein coding region and at least one protein non-coding region.
In some embodiments, the editing is in conjunction with one or more guide polynucleotides. In some embodiments, the base editor system can comprise one or more base editor system. In some embodiments, the base editor system can comprise one or more base editor systems in conjunction with a single guide polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the base editor system can comprise one or more base editor system in conjunction with a plurality of guide polynucleotides. In some embodiments, the editing is in conjunction with one or more guide polynucleotide with a single base editor system. In some embodiments, the editing is in conjunction with at least one guide polynucleotide that does not require a PAM sequence to target binding to a target polynucleotide sequence. In some embodiments, the editing is in conjunction with at least one guide polynucleotide that require a PAM sequence to target binding to a target polynucleotide sequence. In some embodiments, the editing is in conjunction with a mix of at least one guide polynucleotide that does not require a PAM sequence to target binding to a target polynucleotide sequence and at least one guide polynucleotide that require a PAM sequence to target binding to a target polynucleotide sequence. It should be appreciated that the characteristics of the multiplex editing using any of the base editors as described herein can be applied to any of combination of the methods of using any of the base editors provided herein. It should also be appreciated that the editing can comprise a sequential editing of a plurality of nucleobase pairs.
Some aspects of the disclosure provide methods for editing a nucleic acid. In some embodiments, the method is a method for editing a nucleobase of a nucleic acid molecule encoding a protein (e.g., a base pair of a double-stranded DNA sequence). In some embodiments, the method comprises the steps of: a) contacting a target region of a nucleic acid (e.g., a double-stranded DNA sequence) with a complex comprising a base editor (e.g., a Cas9 domain fused to a cytidine deaminase and/or adenosine deaminase) and a guide nucleic acid (e.g., gRNA), b) inducing strand separation of said target region, c) converting a first nucleobase of said target nucleobase pair in a single strand of the target region to a second nucleobase, and d) cutting no more than one strand of said target region using the nCas9, where a third nucleobase complementary to the first nucleobase base is replaced by a fourth nucleobase complementary to the second nucleobase. In some embodiments, the method results in less than 20% indel formation in the nucleic acid. It should be appreciated that in some embodiments, step b is omitted. In some embodiments, the method results in less than 19%, 18%, 16%, 14%, 12%, 10%, 8%, 6%, 4%, 2%, 1%, 0.5%, 0.2%, or less than 0.1% indel formation. In some embodiments, the method further comprises replacing the second nucleobase with a fifth nucleobase that is complementary to the fourth nucleobase, thereby generating an intended edited base pair (e.g., G⋅C to A⋅T). In some embodiments, at least 5% of the intended base pairs are edited. In some embodiments, at least 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% of the intended base pairs are edited.
In some embodiments, the ratio of intended products to unintended products in the target nucleotide is at least 2:1, 5:1, 10:1, 20:1, 30:1, 40:1, 50:1, 60:1, 70:1, 80:1, 90:1, 100:1, or 200:1, or more. In some embodiments, the ratio of intended mutation to indel formation is greater than 1:1, 10:1, 50:1, 100:1, 500:1, or 1000:1, or more. In some embodiments, the cut single strand (nicked strand) is hybridized to the guide nucleic acid. In some embodiments, the cut single strand is opposite to the strand comprising the first nucleobase. In some embodiments, the base editor comprises a dCas9 domain. In some embodiments, the base editor protects or binds the non-edited strand. In some embodiments, the intended edited base pair is upstream of a PAM site. In some embodiments, the intended edited base pair is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 nucleotides upstream of the PAM site. In some embodiments, the intended edited base pair is downstream of a PAM site. In some embodiments, the intended edited base pair is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 nucleotides downstream stream of the PAM site. In some embodiments, the method does not require a canonical (e.g., NGG) PAM site. In some embodiments, the nucleobase editor comprises a linker. In some embodiments, the linker is 1-25 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, the linker is 5-20 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, linker is 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 amino acids in length. In one embodiment, the linker is 32 amino acids in length. In another embodiment, a “long linker” is at least about 60 amino acids in length. In other embodiments, the linker is between about 3-100 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, the target region comprises a target window, wherein the target window comprises the target nucleobase pair. In some embodiments, the target window comprises 1-10 nucleotides. In some embodiments, the target window is 1-9, 1-8, 1-7, 1-6, 1-5, 1-4, 1-3, 1-2, or 1 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the target window is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the intended edited base pair is within the target window. In some embodiments, the target window comprises the intended edited base pair. In some embodiments, the method is performed using any of the base editors provided herein. In some embodiments, a target window is a methylation window.
In some embodiments, the disclosure provides methods for editing a nucleotide (e.g., SNP in a gene encoding a protein). In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a method for editing a nucleobase pair of a double-stranded DNA sequence. In some embodiments, the method comprises a) contacting a target region of the double-stranded DNA sequence with a complex comprising a base editor and a guide nucleic acid (e.g., gRNA), where the target region comprises a target nucleobase pair, b) inducing strand separation of said target region, c) converting a first nucleobase of said target nucleobase pair in a single strand of the target region to a second nucleobase, d) cutting no more than one strand of said target region, wherein a third nucleobase complementary to the first nucleobase base is replaced by a fourth nucleobase complementary to the second nucleobase, and the second nucleobase is replaced with a fifth nucleobase that is complementary to the fourth nucleobase, thereby generating an intended edited base pair, wherein the efficiency of generating the intended edited base pair is at least 5%. It should be appreciated that in some embodiments, step b is omitted. In some embodiments, at least 5% of the intended base pairs are edited. In some embodiments, at least 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% of the intended base pairs are edited. In some embodiments, the method causes less than 19%, 18%, 16%, 14%, 12%, 10%, 8%, 6%, 4%, 2%, 1%, 0.5%, 0.2%, or less than 0.1% indel formation. In some embodiments, the ratio of intended product to unintended products at the target nucleotide is at least 2:1, 5:1, 10:1, 20:1, 30:1, 40:1, 50:1, 60:1, 70:1, 80:1, 90:1, 100:1, or 200:1, or more. In some embodiments, the ratio of intended mutation to indel formation is greater than 1:1, 10:1, 50:1, 100:1, 500:1, or 1000:1, or more. In some embodiments, the cut single strand is hybridized to the guide nucleic acid. In some embodiments, the cut single strand is opposite to the strand comprising the first nucleobase. In some embodiments, the intended edited base pair is upstream of a PAM site. In some embodiments, the intended edited base pair is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 nucleotides upstream of the PAM site. In some embodiments, the intended edited base pair is downstream of a PAM site. In some embodiments, the intended edited base pair is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 nucleotides downstream stream of the PAM site. In some embodiments, the method does not require a canonical (e.g., NGG) PAM site. In some embodiments, the linker is 1-25 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, the linker is 5-20 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, the linker is 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, the target region comprises a target window, wherein the target window comprises the target nucleobase pair. In some embodiments, the target window comprises 1-10 nucleotides. In some embodiments, the target window is 1-9, 1-8, 1-7, 1-6, 1-5, 1-4, 1-3, 1-2, or 1 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the target window is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the intended edited base pair occurs within the target window. In some embodiments, the target window comprises the intended edited base pair. In some embodiments, the nucleobase editor is any one of the base editors provided herein.
Fusion proteins of the invention may be expressed in virtually any host cell of interest, including but not limited to bacteria, yeast, fungi, insects, plants, and animal cells using routine methods known to the skilled artisan. For example, a DNA encoding a fusion protein of the invention can be cloned by designing suitable primers for the upstream and downstream of CDS based on the cDNA sequence. The cloned DNA may be directly, or after digestion with a restriction enzyme when desired, or after addition of a suitable linker and/or a nuclear localization signal ligated with a DNA encoding one or more additional components of a base editing system. The base editing system is translated in a host cell to form a complex.
Fusion proteins are generated by operably linking one or more polynucleotides encoding one or more domains having nucleobase modifying activity (e.g., an adenosine deaminase, cytidine deaminase, DNA glycosylase) to a polynucleotide encoding a napDNAbp to prepare a polynucleotide that encodes a fusion protein of the invention. In some embodiments, a polynucleotide encoding a napDNAbp, and a DNA encoding a domain having nucleobase modifying activity may each be fused with a DNA encoding a binding domain or a binding partner thereof, or both DNAs may be fused with a DNA encoding a separation intein, whereby the nucleic acid sequence-recognizing conversion module and the nucleic acid base converting enzyme are translated in a host cell to form a complex. In these cases, a linker and/or a nuclear localization signal can be linked to a suitable position of one of or both DNAs when desired.
A DNA encoding a protein domain described herein can be obtained by chemically synthesizing the DNA, or by connecting synthesized partly overlapping oligoDNA short chains by utilizing the PCR method and the Gibson Assembly method to construct a DNA encoding the full length thereof. The advantage of constructing a full-length DNA by chemical synthesis or a combination of PCR method or Gibson Assembly method is that the codon to be used can be designed in CDS full-length according to the host into which the DNA is introduced. In the expression of a heterologous DNA, the protein expression level is expected to increase by converting the DNA sequence thereof to a codon highly frequently used in the host organism. As the data of codon use frequency in host to be used, for example, the genetic code use frequency database (http://www.kazusa.or.jp/codon/index.html) disclosed in the home page of Kazusa DNA Research Institute can be used, or documents showing the codon use frequency in each host may be referred to. By reference to the obtained data and the DNA sequence to be introduced, codons showing low use frequency in the host from among those used for the DNA sequence may be converted to a codon coding the same amino acid and showing high use frequency.
An expression vector containing a DNA encoding a nucleic acid sequence-recognizing module and/or a nucleic acid base converting enzyme can be produced, for example, by linking the DNA to the downstream of a promoter in a suitable expression vector.
As the expression vector, Escherichia coli-derived plasmids (e.g., pBR322, pBR325, pUC12, pUC13); Bacillus subtilis-derived plasmids (e.g., pUB110, pTP5, pC194); yeast-derived plasmids (e.g., pSH19, pSH15); insect cell expression plasmids (e.g., pFast-Bac); animal cell expression plasmids (e.g., pA1-11, pXT1, pRc/CMV, pRc/RSV, pcDNAI/Neo); bacteriophages such as .lambda.phage and the like; insect virus vectors such as baculovirus and the like (e.g., BmNPV, AcNPV); animal virus vectors such as retrovirus, vaccinia virus, adenovirus and the like, and the like are used.
As the promoter, any promoter appropriate for a host to be used for gene expression can be used. In a conventional method using DSB, since the survival rate of the host cell sometimes decreases markedly due to the toxicity, it is desirable to increase the number of cells by the start of the induction by using an inductive promoter. However, since sufficient cell proliferation can also be afforded by expressing the nucleic acid-modifying enzyme complex of the present invention, a constitution promoter can also be used without limitation.
For example, when the host is an animal cell, SR.alpha. promoter, SV40 promoter, LTR promoter, CMV (cytomegalovirus) promoter, RSV (Rous sarcoma virus) promoter, MoMuLV (Moloney mouse leukemia virus) LTR, HSV-TK (simple herpes virus thymidine kinase) promoter and the like are used. Of these, CMV promoter, SR.alpha promoter and the like are preferable. In one embodiment, the promoter is CMV promoter or SR alpha promoter. When the host cell is Escherichia coli, any of the following promoters may be used: trp promoter, lac promoter, recA promoter, lambda.P.sub.L promoter, lpp promoter, T7 promoter and the like. When the host is genus Bacillus, any of the following promoters may be used: SPO1 promoter, SPO2 promoter, penP promoter and the like. When the host is a yeast, any of the following promoters may be used: Gall/10 promoter, PHOS promoter, PGK promoter, GAP promoter, ADH promoter and the like. When the host is an insect cell, any of the following promoters may be used polyhedrin promoter, P10 promoter and the like. When the host is a plant cell, any of the following promoters may be used: CaMV35S promoter, CaMV19S promoter, NOS promoter and the like.
In some embodiments, the expression vector may contain an enhancer, splicing signal, terminator, polyA addition signal, a selection marker such as drug resistance gene, auxotrophic complementary gene and the like, replication origin and the like on demand.
An RNA encoding a protein domain described herein can be prepared by, for example, transcription to mRNA in a vitro transcription system known per se by using a vector encoding DNA encoding the above-mentioned nucleic acid sequence-recognizing module and/or a nucleic acid base converting enzyme as a template.
A fusion protein of the invention can be expressed by introducing an expression vector encoding a fusion protein into a host cell, and culturing the host cell. Host cells useful in the invention include bacterial cells, yeast, insect cells, mammalian cells and the like.
The genus Escherichia includes Escherichia coli K12.cndot.DH1 (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 60, 160 (1968)], Escherichia coli JM103 (Nucleic Acids Research, 9, 309 (1981)], Escherichia coli JA221 (Journal of Molecular Biology, 120, 517 (1978)], Escherichia coli HB101 (Journal of Molecular Biology, 41, 459 (1969)], Escherichia coli C600 (Genetics, 39, 440 (1954)] and the like.
The genus Bacillus includes Bacillus subtilis M1114 (Gene, 24, 255 (1983)], Bacillus subtilis 207-21 (Journal of Biochemistry, 95, 87 (1984)] and the like.
Yeast useful for expressing fusion proteins of the invention include Saccharomyces cerevisiae AH22, AH22R.sup.-, NA87-11A, DKD-5D, 20B-12, Schizosaccharomyces pombe NCYC1913, NCYC2036, Pichia pastoris KM71 and the like.
Fusion proteins are expressed in insect cells using, for example, viral vectors, such as AcNPV. Insect host cells include any of the following cell lines: cabbage armyworm larva-derived established line (Spodoptera frugiperda cell; Sf cell), MG1 cells derived from the mid-intestine of Trichoplusia ni, High Five™ cells derived from an egg of Trichoplusia ni, Mamestra brassicae-derived cells, Estigmena acrea-derived cells and the like are used. When the virus is BmNPV, cells of Bombyx mori-derived established line (Bombyx mori N cell; BmN cell) and the like are used as insect cells. As the Sf cell, for example, Sf9 cell (ATCC CRL1711), Sf21 cell (all above, In Vivo, 13, 213-217 (1977)] and the like.
As the insect, for example, larva of Bombyx mori, Drosophila, cricket and the like are used to express fusion proteins (Nature, 315, 592 (1985)).
Mammalian cell lines may be used to express fusion proteins. Such cell lines include monkey COS-7 cell, monkey Vero cell, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cell, dhfr gene-deficient CHO cell, mouse L cell, mouse AtT-20 cell, mouse myeloma cell, rat GH3 cell, human FL cell and the like, pluripotent stem cells such as iPS cell, ES cell and the like of human and other mammals, and primary cultured cells prepared from various tissues are used. Furthermore, zebrafish embryo, Xenopus oocyte and the like can also be used.
Plant cells may be maintained in culture using methods well known to the skilled artisan. Plant cell culture involves suspending cultured cells, callus, protoplast, leaf segment, root segment and the like prepared from various plants (e.g., grain such as rice, wheat, corn and the like, product crops such as tomato, cucumber, eggplant, carnations, Eustoma russellianum, tobacco, Arabidopsis thaliana).
All the above-mentioned host cells may be haploid (monoploid), or polyploid (e.g., diploid, triploid, tetraploid and the like). In the conventional mutation introduction methods, mutation is, in principle, introduced into only one homologous chromosome to produce a hetero gene type. Therefore, desired phenotype is not expressed unless dominant mutation occurs, and homozygousness inconveniently requires labor and time. In contrast, according to the present invention, since mutation can be introduced into any allele on the homologous chromosome in the genome, desired phenotype can be expressed in a single generation even in the case of recessive mutation, which is extremely useful since the problem of the conventional method can be solved.
Expression vectors encoding a fusion protein of the invention are introduced into host cells using any transfection method (e.g., lysozyme method, competent method, PEG method, CaCl2 coprecipitation method, electroporation method, the microinjection method, the particle gun method, lipofection method, Agrobacterium method and the like). The transfection method is selected based on the host cell to be transfected.
Escherichia coli can be transformed according to the methods described in, for example, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 69, 2110 (1972), Gene, 17, 107 (1982) and the like. The genus Bacillus can be introduced into a vector according to the methods described in, for example, Molecular & General Genetics, 168, 111 (1979) and the like. Yeast cells can be introduced into a vector according to the methods described in, for example, Methods in Enzymology, 194, 182-187 (1991), Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 75, 1929 (1978) and the like. Insect cells can be introduced into a vector according to the methods described in, for example, Bio/Technology, 6, 47-55 (1988) and the like. Mammalian cells can be introduced into a vector according to the methods described in, for example, Cell Engineering additional volume 8, New Cell Engineering Experiment Protocol, 263-267 (1995) (published by Shujunsha), and Virology, 52, 456 (1973).
Cells comprising expression vectors of the invention are cultured according to known methods, which vary depending on the host. For example, when Escherichia coli or genus Bacillus are cultured, a liquid medium is preferable as a medium to be used for the culture. The medium preferably contains a carbon source, nitrogen source, inorganic substance and the like necessary for the growth of the transformant. Examples of the carbon source include glucose, dextrin, soluble starch, sucrose and the like; examples of the nitrogen source include inorganic or organic substances such as ammonium salts, nitrate salts, corn steep liquor, peptone, casein, meat extract, soybean cake, potato extract and the like; and examples of the inorganic substance include calcium chloride, sodium dihydrogen phosphate, magnesium chloride and the like. The medium may contain yeast extract, vitamins, growth promoting factor and the like. The pH of the medium is preferably about 5-about 8.
As a medium for culturing Escherichia coli, for example, M9 medium containing glucose, casamino acid (Journal of Experiments in Molecular Genetics, 431-433, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, New York 1972] is preferable. Where necessary, for example, agents such as 3.beta.-indolylacrylic acid may be added to the medium to ensure an efficient function of a promoter. Escherichia coli is cultured at generally about 15-about 43° C. Where necessary, aeration and stirring may be performed.
The genus Bacillus is cultured at generally about 30-about 40° C. Where necessary, aeration and stirring may be performed.
Examples of the medium for culturing yeast include Burkholder minimum medium (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77, 4505 (1980)], SD medium containing 0.5% casamino acid (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 81, 5330 (1984)] and the like. The pH of the medium is preferably about 5-about 8. The culture is performed at generally about 20° C.-about 35° C. Where necessary, aeration and stirring may be performed.
As a medium for culturing an insect cell or insect, for example, Grace's Insect Medium (Nature, 195, 788 (1962)] containing an additive such as inactivated 10% bovine serum and the like as appropriate and the like are used. The pH of the medium is preferably about 6.2 to about 6.4. The culture is performed at generally about 27° C. Where necessary, aeration and stirring may be performed.
As a medium for culturing an animal cell, for example, minimum essential medium (MEM) containing about 5-about 20% of fetal bovine serum (Science, 122, 501 (1952)], Dulbecco's modified Eagle medium (DMEM) (Virology, 8, 396 (1959)], RPMI 1640 medium (The Journal of the American Medical Association, 199, 519 (1967)], 199 medium (Proceeding of the Society for the Biological Medicine, 73, 1 (1950)] and the like are used. The pH of the medium is preferably about 6-about 8. The culture is performed at generally about 30° C. to about 40° C. Where necessary, aeration and stirring may be performed.
As a medium for culturing a plant cell, for example, MS medium, LS medium, B5 medium and the like are used. The pH of the medium is preferably about 5-about 8. The culture is performed at generally about 20° C.-about 30° C. Where necessary, aeration and stirring may be performed.
When a higher eukaryotic cell, such as animal cell, insect cell, plant cell and the like is used as a host cell, a DNA encoding a base editing system of the present invention is introduced into a host cell under the regulation of an inducible promoter (e.g., metallothionein promoter (induced by heavy metal ion), heat shock protein promoter (induced by heat shock), Tet-ON/Tet-OFF system promoter (induced by addition or removal of tetracycline or a derivative thereof), steroid-responsive promoter (induced by steroid hormone or a derivative thereof) etc.), the induction substance is added to the medium (or removed from the medium) at an appropriate stage to induce expression of the nucleic acid-modifying enzyme complex, culture is performed for a given period to carry out a base editing and, introduction of a mutation into a target gene, transient expression of the base editing system can be realized.
Prokaryotic cells such as Escherichia coli and the like can utilize an inducible promoter. Examples of the inducible promoter include, but are not limited to, lac promoter (induced by IPTG), cspA promoter (induced by cold shock), araBAD promoter (induced by arabinose) and the like.
Alternatively, the above-mentioned inductive promoter can also be utilized as a vector removal mechanism when higher eukaryotic cells, such as animal cell, insect cell, plant cell and the like are used as a host cell. That is, a vector is mounted with a replication origin that functions in a host cell, and a nucleic acid encoding a protein necessary for replication (e.g., SV40 on and large T antigen, oriP and EBNA-1 etc. for animal cells), of the expression of the nucleic acid encoding the protein is regulated by the above-mentioned inducible promoter. As a result, while the vector is autonomously replicatable in the presence of an induction substance, when the induction substance is removed, autonomous replication is not available, and the vector naturally falls off along with cell division (autonomous replication is not possible by the addition of tetracycline and doxycycline in Tet-OFF system vector).
Nucleic Acid-Based Delivery of a Nucleobase Editors and gRNAs
Nucleic acids encoding base editing systems (e.g., multi-effector nucleobase editor) according to the present disclosure can be administered to subjects or delivered into cells in vitro or in vivo by art-known methods or as described herein. In one embodiment, nucleobase editors or multi-effector nucleobase editors can be delivered by, e.g., vectors (e.g., viral or non-viral vectors), non-vector based methods (e.g., using naked DNA, DNA complexes, lipid nanoparticles), or a combination thereof.
Nucleic acids encoding nucleobase editors or multi-effector nucleobase editors can be delivered directly to cells (e.g., hematopoietic cells or their progenitors, hematopoietic stem cells, and/or induced pluripotent stem cells) as naked DNA or RNA, for instance by means of transfection or electroporation, or can be conjugated to molecules (e.g., N-acetylgalactosamine) promoting uptake by the target cells. Nucleic acid vectors, such as the vectors described herein can also be used.
Nucleic acid vectors can comprise one or more sequences encoding a domain of a fusion protein described herein. A vector can also comprise a sequence encoding a signal peptide (e.g., for nuclear localization, nucleolar localization, or mitochondrial localization), associated with (e.g., inserted into or fused to) a sequence coding for a protein. As one example, a nucleic acid vectors can include a Cas9 coding sequence that includes one or more nuclear localization sequences (e.g., a nuclear localization sequence from SV40), and deaminase (e.g., an adenosine deaminase and/or cytidine deaminase).
The nucleic acid vector can also include any suitable number of regulatory/control elements, e.g., promoters, enhancers, introns, polyadenylation signals, Kozak consensus sequences, or internal ribosome entry sites (IRES). These elements are well known in the art. For hematopoietic cells suitable promoters can include IFNbeta or CD45.
Nucleic acid vectors according to this disclosure include recombinant viral vectors. Exemplary viral vectors are set forth herein. Other viral vectors known in the art can also be used. In addition, viral particles can be used to deliver base editing system components in nucleic acid and/or peptide form. For example, “empty” viral particles can be assembled to contain any suitable cargo. Viral vectors and viral particles can also be engineered to incorporate targeting ligands to alter target tissue specificity.
In addition to viral vectors, non-viral vectors can be used to deliver nucleic acids encoding genome editing systems according to the present disclosure. One important category of non-viral nucleic acid vectors are nanoparticles, which can be organic or inorganic. Nanoparticles are well known in the art. Any suitable nanoparticle design can be used to deliver genome editing system components or nucleic acids encoding such components. For instance, organic (e.g. lipid and/or polymer) nanoparticles can be suitable for use as delivery vehicles in certain embodiments of this disclosure. Exemplary lipids for use in nanoparticle formulations, and/or gene transfer are shown in Table 10 (below).
Table 11 lists exemplary polymers for use in gene transfer and/or nanoparticle formulations.
Table 12 summarizes delivery methods for a polynucleotide encoding a fusion protein described herein.
In another aspect, the delivery of genome editing system components or nucleic acids encoding such components, for example, a nucleic acid binding protein such as, for example, Cas9 or variants thereof, and a gRNA targeting a genomic nucleic acid sequence of interest, may be accomplished by delivering a ribonucleoprotein (RNP) to cells. The RNP comprises the nucleic acid binding protein, e.g., Cas9, in complex with the targeting gRNA. RNPs may be delivered to cells using known methods, such as electroporation, nucleofection, or cationic lipid-mediated methods, for example, as reported by Zuris, J. A. et al., 2015, Nat. Biotechnology, 33(1):73-80. RNPs are advantageous for use in CRISPR base editing systems, particularly for cells that are difficult to transfect, such as primary cells. In addition, RNPs can also alleviate difficulties that may occur with protein expression in cells, especially when eukaryotic promoters, e.g., CMV or EF1A, which may be used in CRISPR plasmids, are not well-expressed. Advantageously, the use of RNPs does not require the delivery of foreign DNA into cells. Moreover, because an RNP comprising a nucleic acid binding protein and gRNA complex is degraded over time, the use of RNPs has the potential to limit off-target effects. In a manner similar to that for plasmid based techniques, RNPs can be used to deliver binding protein (e.g., Cas9 variants) and to direct homology directed repair (HDR).
A promoter used to drive base editor coding nucleic acid molecule expression can include AAV ITR. This can be advantageous for eliminating the need for an additional promoter element, which can take up space in the vector. The additional space freed up can be used to drive the expression of additional elements, such as a guide nucleic acid or a selectable marker. ITR activity is relatively weak, so it can be used to reduce potential toxicity due to over expression of the chosen nuclease.
Any suitable promoter can be used to drive expression of the base editor and, where appropriate, the guide nucleic acid. For ubiquitous expression, promoters that can be used include CMV, CAG, CBh, PGK, SV40, Ferritin heavy or light chains, etc. For brain or other CNS cell expression, suitable promoters can include: Synapsinl for all neurons, CaMKIIalpha for excitatory neurons, GAD67 or GAD65 or VGAT for GABAergic neurons, etc. For liver cell expression, suitable promoters include the Albumin promoter. For lung cell expression, suitable promoters can include SP-B. For endothelial cells, suitable promoters can include ICAM. For hematopoietic cells suitable promoters can include IFNbeta or CD45. For Osteoblasts suitable promoters can include OG-2.
In some embodiments, a base editor of the present disclosure is of small enough size to allow separate promoters to drive expression of the base editor and a compatible guide nucleic acid within the same nucleic acid molecule. For instance, a vector or viral vector can comprise a first promoter operably linked to a nucleic acid encoding the base editor and a second promoter operably linked to the guide nucleic acid.
The promoter used to drive expression of a guide nucleic acid can include: Pol III promoters such as U6 or H1 Use of Pol II promoter and intronic cassettes to express gRNA Adeno Associated Virus (AAV).
A base editor described herein can therefore be delivered with viral vectors. In some embodiments, a base editor disclosed herein can be encoded on a nucleic acid that is contained in a viral vector. In some embodiments, one or more components of the base editor system can be encoded on one or more viral vectors. For example, a base editor and guide nucleic acid can be encoded on a single viral vector. In other embodiments, the base editor and guide nucleic acid are encoded on different viral vectors. In either case, the base editor and guide nucleic acid can each be operably linked to a promoter and terminator. The combination of components encoded on a viral vector can be determined by the cargo size constraints of the chosen viral vector.
The use of RNA or DNA viral based systems for the delivery of a base editor takes advantage of highly evolved processes for targeting a virus to specific cells in culture or in the host and trafficking the viral payload to the nucleus or host cell genome. Viral vectors can be administered directly to cells in culture, patients (in vivo), or they can be used to treat cells in vitro, and the modified cells can optionally be administered to patients (ex vivo). Conventional viral based systems could include retroviral, lentivirus, adenoviral, adeno-associated and herpes simplex virus vectors for gene transfer. Integration in the host genome is possible with the retrovirus, lentivirus, and adeno-associated virus gene transfer methods, often resulting in long term expression of the inserted transgene. Additionally, high transduction efficiencies have been observed in many different cell types and target tissues.
Viral vectors can include lentivirus (e.g., HIV and FIV-based vectors), Adenovirus (e.g., AD100), Retrovirus (e.g., Maloney murine leukemia virus, MML-V), herpesvirus vectors (e.g., HSV-2), and Adeno-associated viruses (AAVs), or other plasmid or viral vector types, in particular, using formulations and doses from, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 8,454,972 (formulations, doses for adenovirus), U.S. Pat. No. 8,404,658 (formulations, doses for AAV) and U.S. Pat. No. 5,846,946 (formulations, doses for DNA plasmids) and from clinical trials and publications regarding the clinical trials involving lentivirus, AAV and adenovirus. For example, for AAV, the route of administration, formulation and dose can be as in U.S. Pat. No. 8,454,972 and as in clinical trials involving AAV. For Adenovirus, the route of administration, formulation and dose can be as in U.S. Pat. No. 8,404,658 and as in clinical trials involving adenovirus. For plasmid delivery, the route of administration, formulation and dose can be as in U.S. Pat. No. 5,846,946 and as in clinical studies involving plasmids. Doses can be based on or extrapolated to an average 70 kg individual (e.g. a male adult human), and can be adjusted for patients, subjects, mammals of different weight and species. Frequency of administration is within the ambit of the medical or veterinary practitioner (e.g., physician, veterinarian), depending on usual factors including the age, sex, general health, other conditions of the patient or subject and the particular condition or symptoms being addressed. The viral vectors can be injected into the tissue of interest. For cell-type specific base editing, the expression of the base editor and optional guide nucleic acid can be driven by a cell-type specific promoter.
The tropism of a retrovirus can be altered by incorporating foreign envelope proteins, expanding the potential target population of target cells. Lentiviral vectors are retroviral vectors that are able to transduce or infect non-dividing cells and typically produce high viral titers. Selection of a retroviral gene transfer system would therefore depend on the target tissue. Retroviral vectors are comprised of cis-acting long terminal repeats with packaging capacity for up to 6-10 kb of foreign sequence. The minimum cis-acting LTRs are sufficient for replication and packaging of the vectors, which are then used to integrate the therapeutic gene into the target cell to provide permanent transgene expression. Widely used retroviral vectors include those based upon murine leukemia virus (MuLV), gibbon ape leukemia virus (GaLV), Simian Immuno deficiency virus (SIV), human immuno deficiency virus (HIV), and combinations thereof (See, e.g., Buchscher et al., J. Virol. 66:2731-2739 (1992); Johann et al., J. Virol. 66:1635-1640 (1992); Sommnerfelt et al., Virol. 176:58-59 (1990); Wilson et al., J. Virol. 63:2374-2378 (1989); Miller et al., J. Virol. 65:2220-2224 (1991); PCT/US94/05700).
Retroviral vectors, especially lentiviral vectors, can require polynucleotide sequences smaller than a given length for efficient integration into a target cell. For example, retroviral vectors of length greater than 9 kb can result in low viral titers compared with those of smaller size. In some embodiments, a base editor of the present disclosure is of sufficient size so as to enable efficient packaging and delivery into a target cell via a retroviral vector. In some embodiments, a base editor is of a size so as to allow efficient packing and delivery even when expressed together with a guide nucleic acid and/or other components of a targetable nuclease system.
In applications where transient expression is preferred, adenoviral based systems can be used. Adenoviral based vectors are capable of very high transduction efficiency in many cell types and do not require cell division. With such vectors, high titer and levels of expression have been obtained. This vector can be produced in large quantities in a relatively simple system. Adeno-associated virus (“AAV”) vectors can also be used to transduce cells with target nucleic acids, e.g., in the in vitro production of nucleic acids and peptides, and for in vivo and ex vivo gene therapy procedures (See, e.g., West et al., Virology 160:38-47 (1987); U.S. Pat. No. 4,797,368; WO 93/24641; Kotin, Human Gene Therapy 5:793-801 (1994); Muzyczka, J. Clin. Invest. 94:1351 (1994). The construction of recombinant AAV vectors is described in a number of publications, including U.S. Pat. No. 5,173,414; Tratschin et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 5:3251-3260 (1985); Tratschin, et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 4:2072-2081 (1984); Hermonat & Muzyczka, PNAS 81:6466-6470 (1984); and Samulski et al., J. Virol. 63:03822-3828 (1989).
AAV is a small, single-stranded DNA dependent virus belonging to the parvovirus family. The 4.7 kb wild-type (wt) AAV genome is made up of two genes that encode four replication proteins and three capsid proteins, respectively, and is flanked on either side by 145-bp inverted terminal repeats (ITRs). The virion is composed of three capsid proteins, Vp1, Vp2, and Vp3, produced in a 1:1:10 ratio from the same open reading frame but from differential splicing (Vp1) and alternative translational start sites (Vp2 and Vp3, respectively). Vp3 is the most abundant subunit in the virion and participates in receptor recognition at the cell surface defining the tropism of the virus. A phospholipase domain, which functions in viral infectivity, has been identified in the unique N terminus of Vp1.
Similar to wt AAV, recombinant AAV (rAAV) utilizes the cis-acting 145-bp ITRs to flank vector transgene cassettes, providing up to 4.5 kb for packaging of foreign DNA. Subsequent to infection, rAAV can express a fusion protein of the invention and persist without integration into the host genome by existing episomally in circular head-to-tail concatemers. Although there are numerous examples of rAAV success using this system, in vitro and in vivo, the limited packaging capacity has limited the use of AAV-mediated gene delivery when the length of the coding sequence of the gene is equal or greater in size than the wt AAV genome.
Viral vectors can be selected based on the application. For example, for in vivo gene delivery, AAV can be advantageous over other viral vectors. In some embodiments, AAV allows low toxicity, which can be due to the purification method not requiring ultra-centrifugation of cell particles that can activate the immune response. In some embodiments, AAV allows low probability of causing insertional mutagenesis because it doesn't integrate into the host genome. Adenoviruses are commonly used as vaccines because of the strong immunogenic response they induce. Packaging capacity of the viral vectors can limit the size of the base editor that can be packaged into the vector.
AAV has a packaging capacity of about 4.5 Kb or 4.75 Kb including two 145 base inverted terminal repeats (ITRs). This means disclosed base editor as well as a promoter and transcription terminator can fit into a single viral vector. Constructs larger than 4.5 or 4.75 Kb can lead to significantly reduced virus production. For example, SpCas9 is quite large, the gene itself is over 4.1 Kb, which makes it difficult for packing into AAV. Therefore, embodiments of the present disclosure include utilizing a disclosed base editor which is shorter in length than conventional base editors. In some examples, the base editors are less than 4 kb. Disclosed base editors can be less than 4.5 kb, 4.4 kb, 4.3 kb, 4.2 kb, 4.1 kb, 4 kb, 3.9 kb, 3.8 kb, 3.7 kb, 3.6 kb, 3.5 kb, 3.4 kb, 3.3 kb, 3.2 kb, 3.1 kb, 3 kb, 2.9 kb, 2.8 kb, 2.7 kb, 2.6 kb, 2.5 kb, 2 kb, or 1.5 kb. In some embodiments, the disclosed base editors are 4.5 kb or less in length.
An AAV can be AAV1, AAV2, AAVS or any combination thereof. One can select the type of AAV with regard to the cells to be targeted; e.g., one can select AAV serotypes 1, 2, 5 or a hybrid capsid AAV1, AAV2, AAVS or any combination thereof for targeting brain or neuronal cells; and one can select AAV4 for targeting cardiac tissue. AAV8 is useful for delivery to the liver. A tabulation of certain AAV serotypes as to these cells can be found in Grimm, D. et al, J. Virol. 82: 5887-5911 (2008)).
Lentiviruses are complex retroviruses that have the ability to infect and express their genes in both mitotic and post-mitotic cells. The most commonly known lentivirus is the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), which uses the envelope glycoproteins of other viruses to target a broad range of cell types.
Lentiviruses can be prepared as follows. After cloning pCasES10 (which contains a lentiviral transfer plasmid backbone), HEK293FT at low passage (p=5) were seeded in a T-75 flask to 50% confluence the day before transfection in DMEM with 10% fetal bovine serum and without antibiotics. After 20 hours, media is changed to OptiMEM (serum-free) media and transfection was done 4 hours later. Cells are transfected with 10 μg of lentiviral transfer plasmid (pCasES10) and the following packaging plasmids: 5 μg of pMD2.G (VSV-g pseudotype), and 7.5 μg of psPAX2 (gag/pol/rev/tat). Transfection can be done in 4 mL OptiMEM with a cationic lipid delivery agent (50 μl Lipofectamine 2000 and 100 ul Plus reagent). After 6 hours, the media is changed to antibiotic-free DMEM with 10% fetal bovine serum. These methods use serum during cell culture, but serum-free methods are preferred.
Lentivirus can be purified as follows. Viral supernatants are harvested after 48 hours. Supernatants are first cleared of debris and filtered through a 0.45 μm low protein binding (PVDF) filter. They are then spun in an ultracentrifuge for 2 hours at 24,000 rpm. Viral pellets are resuspended in 50 μl of DMEM overnight at 4° C. They are then aliquoted and immediately frozen at −80° C.
In another embodiment, minimal non-primate lentiviral vectors based on the equine infectious anemia virus (EIAV) are also contemplated. In another embodiment, RetinoStat®, an equine infectious anemia virus-based lentiviral gene therapy vector that expresses angiostatic proteins endostatin and angiostatin that is contemplated to be delivered via a subretinal injection. In another embodiment, use of self-inactivating lentiviral vectors are contemplated.
Any RNA of the systems, for example a guide RNA or a base editor-encoding mRNA, can be delivered in the form of RNA. Base editor-encoding mRNA can be generated using in vitro transcription. For example, nuclease mRNA can be synthesized using a PCR cassette containing the following elements: T7 promoter, optional kozak sequence (GCCACC), nuclease sequence, and 3′ UTR such as a 3′ UTR from beta globin-polyA tail. The cassette can be used for transcription by T7 polymerase. Guide polynucleotides (e.g., gRNA) can also be transcribed using in vitro transcription from a cassette containing a T7 promoter, followed by the sequence “GG”, and guide polynucleotide sequence.
To enhance expression and reduce possible toxicity, the base editor-coding sequence and/or the guide nucleic acid can be modified to include one or more modified nucleoside e.g. using pseudo-U or 5-Methyl-C.
The small packaging capacity of AAV vectors makes the delivery of a number of genes that exceed this size and/or the use of large physiological regulatory elements challenging. These challenges can be addressed, for example, by dividing the protein(s) to be delivered into two or more fragments, wherein the N-terminal fragment is fused to a split intein-N and the C-terminal fragment is fused to a split intein-C. These fragments are then packaged into two or more AAV vectors. In one embodiment, inteins are utilized to join fragments or portions of a multi-effector base editor protein that is grafted onto an AAV capsid protein. As used herein, “intein” refers to a self-splicing protein intron (e.g., peptide) that ligates flanking N-terminal and C-terminal exteins (e.g., fragments to be joined). The use of certain inteins for joining heterologous protein fragments is described, for example, in Wood et al., J. Biol. Chem. 289(21); 14512-9 (2014). For example, when fused to separate protein fragments, the inteins IntN and IntC recognize each other, splice themselves out and simultaneously ligate the flanking N- and C-terminal exteins of the protein fragments to which they were fused, thereby reconstituting a full-length protein from the two protein fragments. Other suitable inteins will be apparent to a person of skill in the art.
A fragment of a fusion protein of the invention can vary in length. In some embodiments, a protein fragment ranges from 2 amino acids to about 1000 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, a protein fragment ranges from about 5 amino acids to about 500 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, a protein fragment ranges from about 20 amino acids to about 200 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, a protein fragment ranges from about 10 amino acids to about 100 amino acids in length. Suitable protein fragments of other lengths will be apparent to a person of skill in the art.
In one embodiment, dual AAV vectors are generated by splitting a large transgene expression cassette in two separate halves (5′ and 3′ ends, or head and tail), where each half of the cassette is packaged in a single AAV vector (of <5 kb). The re-assembly of the full-length transgene expression cassette is then achieved upon co-infection of the same cell by both dual AAV vectors followed by: (1) homologous recombination (HR) between 5′ and 3′ genomes (dual AAV overlapping vectors); (2) ITR-mediated tail-to-head concatemerization of 5′ and 3′ genomes (dual AAV trans-splicing vectors); or (3) a combination of these two mechanisms (dual AAV hybrid vectors). The use of dual AAV vectors in vivo results in the expression of full-length proteins. The use of the dual AAV vector platform represents an efficient and viable gene transfer strategy for transgenes of >4.7 kb in size.
In some embodiments, a portion or fragment of a nuclease (e.g., Cas9) is fused to an intein. The nuclease can be fused to the N-terminus or the C-terminus of the intein. In some embodiments, a portion or fragment of a fusion protein is fused to an intein and fused to an AAV capsid protein. The intein, nuclease and capsid protein can be fused together in any arrangement (e.g., nuclease-intein-capsid, intein-nuclease-capsid, capsid-intein-nuclease, etc.). In some embodiments, the N-terminus of an intein is fused to the C-terminus of a fusion protein and the C-terminus of the intein is fused to the N-terminus of an AAV capsid protein.
Inteins (intervening protein) are auto-processing domains found in a variety of diverse organisms, which carry out a process known as protein splicing. Protein splicing is a multi-step biochemical reaction comprised of both the cleavage and formation of peptide bonds. While the endogenous substrates of protein splicing are proteins found in intein-containing organisms, inteins can also be used to chemically manipulate virtually any polypeptide backbone.
In protein splicing, the intein excises itself out of a precursor polypeptide by cleaving two peptide bonds, thereby ligating the flanking extein (external protein) sequences via the formation of a new peptide bond. This rearrangement occurs post-translationally (or possibly co-translationally). Intein-mediated protein splicing occurs spontaneously, requiring only the folding of the intein domain.
About 5% of inteins are split inteins, which are transcribed and translated as two separate polypeptides, the N-intein and C-intein, each fused to one extein. Upon translation, the intein fragments spontaneously and non-covalently assemble into the canonical intein structure to carry out protein splicing in trans. The mechanism of protein splicing entails a series of acyl-transfer reactions that result in the cleavage of two peptide bonds at the intein-extein junctions and the formation of a new peptide bond between the N- and C-exteins. This process is initiated by activation of the peptide bond joining the N-extein and the N-terminus of the intein. Virtually all inteins have a cysteine or serine at their N-terminus that attacks the carbonyl carbon of the C-terminal N-extein residue. This N to 0/S acyl-shift is facilitated by a conserved threonine and histidine (referred to as the TXXH motif), along with a commonly found aspartate, which results in the formation of a linear (thio)ester intermediate. Next, this intermediate is subject to trans-(thio)esterification by nucleophilic attack of the first C-extein residue (+1), which is a cysteine, serine, or threonine. The resulting branched (thio)ester intermediate is resolved through a unique transformation: cyclization of the highly conserved C-terminal asparagine of the intein. This process is facilitated by the histidine (found in a highly conserved HNF motif) and the penultimate histidine and may also involve the aspartate. This succinimide formation reaction excises the intein from the reactive complex and leaves behind the exteins attached through a non-peptidic linkage. This structure rapidly rearranges into a stable peptide bond in an intein-independent fashion.
In some embodiments, an N-terminal fragment of a base editor (e.g., ABE, CBE) is fused to a split intein-N and a C-terminal fragment is fused to a split intein-C. These fragments are then packaged into two or more AAV vectors. The use of certain inteins for joining heterologous protein fragments is described, for example, in Wood et al., J. Biol. Chem. 289(21); 14512-9 (2014). For example, when fused to separate protein fragments, the inteins IntN and IntC recognize each other, splice themselves out and simultaneously ligate the flanking N- and C-terminal exteins of the protein fragments to which they were fused, thereby reconstituting a full-length protein from the two protein fragments. Other suitable inteins will be apparent to a person of skill in the art.
In some embodiments, an ABE was split into N- and C-terminal fragments at Ala, Ser, Thr, or Cys residues within selected regions of SpCas9. These regions correspond to loop regions identified by Cas9 crystal structure analysis. The N-terminus of each fragment is fused to an intein-N and the C-terminus of each fragment is fused to an intein C at amino acid positions S303, T310, T313, S355, A456, S460, A463, T466, S469, T472, T474, C574, S577, A589, and S590, which are indicated in Bold Capitals in the sequence below.
The suitability of nucleobase editors or multi-effector nucleobase editors that target one or more mutations is evaluated as described herein. In one embodiment, a single cell of interest is transduced with a base editing system together with a small amount of a vector encoding a reporter (e.g., GFP). These cells can be any cell line known in the art, including immortalized human cell lines, such as 293T, K562 or U20S. Alternatively, primary cells (e.g., human) may be used. Such cells may be relevant to the eventual cell target. Delivery may be performed using a viral vector. In one embodiment, transfection may be performed using lipid transfection (such as Lipofectamine or Fugene) or by electroporation. Following transfection, expression of GFP can be determined either by fluorescence microscopy or by flow cytometry to confirm consistent and high levels of transfection. These preliminary transfections can comprise different nucleobase editors to determine which combinations of editors give the greatest activity.
The activity of the nucleobase editor is assessed as described herein, i.e., by sequencing the genome of the cells to detect alterations in a target sequence. For Sanger sequencing, purified PCR amplicons are cloned into a plasmid backbone, transformed, miniprepped and sequenced with a single primer. Sequencing may also be performed using next generation sequencing techniques. When using next generation sequencing, amplicons may be 300-500 bp with the intended cut site placed asymmetrically. Following PCR, next generation sequencing adapters and barcodes (for example Illumina multiplex adapters and indexes) may be added to the ends of the amplicon, e.g., for use in high throughput sequencing (for example on an Illumina MiSeq).
The fusion proteins that induce the greatest levels of target specific alterations in initial tests can be selected for further evaluation.
In particular embodiments, the nucleobase editors or multi-effector base editors are used to target polynucleotides of interest. In one embodiment, a nucleobase editor or multi-effector base editor of the invention is delivered to cells (e.g., hematopoietic cells or their progenitors, hematopoietic stem cells, and/or induced pluripotent stem cells) in conjunction with a guide RNA that is used to target a mutation of interest within the genome of a cell, thereby altering the mutation. In some embodiments, a base editor is targeted by a guide RNA to introduce one or more edits to the sequence of a gene of interest.
In one embodiment, a nucleobase editor or multi-effector nucleobase editor is used to target a regulatory sequence, including but not limited to splice sites, enhancers, and transcriptional regulatory elements. The effect of the alteration on the expression of a gene controlled by the regulatory element is then assayed using any method known in the art.
In other embodiments, a nucleobase editor or multi-effector nucleobase editor of the invention is used to target a polynucleotide encoding a Complementarity Determining Region (CDR), thereby creating alterations in the expressed CDR. The effect of these alterations on CDR function is then assayed, for example, by measuring the specific binding of the CDR to its antigen.
In still other embodiments, a multi-effector nucleobase editor of the invention is used to target polynucleotides of interest within the genome of an organism. In one embodiment, a multi-effector nucleobase editor of the invention is delivered to cells in conjunction with a library of guide RNAs that are used to tile a variety of sequences within the genome of a cell, thereby systematically altering sequences throughout the genome.
The system can comprise one or more different vectors. In an aspect, the base editor is codon optimized for expression the desired cell type, preferentially a eukaryotic cell, preferably a mammalian cell or a human cell.
In general, codon optimization refers to a process of modifying a nucleic acid sequence for enhanced expression in the host cells of interest by replacing at least one codon (e.g. about or more than about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 50, or more codons) of the native sequence with codons that are more frequently or most frequently used in the genes of that host cell while maintaining the native amino acid sequence. Various species exhibit particular bias for certain codons of a particular amino acid. Codon bias (differences in codon usage between organisms) often correlates with the efficiency of translation of messenger RNA (mRNA), which is in turn believed to be dependent on, among other things, the properties of the codons being translated and the availability of particular transfer RNA (tRNA) molecules. The predominance of selected tRNAs in a cell is generally a reflection of the codons used most frequently in peptide synthesis. Accordingly, genes can be tailored for optimal gene expression in a given organism based on codon optimization. Codon usage tables are readily available, for example, at the “Codon Usage Database” available at www.kazusa.orjp/codon/(visited Jul. 9, 2002), and these tables can be adapted in a number of ways. See, Nakamura, Y., et al. “Codon usage tabulated from the international DNA sequence databases: status for the year 2000” Nucl. Acids Res. 28:292 (2000). Computer algorithms for codon optimizing a particular sequence for expression in a particular host cell are also available, such as Gene Forge (Aptagen; Jacobus, Pa.), are also available. In some embodiments, one or more codons (e.g. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 50, or more, or all codons) in a sequence encoding an engineered nuclease correspond to the most frequently used codon for a particular amino acid.
Packaging cells are typically used to form virus particles that are capable of infecting a host cell. Such cells include 293 cells, which package adenovirus, and psi.2 cells or PA317 cells, which package retrovirus. Viral vectors used in gene therapy are usually generated by producing a cell line that packages a nucleic acid vector into a viral particle. The vectors typically contain the minimal viral sequences required for packaging and subsequent integration into a host, other viral sequences being replaced by an expression cassette for the polynucleotide(s) to be expressed. The missing viral functions are typically supplied in trans by the packaging cell line. For example, AAV vectors used in gene therapy typically only possess ITR sequences from the AAV genome which are required for packaging and integration into the host genome. Viral DNA can be packaged in a cell line, which contains a helper plasmid encoding the other AAV genes, namely rep and cap, but lacking ITR sequences. The cell line can also be infected with adenovirus as a helper. The helper virus can promote replication of the AAV vector and expression of AAV genes from the helper plasmid. The helper plasmid in some cases is not packaged in significant amounts due to a lack of ITR sequences. Contamination with adenovirus can be reduced by, e.g., heat treatment to which adenovirus is more sensitive than AAV.
The multi-effector nucleobase editors can be used to target polynucleotides of interest to create alterations that modify protein expression. In one embodiment, a multi-effector nucleobase editor is used to modify a non-coding or regulatory sequence, including but not limited to splice sites, enhancers, and transcriptional regulatory elements. The effect of the alteration on the expression of a gene controlled by the regulatory element is then assayed using any method known in the art. In a particular embodiment, a multi-effector nucleobase editor is able to substantially alter a regulatory sequence, thereby abolishing its ability to regulate gene expression. Advantageously, this can be done without generating double-stranded breaks in the genomic target sequence, in contrast to other RNA-programmable nucleases.
The multi-effector nucleobase editors can be used to target polynucleotides of interest to create alterations that modify protein activity. In the context of mutagenesis, for example, multi-effector nucleobase editors have a number of advantages over error-prone PCR and other polymerase-based methods. Because multi-effector nucleobase editors of the invention create alterations at multiple bases in a target region, such mutations are more likely to be expressed at the protein level relative to mutations introduced by error-prone PCR, which are less likely to be expressed at the protein level given that a single nucleotide change in a codon may still encode the same amino acid (e.g., codon degeneracy). Unlike error-prone PCR, which induces random alterations throughout a polynucleotide, multi-effector nucleobase editors of the invention can be used to target specific amino acids within a small or defined region of a protein of interest.
In other embodiments, a multi-effector nucleobase editor of the invention is used to target a polynucleotide of interest within the genome of an organism. In one embodiment, the organism is a bacteria of the microbiome (e.g., Bacteriodetes, Verrucomicrobia, Firmicutes; Gammaproteobacteria, Alphaproteobacteria, Bacteriodetes, Clostridia, Erysipelotrichia, Bacilli; Enterobacteriales, Bacteriodales, Verrucomicrobiales, Clostridiales, Erysiopelotrichales, Lactobacillales; Enterobacteriaceae, Bacteroidaceae, Erysiopelotrichaceae, Prevotellaceae, Coriobacteriaceae, and Alcaligenaceae, Escherichia, Bacteroides, Alistipes, Akkermansia, Clostridium, Lactobacillus). In another embodiment, the organism is an agriculturally important animal (e.g., cow, sheep, goat, horse, chicken, turkey) or plant (e.g., soybeans, wheat, corn, rice, tobacco, apples, grapes, peaches, plums, cherries). In one embodiment, a multi-effector nucleobase editor of the invention is delivered to cells in conjunction with a library of guide RNAs that are used to tile a variety of sequences within the genome of a cell, thereby systematically altering sequences throughout the genome.
Mutations may be made in any of a variety of proteins to facilitate structure function analysis or to alter the endogenous activity of the protein. Mutations may be made, for example, in an enzyme (e.g., kinase, phosphatase, carboxylase, phosphodiesterase) or in an enzyme substrate, in a receptor or in its ligand, and in an antibody and its antigen. In one embodiment, a multi-effector nucleobase editor targets a nucleic acid molecule encoding the active site of the enzyme, the ligand binding site of a receptor, or a complementarity determining region (CDR) of an antibody. In the case of an enzyme, inducing mutations in the active site could increase, decrease, or abolish the enzyme's activity. The effect of mutations on the enzyme is characterized in an enzyme activity assay, including any of a number of assays known in the art and/or that would be apparent to the skilled artisan. In the case of a receptor, mutations made at the ligand binding site could increase, decrease or abolish the receptors affinity for its ligand. The effect of such mutations is assayed in a receptor/ligand binding assay, including any of a number of assays known in the art and/or that would be apparent to the skilled artisan. In the case of a CDR, mutations made within the CDR could increase, decrease or abolish binding to the antigen. Alternatively, mutations made within the CDR could alter the specificity of the antibody for the antigen. The effect of these alterations on CDR function is then assayed, for example, by measuring the specific binding of the CDR to its antigen or in any other type of immunoassay.
Other aspects of the present disclosure relate to pharmaceutical compositions comprising any of the base editors, fusion proteins, or the fusion protein-guide polynucleotide complexes described herein. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises additional agents (e.g., for specific delivery, increasing half-life, or other therapeutic compounds).
Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers generally comprise inert substances that aid in administering the pharmaceutical composition to a subject, aid in processing the pharmaceutical compositions into deliverable preparations, or aid in storing the pharmaceutical composition prior to administration. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers can include agents that can stabilize, optimize or otherwise alter the form, consistency, viscosity, pH, pharmacokinetics, solubility of the formulation.
Some nonlimiting examples of materials which can serve as pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers include: (1) sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; (2) starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; (3) cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, methylcellulose, ethyl cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate and talc; (8) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; (10) glycols, such as propylene glycol; (11) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol (PEG); (12) esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; (13) agar; (14) buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; (15) alginic acid; (16) pyrogen-free water; (17) isotonic saline; (18) Ringer's solution; (19) ethyl alcohol; (20) pH buffered solutions; (21) polyesters, polycarbonates and/or polyanhydrides; (22) bulking agents, such as polypeptides and amino acids (23) serum alcohols, such as ethanol; and (23) other non-toxic compatible substances employed in pharmaceutical formulations. Buffering agents, wetting agents, emulsifying agents, diluents, encapsulating agents, skin penetration enhancers, coloring agents, release agents, coating agents, sweetening agents, flavoring agents, perfuming agents, preservative and antioxidants can also be present in the formulation. For example, carriers can include, but are not limited to, saline, buffered saline, dextrose, arginine, sucrose, water, glycerol, ethanol, sorbitol, dextran, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, and combinations thereof.
Pharmaceutical compositions can comprise one or more pH buffering compounds to maintain the pH of the formulation at a predetermined level that reflects physiological pH, such as in the range of about 5.0 to about 8.0. The pH buffering compound used in the aqueous liquid formulation can be an amino acid or mixture of amino acids, such as histidine or a mixture of amino acids such as histidine and glycine. Alternatively, the pH buffering compound is preferably an agent which maintains the pH of the formulation at a predetermined level, such as in the range of about 5.0 to about 8.0, and which does not chelate calcium ions. Illustrative examples of such pH buffering compounds include, but are not limited to, imidazole and acetate ions. The pH buffering compound may be present in any amount suitable to maintain the pH of the formulation at a predetermined level.
Pharmaceutical compositions can also contain one or more osmotic modulating agents, i.e., a compound that modulates the osmotic properties (e.g., tonicity, osmolality, and/or osmotic pressure) of the formulation to a level that is acceptable to the blood stream and blood cells of recipient individuals. The osmotic modulating agent can be an agent that does not chelate calcium ions. The osmotic modulating agent can be any compound known or available to those skilled in the art that modulates the osmotic properties of the formulation. One skilled in the art may empirically determine the suitability of a given osmotic modulating agent for use in the inventive formulation. Illustrative examples of suitable types of osmotic modulating agents include, but are not limited to: salts, such as sodium chloride and sodium acetate; sugars, such as sucrose, dextrose, and mannitol; amino acids, such as glycine; and mixtures of one or more of these agents and/or types of agents. The osmotic modulating agent(s) may be present in any concentration sufficient to modulate the osmotic properties of the formulation.
In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for delivery to a subject, e.g., for gene editing. In some embodiments, administration of the pharmaceutical compositions contemplated herein may be carried out using conventional techniques including, but not limited to, infusion, transfusion, or parenterally. In some embodiments, parenteral administration includes infusing or injecting intravascularly, intravenously, intramuscularly, intraarterially, intrathecally, intratumorally, intradermally, intraperitoneally, transtracheally, subcutaneously, subcuticularly, intraarticularly, subcapsularly, subarachnoidly and intrasternally. In some embodiments, suitable routes of administrating the pharmaceutical composition described herein include, without limitation: topical, subcutaneous, transdermal, intradermal, intralesional, intraarticular, intraperitoneal, intravesical, transmucosal, gingival, intradental, intracochlear, transtympanic, intraorgan, epidural, intrathecal, intramuscular, intravenous, intravascular, intraosseus, periocular, intratumoral, intracerebral, and intracerebroventricular administration.
In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition described herein is administered locally to a diseased site (e.g., tumor site). In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition described herein is administered to a subject by injection, by means of a catheter, by means of a suppository, or by means of an implant, the implant being of a porous, non-porous, or gelatinous material, including a membrane, such as a sialastic membrane, or a fiber.
In other embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition described herein is delivered in a controlled release system. In one embodiment, a pump can be used (see, e.g., Langer, 1990, Science 249: 1527-1533; Sefton, 1989, CRC Crit. Ref. Biomed. Eng. 14:201; Buchwald et al., 1980, Surgery 88:507; Saudek et al, 1989, N. Engl. J. Med. 321:574). In another embodiment, polymeric materials can be used. (See, e.g., Medical Applications of Controlled Release (Langer and Wise eds., CRC Press, Boca Raton, Fla., 1974); Controlled Drug Bioavailability, Drug Product Design and Performance (Smolen and Ball eds., Wiley, New York, 1984); Ranger and Peppas, 1983, Macromol. Sci. Rev. Macromol. Chem. 23:61. See also Levy et al., 1985, Science 228: 190; During et al., 1989, Ann. Neurol. 25:351; Howard et ah, 1989, J. Neurosurg. 71: 105.) Other controlled release systems are discussed, for example, in Langer, supra.
In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is formulated in accordance with routine procedures as a composition adapted for intravenous or subcutaneous administration to a subject, e.g., a human. In some embodiments, pharmaceutical composition for administration by injection are solutions in sterile isotonic use as solubilizing agent and a local anesthetic such as lignocaine to ease pain at the site of the injection. Generally, the ingredients are supplied either separately or mixed together in unit dosage form, for example, as a dry lyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent. Where the pharmaceutical is to be administered by infusion, it can be dispensed with an infusion bottle containing sterile pharmaceutical grade water or saline. Where the pharmaceutical composition is administered by injection, an ampoule of sterile water for injection or saline can be provided so that the ingredients can be mixed prior to administration.
A pharmaceutical composition for systemic administration can be a liquid, e.g., sterile saline, lactated Ringer's or Hank's solution. In addition, the pharmaceutical composition can be in solid forms and re-dissolved or suspended immediately prior to use. Lyophilized forms are also contemplated. The pharmaceutical composition can be contained within a lipid particle or vesicle, such as a liposome or microcrystal, which is also suitable for parenteral administration. The particles can be of any suitable structure, such as unilamellar or plurilamellar, so long as compositions are contained therein. Compounds can be entrapped in “stabilized plasmid-lipid particles” (SPLP) containing the fusogenic lipid dioleoylphosphatidylethanolamine (DOPE), low levels (5-10 mol %) of cationic lipid, and stabilized by a polyethyleneglycol (PEG) coating (Zhang Y. P. et ah, Gene Ther. 1999, 6: 1438-47). Positively charged lipids such as N-[1-(2,3-dioleoyloxi)propyl]-N,N,N-trimethyl-amoniummethylsulfate, or “DOTAP,” are particularly preferred for such particles and vesicles. The preparation of such lipid particles is well known. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,880,635; 4,906,477; 4,911,928; 4,917,951; 4,920,016; and 4,921,757; each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
The pharmaceutical composition described herein can be administered or packaged as a unit dose, for example. The term “unit dose” when used in reference to a pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosure refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosage for the subject, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required diluent; i.e., carrier, or vehicle.
Further, the pharmaceutical composition can be provided as a pharmaceutical kit comprising (a) a container containing a compound of the invention in lyophilized form and (b) a second container containing a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent (e.g., sterile used for reconstitution or dilution of the lyophilized compound of the invention. Optionally associated with such container(s) can be a notice in the form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products, which notice reflects approval by the agency of manufacture, use or sale for human administration.
In another aspect, an article of manufacture containing materials useful for the treatment of the diseases described above is included. In some embodiments, the article of manufacture comprises a container and a label. Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, syringes, and test tubes. The containers can be formed from a variety of materials such as glass or plastic. In some embodiments, the container holds a composition that is effective for treating a disease described herein and can have a sterile access port. For example, the container can be an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle. The active agent in the composition is a compound of the invention. In some embodiments, the label on or associated with the container indicates that the composition is used for treating the disease of choice. The article of manufacture can further comprise a second container comprising a pharmaceutically-acceptable buffer, such as phosphate-buffered saline, Ringer's solution, or dextrose solution. It can further include other materials desirable from a commercial and user standpoint, including other buffers, diluents, filters, needles, syringes, and package inserts with instructions for use.
In some embodiments, any of the fusion proteins, gRNAs, and/or complexes described herein are provided as part of a pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises any of the fusion proteins provided herein. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises any of the complexes provided herein. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a ribonucleoprotein complex comprising an RNA-guided nuclease (e.g., Cas9) that forms a complex with a gRNA and a cationic lipid. In some embodiments pharmaceutical composition comprises a gRNA, a nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein, a cationic lipid, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. Pharmaceutical compositions can optionally comprise one or more additional therapeutically active substances.
In some embodiments, compositions provided herein are administered to a subject, for example, to a human subject, in order to effect a targeted genomic modification within the subject. In some embodiments, cells are obtained from the subject and contacted with any of the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein. In some embodiments, cells removed from a subject and contacted ex vivo with a pharmaceutical composition are re-introduced into the subject, optionally after the desired genomic modification has been effected or detected in the cells. Methods of delivering pharmaceutical compositions comprising nucleases are known, and are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,453,242; 6,503,717; 6,534,261; 6,599,692; 6,607,882; 6,689,558; 6,824,978; 6,933,113; 6,979,539; 7,013,219; and 7,163,824, the disclosures of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties. Although the descriptions of pharmaceutical compositions provided herein are principally directed to pharmaceutical compositions which are suitable for administration to humans, it will be understood by the skilled artisan that such compositions are generally suitable for administration to animals or organisms of all sorts, for example, for veterinary use.
Modification of pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration to humans in order to render the compositions suitable for administration to various animals is well understood, and the ordinarily skilled veterinary pharmacologist can design and/or perform such modification with merely ordinary, if any, experimentation. Subjects to which administration of the pharmaceutical compositions is contemplated include, but are not limited to, humans and/or other primates; mammals, domesticated animals, pets, and commercially relevant mammals such as cattle, pigs, horses, sheep, cats, dogs, mice, and/or rats; and/or birds, including commercially relevant birds such as chickens, ducks, geese, and/or turkeys.
Formulations of the pharmaceutical compositions described herein can be prepared by any method known or hereafter developed in the art of pharmacology. In general, such preparatory methods include the step of bringing the active ingredient(s) into association with an excipient and/or one or more other accessory ingredients, and then, if necessary and/or desirable, shaping and/or packaging the product into a desired single- or multi-dose unit. Pharmaceutical formulations can additionally comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, which, as used herein, includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, diluents, or other liquid vehicles, dispersion or suspension aids, surface active agents, isotonic agents, thickening or emulsifying agents, preservatives, solid binders, lubricants and the like, as suited to the particular dosage form desired. Remington's The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st Edition, A. R. Gennaro (Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore, Md., 2006; incorporated in its entirety herein by reference) discloses various excipients used in formulating pharmaceutical compositions and known techniques for the preparation thereof. See also PCT application PCT/US2010/055131 (Publication number WO2011/053982 A8, filed Nov. 2, 2010), incorporated in its entirety herein by reference, for additional suitable methods, reagents, excipients and solvents for producing pharmaceutical compositions comprising a nuclease.
Except insofar as any conventional excipient medium is incompatible with a substance or its derivatives, such as by producing any undesirable biological effect or otherwise interacting in a deleterious manner with any other component(s) of the pharmaceutical composition, its use is contemplated to be within the scope of this disclosure.
The compositions, as described above, can be administered in effective amounts. The effective amount will depend upon the mode of administration, the particular condition being treated, and the desired outcome. It may also depend upon the stage of the condition, the age and physical condition of the subject, the nature of concurrent therapy, if any, and like factors well-known to the medical practitioner. For therapeutic applications, it is that amount sufficient to achieve a medically desirable result.
In some embodiments, compositions in accordance with the present disclosure can be used for treatment of any of a variety of diseases, disorders, and/or conditions.
Various aspects of this disclosure provide kits comprising a base editor system. In one embodiment, the kit comprises a nucleic acid construct comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding a nucleobase editor fusion protein. The fusion protein comprises one or more deaminase domains (e.g., cytidine deaminase and/or adenine deaminase) and a nucleic acid programmable DNA binding protein (napDNAbp). In some embodiments, the kit comprises at least one guide RNA capable of targeting a nucleic acid molecule of interest. In some embodiments, the kit comprises a nucleic acid construct comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding at least one guide RNA. In some embodiments, the kit comprises a nucleic acid construct, comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding (a) a Cas9 domain fused to an adenosine deaminase and/or a cytidine deaminase as provided herein; and (b) a heterologous promoter that drives expression of the sequence of (a).
The kit provides, in some embodiments, instructions for using the kit to edit one or more mutations. The instructions will generally include information about the use of the kit for editing nucleic acid molecules. In other embodiments, the instructions include at least one of the following: precautions; warnings; clinical studies; and/or references. The instructions may be printed directly on the container (when present), or as a label applied to the container, or as a separate sheet, pamphlet, card, or folder supplied in or with the container. In a further embodiment, a kit can comprise instructions in the form of a label or separate insert (package insert) for suitable operational parameters. In yet another embodiment, the kit can comprise one or more containers with appropriate positive and negative controls or control samples, to be used as standard(s) for detection, calibration, or normalization. The kit can further comprise a second container comprising a pharmaceutically-acceptable buffer, such as (sterile) phosphate-buffered saline, Ringer's solution, or dextrose solution. It can further include other materials desirable from a commercial and user standpoint, including other buffers, diluents, filters, needles, syringes, and package inserts with instructions for use.
Some aspects of this disclosure provide cells comprising any of the nucleobase editors or multi-effector nucleobase editors or fusion proteins provided herein. In some embodiments, the cells comprise any of the nucleotides or vectors provided herein.
The practice of the present invention employs, unless otherwise indicated, conventional techniques of molecular biology (including recombinant techniques), microbiology, cell biology, biochemistry and immunology, which are well within the purview of the skilled artisan. Such techniques are explained fully in the literature, such as, “Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual”, second edition (Sambrook, 1989); “Oligonucleotide Synthesis” (Gait, 1984); “Animal Cell Culture” (Freshney, 1987); “Methods in Enzymology” “Handbook of Experimental Immunology” (Weir, 1996); “Gene Transfer Vectors for Mammalian Cells” (Miller and Calos, 1987); “Current Protocols in Molecular Biology” (Ausubel, 1987); “PCR: The Polymerase Chain Reaction”, (Mullis, 1994); “Current Protocols in Immunology” (Coligan, 1991). These techniques are applicable to the production of the polynucleotides and polypeptides of the invention, and, as such, may be considered in making and practicing the invention. Particularly useful techniques for particular embodiments will be discussed in the sections that follow.
The following examples are put forth so as to provide those of ordinary skill in the art with a complete disclosure and description of how to make and use the assay, screening, and therapeutic methods of the invention, and are not intended to limit the scope of what the inventors regard as their invention.
Base editors are promising tools to reverse pathogenic point mutations in human genome without creating harmful double strand breaks. However, cytidine or adenine base editors (CBEs or ABEs) were reported to introduce tens of thousands of transcriptome-wide RNA spurious mutations. CBEs, not ABEs, were also reported to cause substantial genome-wide DNA spurious mutations in mouse embryos and plants. To reduce off-target editing caused by CBEs by utilizing alternative cytidine deaminases and structure-guided mutagenesis, several novel CBEs were identified including ones from non-human primates from a screen of 153 cytidine deaminases, which displayed an improved editing profile compared to previous CBEs. These new CBEs and their mutants displayed minimal DNA and RNA spurious deamination. These new CBEs (BE4-ppAPOBEC1 H122A, BE4-RrA3F, BE4-AmAPOBEC1, and BE4-SsAPOBEC2) are replacements for previously published CBEs and provides solutions for potentially side-effects caused by harmful spurious deamination.
The canonical cytidine base editors (CBEs), base editor 3 (BE3), BE4, and BE4max contain an N-terminal cytidine deaminase rat APOBEC1 (rAPOBEC1). Other CBEs also use hAPOBEC3A, hAID, CDA1, and FENRY to perform the deamination of cytidine. rAPOBEC1 is the most widely used deaminase in CBEs due to an overall higher editing efficiency and relatively better specificity. However, a recent report showed that 20-fold more SNVs were identified in mouse embryo cells treated with BE3 compared to non-treated cells. Spurious C to T mutations were also detected in a BE3 treated rice genome, including genic regions. Additionally, two reports revealed that tens of thousands off-target edits were found in the transcriptome with a BE3 or BE4 treated sample. These studies together raise concerns about the safety of CBEs for potential therapeutic applications. The off-target editing at the DNA or RNA level was guide-independent and related to the intrinsic characteristics of deaminases instead of Cas9. Base editing uses Cas9 to search for the intended target site, however, the deaminase itself also binds to ssDNA and ssRNA independently. The 32 amino acid flexible linker between the deaminase and Cas9 is unlikely to be sufficient to position the deaminase perfectly towards its substrate. Since deaminase was recruited to the Cas9 target site and its local concentration was greatly increased, a lower binding affinity is likely to be sufficient for on-target editing compared to off-target editing. A strong ssDNA/ssRNA binding capability might be responsible for unguided off-target editing observed for CBE. It is necessary to engineer existing cytidine deaminases or search for new deaminases with a more favorable ssDNA binding and catalytical profile.
It has been reported that cytidine deaminases like APOBEC3A use ssDNA instead of dsDNA as substrate. It is likely that spurious deamination in the genome occurs when single-stranded DNA becomes transiently available during DNA replication or DNA transcription. There is no well-established assay for spurious deamination except for labor intensive whole genome sequencing. Therefore, to a high-throughput assay was established to evaluate guide-independent ssDNA deamination. S. pyogenes Cas9/gRNA complex was used to create an R-loop in the human genome and expose about a 20 nt Cas9 target site as single-strand DNA. Untethered rAPOBEC1 or Tad-TadA7.10 was co-transfected and deamination at the target sites was measured by NGS (
rAPOBEC1 was engineered for reduced ssDNA binding activity. A homology model of rAPOBEC1, based on exiting hA3C crystal structure, was used to predict 15 mutations important for ssDNA binding and 8 mutations that affect catalytical activity (
However, all rAPOBEFC1 with HiFi mutations showed an overall decrease in in cis activity. rAPOBEC1 double mutants (K34A R33A, and W90A R126E), which were reported previously as solutions for spurious RNA deamination, showed a decrease in on-target editing for most target sties tested, which prevented them from being useful in therapeutic applications (
Since mutagenesis of available deaminases did not lead to efficient and safe editors, alternative deaminases that could be used for base editing were investigated. After an initial screening with a few members from characterized cytidine deaminase families like APOBEC1, APOBEC2, APOBEC3, APOBEC4, AID, CDA, etc, the APOBEC-like protein superfamily was identified. Amino acid sequences of all deaminases tested are provided in Table 13. Three APOBEC1s (hAPOBEC1, ppAPOBEC1, mdAPOBEC1) showed a high cis/trans ratio and all contained a Y120F mutation and other HiFi mutations at the corresponding positions (
Rattus
norvegicus
Mus
musculus
Mesocricetus
auratus
Homo
sapiens
Pongo
pygmaeus
Mus
musculus
Homo
sapiens
Pongo
Bos taurus
Mus
musculus
Homo
sapiens
Homo
sapiens
Homo
sapiens
Homo
sapiens
Homo
sapiens
Homo
sapiens
Homo
sapiens
Mus
musculus
Rattus
norvegicus
Homo
sapiens
Canis lupus
Bos taurus
Mus
musculus
Petromyzon
marinus
Petromyzon
marinus
Petromyzon
marinus
saccharomyces
cerevisiae
A similarity network was generated from proteins with Pfam domains including cytidine deaminases and ssDNA binding domain (
To characterize off-target DNA and RNA editing activities for selected CBEs. From studies on the dose-dependency of base editors, a significant difference on IC50 values was identified for in cis activities and in trans activities (
Exome sequencing was performed to evaluate spurious RNA deamination. Interestingly, ppAPOBEC1, RrA3F (BEM3.14), AmAPOBEC1 (BEM3.31) and SsAPOBEC2 (BEM3.39) all showed >20-fold reduction in SNVs that are C to T mutations (
For evaluation of spurious DNA off-target editing, in vitro enzymatic assay on free ssDNA was used in addition to a cis/trans assay to address concerns about the limitation of substrate availability in Cas9 induced R-loop. Cell lysate was incubated with single strand oligos for 30 min at 37° C. After a 30 minute incubation, about 5-fold less edited product was formed with rAPOBEC1 compared to new CBEs (Table 16). This suggests the unusually high activity of rBE4 on ssDNA and supports the necessity to find a replacement for rAPOBEC1 in therapeutic applications.
Unlike CRISPR-associated nuclease gene approaches, base editors (Bes) do not create double-stranded DNA breaks and therefore minimize the formation of undesired editing byproducts, including insertions, deletions, translocations, and other large-scale chromosomal rearrangements. Cytosine base editors (CBEs) are comprised of a cytosine deaminase fused to an impaired form of Cas9 (D10A), which is tethered to one (BE3) or two (BE4) monomers of uracil glycosylase inhibitor (UGI). This architecture of CBEs enables the conversion of C⋅G base pairs to T⋅A base pair in human genomic DNA, through the formation of an uracil intermediate.
Although CBEs lead to robust on-target DNA base editing efficiency in a variety of contexts (e.g., rice, wheat, human cells and bacteria), it has been reported that treatment of cells with high doses of Base Editor 3 (BE3) can lead to low, but detectable, spurious cytosine deamination in both DNA and cellular RNA, which occur in an unguided fashion, independent of the sgRNA sequence used. Specifically, in treatment of rice with BE3, substantial genome-wide spurious C to T SNVs occurred, above background, and enriched in genic regions. Further, in a study in which spurious DNA editing events resulting from microinjection of BE3 in mouse embryos were evaluated, a mutation rate of one in ten million bases was detected. This resulted in approximately 300 additional single nucleotide variants (SNVs) compared to untreated cells. (Zuo, E. et al., Science, 364:289-292 (2019)). While this rate of mutation is within the range that occurs naturally in mouse and human somatic cells, this Example described the development of next-generation CBEs that function efficiently at their on-target loci, with minimal off-target spurious deamination relative to the foundational base editors, BE3/4, which contain rAPOBEC1. Such new CBEs are particularly advantageous, given their therapeutic importance.
Since both DNA and RNA off-target deamination events result from unguided, Cas9-independent deamination events, such undesired editing byproducts were likely to be caused by the intrinsic ssDNA binding affinities of the cytosine deaminase itself. The canonical CBE base editor BE3, mentioned supra, contains an N-terminal cytidine deaminase rAPOBEC1, an enzyme that deaminates both DNA and RNA when expressed in mammalian, avian, and bacterial cells. CBEs containing rAPOBEC-1 (e.g., BE3, BE4, BE4-max) are widely utilized base editing tools due to their overall high on-target DNA editing efficiencies; however, existing, and/or engineered deaminases may provide similar high, on-target DNA editing efficiency while preserving a minimized unguided, deaminase dependent, off-target profile.
To screen a wide range of next-generation CBE candidates for preferred on- and off-target editing profiles, a high-throughput assay was established to evaluate unguided ssDNA deamination. While not intending to be bound by theory, rAPOBEC1 may be most able to access transiently-available ssDNA that is generated during DNA replication or transcription, especially since spurious deamination in the genome has been reported to occur most frequently in highly transcribed regions of the genome, (
The validity and sensitivity of this on- and off-target editing evaluation assay was assessed using cells treated with the base editors BE4 and ABE7.10 (“BE4 and ABE7.10 treated cells”). It has been reported that cells treated with BE3 (CBE with rAPOBEC-1), but not ABE7.10, display an increase in unguided, spurious deamination in genomic DNA. Consistent with these findings, the assay described herein also showed that cells treated with BE4 (with rAPOBEC1) led to much greater levels of in trans editing than those treated with ABE7.10 (
This cellular assay was first used to test if mutagenesis of deaminases was able to be used to reduce in trans activity, which has been shown to be a means of reducing RNA off-target editing and bystander editing. Utilizing a homology model of rAPOBEC1 (
Screening was performed to survey alternative cytidine deaminases that could be used for cytosine base editing.
A preliminary screen of CBEs containing cytidine deaminases from well-characterized families, including APOBEC1, APOBEC2, APOBEC3, APOBEC4, AID, CDA, etc., was first used to search for and identify next-generation CBEs. Three APOBEC1s (i.e., hAPOBEC1, PpAPOBEC1, MdAPOBEC1) showed a high in cis/in trans ratio at select sites (
Thereafter, an exhaustive screen of 43 APOBEC-like cytidine deaminases with broad sequence diversity was performed (
The BE4 editors were further optimized (with RrA3F, AmAPOBEC1, or SsAPOBEC2) by rational mutagenesis. (
With the described next-generation CBEs in hand, a sub-set [i.e., BE4 with PpAPOBEC1 (wt, H122A or R33A), RrA3F (wt), AmAPOBEC1 (wt), SsAPOBEC2 (wt)] was evaluated to further characterize their off-target RNA activity. It has been reported that plasmid-based overexpression of BE3 containing rAPOBEC1, induced “extensive transcriptome-wide RNA cytosine deamination” (Grunewald, J. et al., Nature, 569:433-437 (2019)). In view of this finding, the next-generation CBEs described herein were evaluated in a similar assay (Ibid.). Advantageously, all six next-generation BE4s tested showed >20-fold reduction in C-to-U edits as compared to BE4 with rAPOBEC1 (
Guide-dependent DNA off-target editing at known Cas9 off-target loci associated with 3 SpCas9 sgRNAs were also evaluated. Guide-dependent off-target activities of BE4 with PpAPOBEC1 were found to be similar to the activity of BE4 with rAPOBEC1 (
To examine if different protein expression levels of editors contributed to changes in cis/trans editing profile, the quantification of base editor mRNA and protein was performed on cells transfected with editor plasmids (
To perform a secondary evaluation of unguided DNA off-target editing, an in vitro assay was developed utilizing free, synthetic ssDNA and CBE protein, as a further validation of the results obtained with the in cis/in trans assay described supra. Total cell lysate that contained base editor proteins was harvested from cells, normalized, and mixed with two, synthesized oligonucleotides (oligos) that contained 11 or 13 cytosines between cytosine-free adaptors, covering all NC motifs. In this assay, six next-generation CBE editors showed an average of 1.0-3.4% C-to-U editing efficiency as compared to that of BE4 with rAPOBEC1, which has an average of 9.4% C-to-U (data are across all 24 Cs contained within the two substrates (
The increased ssDNA editing activity of BE4 containing rAPOBEC1, relative to the next-generation CBEs as described herein, was further supported by performing a time-course assay in which both the absolute level and the apparent rate of deamination by BE4 with rPOABEC1 was greater than that of the described next-generation CBEs (
The DNA sequences of the oligos used in the described studies and in
G*G*TGGTTTGTGTATTGGGTGCCTTCTATTTCCAGCTCGAAGCGAAAAA
G*G*TGGTTTGTGTATTGGGTGTATCTTAACAATGTTAATAACGTATAAA
T*G*GTTTGTGTATTGGGTGAAGGTGAAAGGGTGAAAAAAATTGTCTGTA
The polynucleotide sequences of sgRNAs used in the Examples (Examples 2-5) described infra are provided in Table 18. Target sites for guided off-target and targeted RNA-seq as described in Example 5.
S. pyogenes SgRNA scaffold:
S. aureus SgRNA scaffold:
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
S. aureus
S. pyogenes
The DNA sequences of mammalian expression plasmids for the core CBEs shown in the studies described in Examples 2-5 supra are presented in below. The deaminase sequence is underlined for BE4-rAPOBEC1. For the other constructs, only the deaminase sequences are shown, as the backbone sequences are identical.
CATGAGTTCGAGGTGTTCTTCGACCCTCGGGAACTGAGAAAAGAGACATGCCTGCTGTACGAGATCAACTGGGGC
GGAAGACACAGCATCTGGCGGCACACCAGCCAGAACACCAACAAGCACGTGGAAGTGAATTTCATCGAGAAGTTC
ACCACCGAAAGATACTTCTGCCCCAACACCAGATGCAGCATCACATGGTTCCTGTCTTGGTCCCCTTGCGGCGAG
TGCTCTAGAGCCATCACCGAGTTCCTGAGCAGATATCCTCACGTGACACTGTTCATCTACATCGCCAGACTGTAT
CACCACGCCGATCCTAGAAATAGACAGGGCCTGCGGGACCTGATCAGCTCCGGCGTGACCATCCAGATCATGACC
GAGCAGGAGAGCGGCTACTGTTGGAGAAACTTCGTGAACTACTCTCCTAGCAACGAGGCCCACTGGCCTAGATAC
CCCCACCTGTGGGTGCGGCTGTACGTGCTGGAACTGTACTGCATCATCCTGGGACTGCCTCCATGTCTGAACATC
CTGAGAAGAAAGCAGCCTCAGCTGACCTTCTTCACAATCGCCCTGCAGAGCTGCCACTACCAGAGACTGCCCCCC
CACATCCTGTGGGCCACCGGCCTGAAGCTTAAGAGCGGAGGATCTCTTAAGAGCGGAGGATCTAGCGGCGGCTCT
The Experiments described in Examples 2-5 describe the production of alternative, next-generation deaminases with reduced activity on exposed ssDNA, a feature that is especially important for the beneficial and effective therapeutic application of base editors.
Provided are new, next-generation CBEs with minimized un-guided RNA and DNA off-target editing that were identified by screening of a variety of sequence diverse cytidine deaminases. Two high-throughput assays were developed and utilized to evaluate unguided ssDNA editing efficiency. From a total of 153 deaminases screened, four enzymes, namely, PpAPOBEC1, RrA3F, AmAPOBEC1, and SsAPOBEC2, were identified and characterized as having reduced off-target editing and high on-target editing. Together with structure-guided mutagenesis on the four constructs, eight (8) next-generation CBEs—BE4-PpAPOBEC1, BE4-PpAPOBEC1 H122A, BE4-PpAPOBEC1 R33A, BE4-RrA3F, BE4-RrA3F F130L, BE4-AmAPOBEC1 and BE4-SsAPOBEC2 and BE4-SsAPOBEC2 R54Q—were identified with reduced to minimized off-target editing efficiency and on-target editing efficiency comparable to that of BE4 containing rAPOBEC1. Transcriptome-wide RNA deamination associated with expression of these editors was comparable to that of nCas9(D10A)-2xUGI, while the average on-target editing was about 3.9- to 5.7-fold higher than that of BE4 with rAPOBEC1 with previous SECURE mutations (R33A, K34A), (Grunewald, J. et al., Nature, 569:433-437 (2019)).
As described collectively in Examples 2-5, to mitigate spurious off-target events, a sensitive, high-throughput cellular assay was developed and used to select next-generation CBEs that displayed reduced spurious deamination profiles relative to rAPOBEC1-based CBEs, while maintaining equivalent or superior on-target editing frequencies. 153 CBEs containing cytidine deaminase enzymes with diverse sequences were screened, and four new CBEs with the most promising on/off target ratios were identified. These spurious-deamination-minimized CBEs (BE4 with either RrA3F, AmAPOBEC1, SsAPOBEC2, or PpAPOBEC1) were further optimized for superior on- and off-target DNA editing profiles through structure-guided mutagenesis of the deaminase domain. These next-generation CBEs displayed comparable overall DNA on-target editing frequencies, while eliciting a 10- to 49-fold reduction in C-to-U edits in the transcriptome of treated cells, and up to a 33-fold overall reduction in unguided off-target DNA deamination relative to BE4 containing rAPOBEC1. Taken together, these next-generation CBEs represent new base editing products and agents for applications in which minimization of spurious deamination is desirable and high on-target activity is required.
The next-generation CBEs as described herein also showed ˜2 to 9-fold reduction in editing efficiency on free ssDNA oligos in in vitro enzymatic assay. Such next-generation CBEs are useful for new targets of interest. In embodiments, BE4 containing PpAPOBEC1 H122A or BE4 containing RrA3F are provided as BEs having activities that are superior to that of BE4 with rAPOBEC1, as BE4 containing PpAPOBEC1 H122A or BE4 containing RrA3F are effective for minimizing spurious DNA and RNA deamination events associated with rAPOBEC1. The next-generation CBEs as described herein are superior to the canonical BE4 and are provided as highly useful and advantageous products for genome editing.
Constructs used in the described Examples (Examples 2-5 collectively) were obtained by USER assembly, Gibson assembly, or purchased from Genscript. Gene fragments used for PCR were purchased as mammalian codon-optimized gene fragments from IDT. PCR was performed with primers obtained from IDT using either Phusion U DNA Polymerase Green MultiPlex PCR Master Mix (ThermoFisher) or Q5 Hot Start High-Fidelity 2x Master Mix (New England Biolabs). Endo-free plasmids used for mammalian transfection were prepared using ZymoPURE II Plasmid Midiprep (Zymo Research Corporation) from 50 mL Mach1 (ThermoFisher) culture. Sequences for CBEs, protospacer sequences for sgRNA, and oligos used in the Examples are presented hereinabove.
HEK293T cells (CLBTx013, American Type Cell Culture Collection (ATCC)) were cultured in Dulbecco's Modified Eagles Medium plus Glutamax (10566-016, Thermo Fisher Scientific) with 10% (v/v) fetal bovine serum (A31606-02, Thermo Fisher Scientific). The cell culture incubator was set to 37° C. with 5% CO2. Cells were tested negative for mycoplasma after receipt from supplier.
Transfection Conditions and gDNA Extraction for NGS Amplicon Sequencing:
HEK293T cells were seeded onto 96-well, Poly-D-Lysine-treated BioCoat tissue culture (TC) plates (Corning) at a density of 12,000 cells/well. Transfection of HEK293T cells was carried out 18-24 hours after seeding the cells in the TC plate wells. To each well of cells, 90 ng of base editor or control plasmid, 30 ng sgRNA plasmid and 1 μL Lipofectamine 2000 (ThermoFisher Scientific) were added. For in-trans editing experiments, cells were also treated with 60 ng nSaCas9 (D10A)-2xUGI plasmid. Following an ˜64 hour incubation, the medium was aspirated and 50 μL QuickExtract™ DNA Extraction Solution (Lucigen) were added to each well. gDNA extraction was performed according to manufacturer's instructions.
Hek293T cells were seeded onto 48-well, Poly-D-Lysine-treated BioCoat TC plates at a density of 35,000 cells/well. To each well of cells, 300 ng base editor or control plasmid, 100 ng sgRNA plasmid and 1.5 μL lipofectamine 2000 were added. For the in-trans assay, 200 ng nSaCas9 (D10A)-2xUGI plasmid was added to the mixture in the well. The transfection protocol used was as described above. For RNA extraction, 300 μL RTL plus buffer (RNasy Plus 96 kit, Qiagen) were added to each well. RIPA buffer (100 μL per well, ThermoFisher Scientific) was used to lyse the cells for protein quantification. For in vitro enzymatic assays, each well of cells was lysed with 100 μL M-per buffer (ThermoFisher Scientific).
Genomic DNA samples were amplified and prepared for high throughput sequencing as reported by Gaudelli, N. M. et al. (Nature, 551:464-471 (2017)). Briefly, 2 μL of gDNA were added to a 25 μL PCR reaction containing Phusion U Green Multiplex PCR Master Mix and 0.5 μM of each forward and reverse primer. Following amplification, PCR products were barcoded using unique Illumina barcoding primer pairs. Barcoding reactions contained 0.5 μM of each Illumina forward and reverse primer, 1 μL of PCR mixture containing the amplified genomic site of interest, and Q5 Hot Start High-Fidelity 2x Master Mix in a total volume of 25 μL. All PCR conditions were carried out using standard and reported methods. Primers used for site-specific mammalian cell genomic DNA amplification are listed in Table 17.
NGS data were analyzed by performing four general steps: (1) Illumina demultiplexing, (2) read trimming and filtering, (3) alignment of all reads to the expected amplicon sequence, and (4) generation of alignment statistics and quantification of editing rates. Each step is described Example 5 (
Total RNA extraction was carried out using RNasy Plus 96 kit (Qiagen) according to the manufacturer's protocol. An extra on-column DNase I (RNase-Free DNase Set, Qiagen) digestion step was added before the washing step according to the manufacturer's instructions.
cDNA samples were generated from the isolated mRNA using SuperScript IV One-Step RT-PCR System (Thermo Fisher Scientific) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Next Genome Sequencing (NGS) for targeted RNA sequencing was performed using the same protocol as was used for DNA editing. For whole transcriptome sequencing, mRNA isolation was performed from 100 ng total RNA using NEBNext Poly(A) mRNA Magnetic Isolation Module (NEB). Exome sequencing library preparation was performed using NEBNext® Ultra™ II Directional RNA Library Prep Kit for Illumina according to the manufacturer's instructions. The optional 2nd SPRI beads selection was performed to remove residue adaptor contamination. The libraries made were analyzed using fragment analyzer (Agilent) and sequencing was performed (Novogene on NovaSeq S4 flow cell).
Cells were lysed in M-per buffer and determination of the concentration of Cas9 was carried out using an automated Ella assay on an Ella instrument (Protein Simple). An aliquot of 5 μL cell lysate or Cas9 standard solution was mixed with 45 μL sample, and the mixture was added to 48-digoxigenin cartridges. The concentration of Cas9 in the base editor complex was quantified using anti-Cas9 antibody (7A9-A3A, Novus Biologicals).
The protein concentration was adjusted to 0.2 nM (final concentration) and mixed with 1 μL oligo (oligo sequence included in Table 17) at 0.1 μM or 0.5 μM concentration in reaction buffer (20 mM Tris pH 7.5, 150 mM NaCl, 1 mM DTT, 10% glycerol) for the indicated amount of time. The assay was quenched by heat-inactivation at 95° C. for 3 minutes, and product formation was quantified using percentage of C to T conversion (NGS) and input amount of oligos.
Core next-generation CBEs described herein are deposited on Addgene. High-throughput sequencing data is deposited in the NCBI Sequence Read Archive (PRJNA595157).
All software tools used for data analysis are publicly available. Detailed information about versions and parameters used, as well as shell commands, are provided below.
1. To generate FASTQ files from the base call files (BCF) generated by the MiSeq, demultiplexing was performed by running Illumina bcl2fastq (v2.20.0.422) with the following parameters:
bcl2fastq\
FASTQ files were downloaded from Novagene and aligned to the human genome (Gencode GRCh38v31) using STAR (v2.7.2a). Genome alignments were then duplicate-marked and sorted with Picard (v2.20.5). Reads that contain Ns in their cigar string because they span splicing junctions were split using GATK (v4.1.3.0), and then base quality score recalibration was performed with Picard. Variant calls were generated with GATK Haplotype Caller with standard settings for variant calling in RNA: minimum-mapping-quality 30, minimum-base-quality 20, dont-use-soft-clipped-bases, standard-call-conf 20.
To identify somatic mutations private to the base-editor treated samples as described herein, background filtration was performed using an nCas9 treated sample. Only substitutions on canonical chromosomes were considered. A mutation was determined to be private to the base-editor-treated sample if its genomic position had >30x coverage in the base-editor treated sample and >20x coverage in the nCas9 sample with 99% of reads containing the reference base.
Spurious deamination activities of the C-to-T base editors generated herein were examined by whole genome sequencing (WGS) of single cell expansions (
From whole genome sequencing (WGS) data, spurious C to T mutations were detected from samples treated with BE4-rAPOBEC1. Variant counts and edit rates at two positions (positions 4 and 6) in B2M, and actual p-values from MannU test of same are shown in Tables 18A and 18B below. No significant enrichment of C to T mutations were detected in samples treated with BE4-AmAPOBEC1 and BE4-SsAPOBEC2 (
In the following sequence, lower case denotes the kanamycin resistance promoter region, bold sequence indicates targeted inactivation portion (Q4* and W15*), the italicized sequence denotes the targeted inactive site of kanamycin resistance gene (D208N), and the underlined sequences denote the PAM sequences.
TAAGATGGATTGCACGCAGGTTCTCCGGCCGCTTAGGTGGAGCGCCTAT
T
CGGCTATGACTGGGCACAACAGACAATCGGCTGCTCTGATGCCGCCGT
From the foregoing description, it will be apparent that variations and modifications may be made to the embodiments as described herein to adopt them to various usages and conditions. Such embodiments are also within the scope of the following claims.
The recitation of a listing of elements in any definition of a variable herein includes definitions of that variable as any single element or combination (or subcombination) of listed elements. The recitation of an embodiment herein includes that embodiment as any single embodiment or in combination with any other embodiments or portions thereof.
All publications, patents, and patent applications mentioned in this specification are herein incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent, or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference. Absent any indication otherwise, publications, patents, and patent applications mentioned in this specification are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
This application is an International PCT Application which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application Nos. 62/799,702, filed Jan. 31, 2019; 62/835,456, filed Apr. 17, 2019; and 62/941,569, filed Nov. 27, 2019, the contents of each of which are incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
| Filing Document | Filing Date | Country | Kind |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/US2020/016288 | 1/31/2020 | WO | 00 |
| Number | Date | Country | |
|---|---|---|---|
| 62799702 | Jan 2019 | US | |
| 62835456 | Apr 2019 | US | |
| 62941569 | Nov 2019 | US |
